Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Gulf Engineering & Construction; 2008-01-22; PWS08-09PKS
RECORDED REQUESTED BY CITY OF CARLSBAD AND WHEN RECORDED PLEASE MAIL TO: ,\ City Clerk City of Carlsbad 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive Carlsbad, California 92008 DQC# 2009-0302531 JUN 04, 2009 4:06 PM OFFICIAL RECORDS SAN DIEGO COUNTY RECORDER'S OFFICE DAVID L BUTLER, COUNTY RECORDER FEES: 0.00 PAGES: Space above this line for Recorder's use. PARCEL NO: N/A NOTICE OF COMPLETION Notice is hereby given that: 1. The undersigned is owner of the interest or estate stated below in the property hereinafter described. 2. The full name of the undersigned is City of Carlsbad, a municipal corporation. 3. The full address of the undersigned is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California 92008. 4. The nature of the title of the undersigned is: In fee. 5. A work or improvement on the property hereinafter described was completed on April 22, 2009. 6. The name of the contractor for such work or improvement is Gulf Engineering & Construction. 7. The property on which said work or improvement was completed is in the City of Carlsbad, County of San Diego, State of California, and is described as follows: Picnic Shelters for Stagecoach & Calavera Hills Community Parks, Project No. 39361. 8. The street address of said property is in the City of Carlsbad. CITY OF CARLSBAD Robert T. John City Engineer VERIFICATION OF CITY CLERK I, the undersigned, say: I am the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad, 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, 92008; the City Council of said City on CtflAsim <£ , 2009, accepted described work as completed and ordereoyhat a Notice of Completion be filed. I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed ws\C%U/*ji, J , 2009, at Carlsbad, California. AB 19,836 ^-'L'-' C.TY OF CARLSBAD RESO 2009-130 California, the above ;0= /LORR/9dl)lE M •JS= CitycM ••'.S^rAvC "> -»*TiT*' \"<*,X CITY OF CARLSBAD San Diego County California CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, GENERAL, AND TECHNICAL PROVISIONS FOR PICNIC SHELTERS FOR STAGECOACH & CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY PARKS CONTRACT NO. 39361 BID NO. PWS08-09PKS Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 1 of 112 Pages TABLE OF CONTENTS Item Notice Inviting Bids 7 Contractor's Proposal 12 Bid Security Form 16 Bidder's Bond to Accompany Proposal 17 Guide for Completing the "Designation of Subcontractors" Form 19 Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor's Bid Items 21 Bidder's Statement of Financial Responsibility 22 Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience 23 Bidder's Certificate of Insurance For General Liability, Employers' Liability, Automotive Liability And Workers' Compensation 24 Bidder's Statement of Re Debarment 25 Bidder's Disclosure of Discipline Record 26 Non-Collusion Affidavit to Be Executed By Bidder and Submitted With Bid 28 Contract Public Works 29 Labor and Materials Bond 35 Faithful Performance/Warranty Bond 37 Optional Escrow Agreement for Surety Deposits in Lieu of Retention 39 Revised 11/01 /06 Contract No. 39361 Page 2 of 112 Pages PART ONE: GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 1 Terms, Definitions Abbreviations And Symbols 1-1 Terms 42 1-2 Definitions 43 1-3 Abbreviations 47 1-4 Units of Measure 50 Section 2 Scope and Control Of The Work 2-1 Award and Execution of Contract 52 2-2 Assignment 52 2-3 Subcontracts 52 2-4 Contract Bonds 53 2-5 Plans and Specifications 54 2-6 Work to be Done 57 2-7 Subsurface Data 57 2-8 Right-of-Way 57 2-9 Surveying 58 2-10 Authority of Board and Engineer 60 2-11 Inspection 60 Section 3 Changes in Work 3-1 Changes Requested by the Contractor 60 3-2 Changes Initiated by the Agency 61 3-3 Extra Work 63 3-4 Changed Conditions 65 3-5 Disputed Work 66 Section 4 Control Of Materials 4-1 Materials And Workmanship 69 4-2 Materials Transportation, Handling and Storage 73 Section 5 Utilities 5-1 Location 73 5-2 Protection 74 5-3 Removal 74 5-4 Relocation 74 5-5 Delays 75 5-6 Cooperation 76 5-7 Meter Coordination 76 Section 6 Prosecution, Progress And Acceptance Of The Work 6-1 Construction Schedule And Commencement Of Work 76 6-2 Prosecution Of Work 76 6-3 Suspension of Work 76 6-4 Default by Contractor 77 6-5 Termination of Contract 77 6-6 Delays And Extensions Of Time 77 6-7 Time of Completion 78 6-8 Completion And Acceptance 79 6-9 Liquidated Damages 79 Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 3 of 112 Pages Section 7 Responsibilities Of The Contractor 7-1 Contractor's Equipment and Facilities 80 7-2 Labor 80 7-3 Liability Insurance 80 7-4 Workers' Compensation Insurance 81 7-5 Permits 82 7-6 The Contractor's Representative 82 7-7 Cooperation and Collateral Work 82 7-8 Project Site Maintenance 83 7-9 Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements 84 7-10 Public Convenience And Safety 85 7-11 Patent Fees or Royalties 87 7-12 Advertising 87 7-13 Laws to Be Observed 87 7-14 Antitrust Claims 87 Section 9 Measurement and Payment 9-1 Measurement of Quantities for Unit Price Work 87 9-2 Lump Sum Work 88 9-3 Payment 88 PART TWO: SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISONS - CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS Section 200 Rock Materials 200-1 Rock Products 92 200-2 Untreated Base Materials 93 Section 201 Concrete, Mortar And Related Materials 201-1 Portland Cement Concrete 94 Section 212 Landscape And Irrigation Materials CSI Formatted Specifications Division 2: Site Work Sections 02810 Landscape Irrigation and Section 02900 Landscape Planting & Maintenance/Decomposed Granite Surfacing shall take precedence over Section 212 of the Supplemental Provisions. Section 213 Engineering Fabrics 213-2 Geotextiles 98 213-3 Erosion Control Specialties 98 Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 4 of 112 Pages PART THREE: SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS- CONSTRUCTION METHODS Section 300 Earthwork In addition to these Supplemental Provisions See CSI Formatted Specifications Division 2: Site Work Section 02810 Landscape Irrigation and Section 02900 Landscape Planting & Maintenance/Decomposed Granite Trail 300-1 Clearing And Grubbing 99 300-2 Unclassified Excavation 99 300-3 Structure Excavation And Backfill 101 300-4 Unclassified Fill 102 300-5 Borrow Excavation 103 300-9 Geotextiles For Erosion Control And Water Pollution Control 103 300-11 Stonework For Erosion Control 104 Section 301 Treated Soil, Subgrade Preparation And Placement Of Base Materials 301-1 Subgrade Preparation 105 Section 303 Concrete And Masonry Construction In addition to these Supplemental Provisions See CSI Formatted Specification All Sections under Division 3: Concrete and Division 4: Masonry 303-1 Concrete Structures 105 303-5 Concrete Curbs, Walks, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Alley Intersections 106 Section 308 Landscape and Irrigation In addition to these Supplemental Provisions See CSI Formatted Specifications, Division 2: Site Work Sections, 02810 Landscape Irrigation and Section 02900 Landscape Planting & Maintenance/Decomposed Granite Surfacing. 308-2 Earthwork and Topsoil Placement 106 308-4 Planting 107 308-5 Irrigation System Installation 108 308-7 Guarantee 110 308-8 Measurement And Payment 112 A•^ Revised 11/01 /06 Contract No. 39361 Page 5 of 112 Pages CSi FORMATTED CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS Division 02 Site Work Section 02010 Demolition & Removal 02110 Site Clearing 02115 Tree Protection and Trimming 02200 Earthwork 02631 Landscape Drainage System 02810 Irrigation Systems 02870 Site Furnishings 02900 Landscape Planting Division 03 Concrete 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Reinforcement Steel 03290 Joints in Concrete 03310 Cast-in-Place Concrete 03380 Concrete Curing 03400 Pre-cast Concrete 03740 Concrete Repair Division 04 Masonry 04065 Mortar and Grout 04810 Reinforced Concrete Unit Masonry Division 05 Metals 05120 Structural Steel Division 06 Wood and Plastics 06100 Rough Carpentry 06112 Framing 06200 Finish Carpentry Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection 07920 Sealants and Caulking 07900 Joint Sealers Division 09 09860 09900 Division 13 13130 Finishes Graffiti Resistant Coating Painting Special Construction Fabric Shade Structures APPENDIX A Structural Calculations-Picnic Shade Trellis Prepared by Simon & Wong - Available and on file at the City of Carlsbad Building Department Counter, 1635 Faraday Center, Carlsbad, CA 92010 Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 6 of 112 Pages CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA w NOTICE INVITING BIDS Until 2 p.m. on October 30. 2007. the City shall accept sealed bids, clearly marked as such, at the Faraday Center, 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314, Attn: Purchasing Officer, by mail, delivery service or by deposit in the Bid Box located in the first floor lobby, at which time they will be opened and read, for performing the work and installations as follows: Demolition of an existing sand volleyball court and concrete picnic area, construction of two picnic areas including drainage, concrete paving, pilasters, shade structures, site furnishings, irrigation, and planting as outlined in the plans and specifications. PICNIC SHELTERS FOR STAGECOACH PARK & CALAVERA HILLS PARK CONTRACT NO. 39361 BID NO. PWS08-09PKS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND BID REQUIREMENTS This bid and the terms of the Contract Documents and General Provisions constitute an irrevocable offer that shall remain valid and in full force for a period of 90 days and such additional time as may be mutually agreed upon by the City of Carlsbad and the Bidder. No bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal form furnished by the Purchasing Department. Each bid must be accompanied by security in a form and amount required by law. The bidder's security of the second and third next lowest responsive bidders may be withheld until the Contract has been fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsuccessful bidders shall be returned to them, or deemed void, within ten (10) days after the Contract is awarded. Pursuant to the provisions of law (Public Contract Code section 10263), appropriate securities may be substituted for any obligation required by this notice or for any monies withheld by the City to ensure performance under this Contract. Section 10263 of the Public Contract Code requires monies or securities to be deposited with the City or a state or federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent. The escrow agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of the agent in connection with the handling of retentions under this section in an amount not less than $100,000 per contract. The City of Carlsbad may disqualify a contractor or subcontractor from participating in bidding when a contractor or subcontractor has been debarred by the City of Carlsbad or another jurisdiction in the State of California as an irresponsible bidder. The work shall be performed in strict conformity with the plans and specifications as approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad on file with the Recreation Department. The specifications for the work include the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Sections 2 & 3, 2006 Edition, all herinafter designated "SSPWC" as issued by the Southern California Chapter of the American Public Works Association, as amended and the Technical Specification sections in CSI format. Reference is hereby made to the plans and specifications for full particulars and description of the work. The General Provisions (Part 1) of the SSPWC do not apply. The City of Carlsbad encourages the participation of minority and women-owned businesses. The City of Carlsbad encourages all bidders, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators and contractors to utilize recycled and recyclable materials when available, appropriate and approved by the Engineer. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 7 of 112 Pages BID DOCUMENTS The documents which comprise the Bidder's proposal and that must be completed and properly executed including notarization where indicated are: 1. Contractor's Proposal 2. Bid Security Form 3. Bidders Bond to Accompany Proposal 4. Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor's Bid Items 5. Bidder's Statement of Financial Responsibility 6. Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience 7. Subcontractor's Qualification Statement 8. Acknowledgement of Addendum(a) 9. Bidder's Certificate of Insurance for General Liability, Employers' Liability, Automotive Liability and Worker's Compensation 10. Bidder's Statement Re Debaiment 11. Bidder's Disclosure Of Discipline Record 12. Non-Collusion Affidavit to be Executed by Bidder and Submitted with Bid 13. Contract Public Works 14. Labor and Materials Bond 15. Faithful Performance/Warranty Bond 16. Optional Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits in Lieu of Retention - (optional, must be completed if the Bidder wishes to use the Escrow Agreement for Security) ENGINEEER'S ESTIMATE All bids will be compared on the basis of the Engineer's Estimate. The estimated quantities are approximate and serve solely as a basis for the comparison of bids. The Engineer's Estimate is $107.200 TIME OF COMPLETION: The contractor shall complete the Work within the time set in the contract as defined in the General Provisions Section 6-7. ACCEPTABLE LICENSE TYPES FOR SPECIALTY CONTRACTORS Except as provided herein a bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered non responsive and shall be rejected by the City. In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. Where federal funds are involved the contractor shall be properly licensed at the time the contract is awarded. In all other cases the contractor shall state their license number, expiration date and classification in the proposal, under penalty of perjury. This invitation to bid does not involve federal funds. The following classifications are acceptable for this contract: Classification A B C27 Description General Engineering General Building Landscaping Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 8 of 112 Pages ESCROW AGREEMENT If the Contractor intends to utilize the escrow agreement included in the contract documents in lieu of the usual 10% retention from each payment, these documents must be completed and submitted with the signed contract. The escrow agreement may not be substituted at a later date. OBTAINING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Sets of plans, supplemental provisions, and Contract documents may be obtained at the Cashier's Counter of the Faraday Center located at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, California 92008-7314, for a non-refundable fee of $50.00 per set. If plans and specifications are to be mailed, the cost for postage should be added. INTENT OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Any prospective bidder who is in doubt as to the intended meaning of any part of the drawings, specifications or other contract documents, or finds discrepancies in or omissions from the drawings and specifications may submit to the Engineer a written request for clarification or correction. Any response will be made only by a written addendum duly issued by the Engineer a copy of which will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of the contract documents. No oral response will be made to such inquiry. Prior to the award of the contract, no addition to, modification of or interpretation of any provision in the contract documents will be given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified. No bidder may rely on directions given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified. REJECTION OF BIDS The City of Carlsbad reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity or informality in such bids. PREVAILING WAGE TO BE PAID The general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract shall be those as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations pursuant to the sections 1770, 1773, and 1773.1 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to section 1773.2 of the Labor Code, a current copy of applicable wage rates is on file in the Office of the City Engineer. The Contractor to whom the Contract is awarded shall not pay less than the said specified prevailing rates of wages to all workers employed by him or her in the execution of the Contract. The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of section 1777.5 of the Labor Code and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The City Engineer is the City's "duly authorized officer" for the purposes of section 4107 and 4107.5. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, of the Labor Code commencing with section 1720 shall apply to the Contract for work. PRE-BID MEETING A pre-bid meeting will be held on October 11, 2007, at 10:00 AM at the City of Carlsbad Faraday Center, 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008, Room 174. The pre-bid meeting is non-mandatory. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 9 of 112 Pages UNIT PRICES AND COMPUTATION OF BIDS All bids are to be computed on the basis of amounts stated in the Bid Schedule on the Bid Proposal form, as submitted by the bidder. In case of a discrepancy between words and figures, the words shall prevail. In case of an error in the extension of a unit price, the corrected extension shall be calculated and the bids will be computed as indicated above and compared on the basis of the corrected totals. All prices must be in ink or typewritten. Changes or corrections may be crossed out and typed or written in with ink and must be initialed in ink bya person authorized to sign for the Contractor. SUBSTITUTIONS Where, in the construction documents a specific product or manufacturer is identified, an approved equal may be substituted. The Owner's Representative shall be the sole determiner of whether a product or supplier is in fact equal. Substitution requests will only be evaluated after issuance of Notice to Proceed. If during bidding, the Contractor makes substitutions, it is at his/her own risk. ADDENDUMS Bidders are advised to verify the issuance of all addenda and receipt thereof one day prior to bidding. Submission of bids without acknowledgment of addenda may be cause of rejection of bid. BOND AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure faithful performance and warranty of the work in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price on this project. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers, in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract. These bonds shall be kept in full force and effect during the course of this project, and shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the City until they are released as stated in the Supplemental Provisions section of this contract. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to be accompanied by the following documents: 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner. If the bid is accepted, the City may require copies of the insurer's most recent annual statement and quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Article 10 (commencing with section 900) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code, within 10 calendar days of the insurer's receipt of a request to submit the statements. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that: 1) Have a rating in the most recent Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:V 2) Are admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in the State of California by the Insurance Commissioner. Auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must: 1) Meet the conditions stated above for all insurance companies. 2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. The auto insurance certificate must state the coverage is for "any auto" and cannot be limited in any manner. omW Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 10 of 112 Pages BUSINESS LICENSE The prime contractor and all subcontractors are required to have and maintain a valid City of Carlsbad Business License for the duration of the contract. Approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California, by Resolution No. 2007-227, adopted on the 11th day of September, 2007. September 21.2007 Date Sherry Fre^inger, Deputy^&teTk PUBLISH: September 26, 2007 Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 11 of 11jt. Pages CITY OF CARLSBAD PICNIC SHELTERS STAGECOACH PARK & CALAVERA HILLS PARK CONTRACT NO. 39361 CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL City Council City of Carlsbad 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive Carlsbad, California 92008 DATE SIGNAI The undersigned declares he/she has carefully exan lined the location of the work, read the Notice Inviting Bids, examined the Plans, Specifications, Supplemental Provisions and addenda thereto, and hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services required to do all the work to complete Contract No. 39361 in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and addenda thereto and that he/she will take in full payment therefore the following prices for each Bid Schedule Item complete, to wit: SCHEDULES The Contractor proposes the following schedule of values and corresponding bids for this project. SCHEDULE A: STAGECOACH PARK PICNIC SHELTER (SHEETS L-1 THROUGH L-4): Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule A: $ Total amount of bid in words for Schedule A: 2,6 o - / f SCHEDULE B: CALAVERA HILLS PARK PICNIC SHELTER (SHEET L-5): Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule B: $ 5 2. / 2^£>£> - £> ~& Total amount of bid in words for Schedule B: Bid Total u Total amount of bid in numbers for the sum of Bid Schedule Items A & B and for the entire scope of work as defined in the contract documents. $ Total amount of bid in words for the sum of Bid Schedule Items A & B and for the entire scope of work as defined in the contract documents. . s w ^ a*<z^ , ORevised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 12 of 112 Pages PROCEDURE FOR AWARD OF CONTRACT The award of contract will be based upon the lowest responsive bid as submitted for the "Bid Total". The Undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the City will not be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this bid. Addendum(a) No(s). I 9* 2. _ has/have been received and is/are included in this proposal. Price(s) given above are firm for 90 days after date of bid opening or for an agreed upon time between the City and contractor. The Undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the required Contract with necessary bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, the City may administratively authorize award of the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. The Undersigned bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licensed to do business or act in the capacity of a contractor within the State of California, validly licensed under license number 7"? 7 23 % _ , classification A _ which expires on j/tx/L/ _ £ a o 3? and that this statement is true and correct and has the legal effect of an affidavit. A bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered non responsive and shall be rejected by the City § 7028.1 5(e). In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. However, at the time the contract is awarded, the contractor shall be properly licensed. Public Contract Code § 20104. The Undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows: 1. That no Council member, officer agent, or employee of the City of Carlsbad is personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be paid hereunder; that no representation, oral or in writing, of the City Council, its officers, agents, or employees has inducted him/her to enter into this Contract, excepting only those contained in this form of Contract and the papers made a part hereof by its terms; and 2. That this bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making a bid for the same work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. Accompanying this proposal is o> &\tn &c»\je\ _ (Cash, Certified Check, Bond or Cashier's Check) for ten percent (10%) of the amount bid. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Contract and continue to comply until the contract is complete. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 13 of 112 Pages License Detail Page 1 of2 Tuesday, November 06, 2007 License Detail Contractor License # 777238 CALIFORNIA CONTRACTORS STATE LICENSE BOARD ( DISCLAIMER I A license status check provides information taken from the CSLB license data base. Before relying on this information, you should be I aware of the following limitations: . CSLB complaint disclosure is restricted by law (B&P 7124.6). If this entity is subject to public complaint disclosure, a link for \ complaint disclosure will appear below. Click on the link or button to obtain complaint and/or legal action information. | . Per B&P 7071.17, only construction related civil judgments reported to the CSLB are disclosed. I . Arbitrations are not listed unless the contractor fails to comply with the terms of the arbitration. i • Due to workload, there may be relevant information that has not yet been entered onto the Board's license data base. Extract Date: 11/06/2007 * * * Business Information * * * GULF ENGINEERING & CONSTRUCTION 675 SOUTH 2ND STREET ELCAJON, CA92019 Business Phone Number: (619) 504-1020 Entity: Sole Ownership Issue Date: 04/10/2000 Expire Date: 04/30/2008 * * * License Status * * * This license is current and active. All information below should be reviewed. A * *Classifications * * * (Class \ Description \ A IGENERAL ENGINEERING CONTRACTOR j; f „..„„„__ _j * * * Certifications * * * Cert Description HAZ HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES REMOVAL * * * Bonding Information * * * CONTRACTOR'S BOND: This license filed Contractor's Bond number 236599 in the amount of $12,500 with the bonding company AMERICAN CONTRACTORS INDEMNITY COMPANY. Effective Date: 01/01/2007 Contractor's Bonding History * * * Workers Compensation Information * * * This license has workers compensation insurance with the http://www2.cslb.ca.gov/CSLB_LIBRARY/License+Detail.asp 11/06/2007 License Detail Page 2 of 2 STATE COMPENSATION INSURANCE FUND Policy Number: 229-0027444 Effective Date: 02/01/2004 Expire Date: 02/01/2008 Workers Compensation History Personnel List License Number Contractor Name Personnel Name Request Request Request _ . „ . Salesperson NameSalesperson Request Request © 2006 State of California. Conditions of Use Privacy Policy http://www2.cslb.ca.gov/CSLB_LIBRARY/License+Detail.asp 11/06/2007 The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of the Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, relative to the general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract and agrees to comply with its provisions. IF A SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SIGN HERE: (1 ) Name under which business is conducted G>U I V_fc»»\Amcg-i'«fl>«| T Le?Asl/ (2) Signature (given and surname) of proprietor (3) Place of Business 6 9"S* £a ^j City and State /L £ (Street and Number) CAT&N< C" A- (4) Zip Code c)2*?\0) (5) E-Mail Telephone No. IF A PARTNERSHIP. SIGN HERE: (1 ) Name under which business is conducted (2) Signature (given and surname and character of partner) (Note: Signature must be made by a general partner) (3) Place of Business City and State (4) Zip Code (5) E-Mail (Street and Number) Telephone No. Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 14 of 1 12 Pages IF A CORPORATION. SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted (2). (Signature) (Title) Impress Corporate Seal here (3) Incorporated under the laws of the State of. (4) Place of Business (Street^nd Number) City and State / (5) Zip Code x "Telephone No. / (6) E-Mail /_ NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED List below names of president, vice president, secretary and assistant secretary, if a corporation; if a partnership, list names of all general partners, and managing partners: Revised 11 /01 /06 Contract No. 39361 Page 15 of 112 Pages CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California Sf\County of On / ss. Date . before me, Name and Titleof Officer (y.g., "Jane Doe, Notary Public") personally appeared JU ty\ I ft "^Z-2/r-t" \ JU Name(s) of Signer(s) D personally known to me ^ proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. Wl Place Notary Seal Above OPTIONAL my hand awji official seal. K HfL Sighature of Notary"Public Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: 7 6- Document Date:. Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Cl Signer's Name: Sfl Individual D Corporate Officer — Title(s): D Partner — D Limited D General D Attorney in Fact D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Other: RIGHT THUMBPRINT | OF SIGNER Top of thumb here Signer Is Representing: (jtt/f I I 1 ©1999 National Notary Association • 9350 De SotoAve., P.O. Box 2402 • Chatsworth, CA 91313-2402 •www.nationalnotary.org Prod. No. 5907 Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6827 BID SECURITY FORM (Check to Accompany Bid) PICNIC SHELTERS FOR STAGECOACH PARK & CALAVERA HILLS PARK CONTRACT NO. 39361 (NOTE: The following form shall be used if check accompanies bid.) Accompanying this proposal is a "Certified "Cashiers check payable to the order of CITY OF CARLSBAD, in the sum of / t?A J] &i^( dollars ($ ), this amount being ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid. The proceeds of this check shall become the property of the City provided this proposal shall be accepted by the City through action of its legally constituted contracting authorities and the undersigned shall fail to execute a contract and furnish the required Performance, Warranty and Payment Bonds and proof of insurance coverage within the stipulated time; otherwise, the check shall be returned to the undersigned. The proceeds of this check shall also become the property of the City if the undersigned shall withdraw his or her bid within the period of fifteen (15) days after the date set for the opening thereof, unless otherwise required by law, and notwithstanding the award of the contract to another bidder. BIDDER *Delete the inapplicable word. (NOTE: If the Bidder desires to use a bond instead of check, the Bid Bond form on the following pages shall be executed-the sum of this bond shall be not less than ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid.) Revised 11 /01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 16 of 112 Pages BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL PICNIC SHELTERS FOR STAGECOACH PARK & CALAVERA HILLS PARK CONTRACT NO. 39361 KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:Gulf Engineering Developers Surety and That we, & Construction , as Principal, and Indemnity Company ^ as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad, California, in an amount as follows: (must be at least ten percent (10%) of the bid amount) for which payment, wen and truly made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the proposal of the above- bounden Principal for: PICNICS SHELTERS FOR STAGECOACH PARK & CALAVERA HILLS PARK CONTRACT NO. 39361 in the City of Carlsbad, is accepted by the City Council, and if the Principal shell dirty enter into and execute a Contract including required bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, being duly notified of said award, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect, and the amount specified herein shall be forfeited to the said City. Revised 11/01/06 Contract Hn VMI -_contract NO. 39361 Page 17 of 112 Pages In the event Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by PRINCIPAL this 30th day of October ,2007 PRINCIPAL:Gulf Engineering & Construction (print name here) (Title and Organization of Signatory) By: _ _______ (sign here] (print name here) (title and organization of signatory) Executed by SURETY thisof October 30th ,2007 SURETY: Developers Surety and Indemnity Company (name of Surety)17780 Fitch Irvine, CA. 92614 (address of Surety) 949-263-3300 (telephone Dumber of Surely) 8y:__ (signature of Attomey-in-Fact) Scott T. Ries (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) .day (Attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney.) (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by PRINCIPAL and SURETY must be attached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL City Attorney Revised 11/01/06 "See attached certificate' Contract No. 39361 Page 18 of 112 Pages CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of San Diego on NOV 0 7 2007 .before me, personally Date appeared ss. Walter E. Pueschel, a Notary Public Name and Title of Officer (e.g., "Jane Doe, Notary Public") *.; s> <FA Name(s) of Signer(s) WALTER E. PUESCHEL Commission #1499481 I Notary Public - California ! San Diego County j My Comm. Expires Jul 9,20081 Place Notary Seal Above D personally known to me approved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/ace subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/sho/thoy executed the same in his/hetflbefr authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS hand and official seal. OPTIONAL Sigrtefure of Notary Public Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: fj$ f L>t^f Document Date:o err Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: t?A"3~/"5 3£2~Ztf ET Individual D Corporate Officer — Title(s): D Partner — D Limited D General D Attorney in Fact D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Other: . „ » RIGHT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Signer Is Representing: TTMt Top of thumb here Name: D Individual D Corporate Officer — Title(s): D Partner — D Limited D General D Attorney in Fact D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Other: Signer Is Representing: RIGHT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Top of thumb here ©2004 National Notary Association • 9350 De Soto Ave., P.O. Box 2402 • Chatsworth, CA 91313-2402 Item No. 5907 Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6827 POWER OK ATTORNEY FOR DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA PO BOX 19725, IRVINE. CA 92623 (949) 263-3300 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that except as expressly limited. DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY and INDEMNITY COMPANY OK CALIFORNIA, do each, hereby make, constitute and appoint: ***Sharon E. Ries, Scott T. Ries, jointly or severally*** as their true and lawful AUorney(s)-in-Rict, to make, execute, deliver and acknowledge, for and on behalf of said corporations, as sureties, bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship giving and granting unto said Attorney(s)-in-l-'act full power and authority to do and to perform every act necessary, requisite or proper to be done in connection therewith as each of said corporations could do. but reserving to each of said corporations full power of substitution and revocation, and all of the acts of said Altomey(s)-in-Fact. pursuant to these presents, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the respective Board of Directors of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY and INDEMNITY COMPANY OK CALIFORNIA, effective as of November 1, 2000: RESOLVED, that the Chairman of the Board, the President and any Vice President of the corporation be, and that each of them hereby is. authorized to execute Powers of Attorney, qualifying the atlorney(s) named in the Powers of Attorney to execute, on behalf of the corporations, bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship; and that the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the corporations be, and each of them hereby is, authorized to attest the execution of any such Power of Attorney; RESOLVED. FURTHER, that the signatures of such officers may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by- facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures shall be valid and binding upon the corporation when so affixed and in the future with respect to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship to which it is attached. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY and INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA have severally caused these presents to be signed by their respective Executive Vice President and attested by their respective Secretary this 1st day of December, 2005. Bv: David H. Rhodes, Executive Vice-President By:_ :<*:'OCT. 1936 Walter A. Crowed, Secretary STATE OF CALIFORNIA "1 COUNTY OF ORANGE J On December I. 2005 before me. Gina L. Gamer. Notary Public (here insert name and title of the officer), personally appeared David H. Rhodes and Walter A. Crowell. personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature (SEAL) CERTIFICATE GINA L. GARNER COMM.# 1569561 NOTARY PUBLIC CALIFORNIA ORANGE COUNTY My comm. expires May 13,2009 The undersigned, as Assistant Secretary, of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY and INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, does hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney remains in full force and has not been revoked, and furthermore, that the provisions of the resolutions of the respective Boards of Directors of said corporations set forth in the Power of Attorney, are in force as of the date of this Certificate. This Certificate is executed in the City of Irvine, California, the 30 day of OctobeiT 2007 By. IXlM Albert Hillebrand, Assistant Secretary ID-l380(Rev. 12/05) CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of San Diego On ss. October 30. 2007 Date personally appeared before me, Kimberly A. Rocco, Notary Public Name and Title of Officer (e.g., "Jane Doe, Notary Public") Scott T. Ries Name(s) of Signer(s) KIMBERLY A ROCCO Commission* 1687499 Notary Public - California San Diego County/ ""son Diego County f My Comm. Expires Aug \ 3.201 Of 23 personally known to me D proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. Place Notary Seal Above WITNESS my hand and official seal. OPTIONAL Signature of Notary Public Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document, Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date:. Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:. Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: Scott T. Ries D Individual D Corporate Officer — Title(s): D Partner — D Limited D General 23 Attorney in Fact D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Other: RIGHT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Signer Is Representing: Top of thumb here Signer's Name: D Individual D Corporate Officer — Title(s): D Partner — D Limited D General D Attorney in Fact D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Other: Signer Is Representing: RIGHT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Top of thumb here © 2004 National Notary Association • 9350 De Soto Ave., P.O. Box 2402 • Chatsworth, CA 91313-2402 Item No. 5907 Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6827 Company Profile Page 1 of 1 Company Profile DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY ***•" 17780 FITCH, SUITE 200 IRVINE, CA 92613 Agent for Service of Process ALBERT HILLEBRAND, 17780 FITCH SUITE 200 IRVINE, CA 92614 Unable to Locate the Agent for Service of Process? Reference Information NAIC#: 12718 NAIC Group #: 0075 California Company ID #: 4606-0 Date authorized in California: August 30, 1999 License Status: UNLIMITED-NORMAL Company Type: Property & Casualty State of Domicile: IOWA Lines of Insurance Authorized to Transact The company is authorized to transact business within these lines of insurance. For an explanation of any of these terms, please refer to the glossa SURETY Company Complaint Information Company Enforcement Action Documents Company Performance & Comparison Data Composite Complaint Studies Want More? Help Me Find a Company Representative in My Area Financial Rating Organizations Last Revised - September 11, 2007 12:43 PM Copyright © California Department of Insurance http://interactive.web.insurance.ca.gov/webuser/idb_co_prof_utl.get_co_pr... 11/06/2007 GUIDE FOR COMPLETING THE "DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS" FORM REFERENCES Prior to preparation of the following Subcontractor disclosure form Bidders are urged to review the definitions in section 1-2 of the SSPWC ("Greenbook") and in the Supplemental Provisions to this Contract, especially, "Bid", "Bidder", "Contract", "Contractor", "Contract Price", "Contract Unit Price", "Engineer", "Subcontractor" and "Work" and the definitions in section 1-2 of the Supplemental Provisions especially "Own Organization." Bidders are further urged to review sections 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS of the Greenbook and section 2-3.1 of these Supplemental Provisions. CAUTIONS This form will be used by the Agency to determine the percentage of work that the Bidder proposes to perform. Bidders are cautioned that failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. Any bid that proposes performance of more than 50 percent of the work by subcontractors or otherwise to be preformed by forces other than the Bidder's own organization will be rejected as non-responsive. Specialty items of work that may be so designated by the Engineer on the "Contractor's Proposal" are not included in computing the percentage of work proposed to be performed by the Bidder. SPECIALTY ITEMS For the purposes of this contract, the City designates the following items as "specialty" items: Concrete work of any kind, wood carpentry, landscape irrigation, installation of landscape planting and installation of pre-fabricated shade structures. INSTRUCTIONS The Bidder shall set forth the name and location of business of each and every subcontractor whom the Bidder proposes to perform work or labor or render service in or about the work or improvement, and every subcontractor licensed as a contractor by the State of California whom the Bidder proposes to specially fabricate and install any portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000) whichever is greater. Said name(s) and location(s) of business of subcontractor(s) shall be set forth and included as an integral part of the bid offer. The Designation of Subcontractors form must be submitted as a part of the Bidder's sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non- responsive. Suppliers of materials from sources outside the limits of work are not subcontractors. The value of materials and transport of materials from sources outside the limits of work, as shown on the plans, shall be assigned to the Contractor or the Subcontractor as the case may be, that the Bidder proposes as installer of said materials. The value of material incorporated in any Subcontractor- installed bid item that is supplied by the Bidder shall be included as a part of the work that the Bidder proposes to be performed by the Subcontractor installing said item. When a Subcontractor has a Carlsbad business license, the number must be entered on the proper form. If the Subcontractor does not have a valid business license, enter "NONE" in the appropriate space. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 19 of 112 Pages When the Bidder proposes using a Subcontractor to construct or install less than 100 percent of a bid item, the Bidder shall attach an explanation sheet to the Designation of Subcontractor form. The explanation sheet shall clearly apprise the City of the specific facts that show the Bidder proposes to perform no less than fifty percent (50%) of the work with its own forces. Determination of the subcontract amounts for purposes of award of the contract shall be determined by the City Council in conformance with the provisions of the contract documents and the Supplemental Provisions. The decision of the City Council shall be final. Contractor is prohibited from performing any work on this project with a subcontractor who is ineligible to perform work on a public works project pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1771.1 or 1777.7. Bidders shall make any additional copies of the disclosure forms as may be necessary to provide the required information. The page number and total number of additional form pages shall be entered in the location provided on each type of form so duplicated. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 20 of 112 Pages DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS PICNIC SHELTERS FOR STAGECOACH PARK & CALAVERA HILLS PARK CONTRACT NO. 39361 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS Portion of Work* Jtot£/fL*jL< Subcontractor Name and Location of Business SVuxJle C-Woc4urd4 <£ST?»ltfrL» /*»)£, j ftn'rf Ccat^A. MSc* 'fA. <*2t ?Z Amount of Work by Subcontractor in Dollars* /2,dOo-»«> Subcontractor's License No.* %S* / 'L Page / of _/ pages of this Subcontractor Designation form * Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids." Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 21 of 112 Pages BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (To Accompany Proposal) PICNIC SHELTERS FOR STAGECOACH PARK & CALAVERA HILLS PARK CONTRACT NO. 39361 Copies of the latest Annual Report, audited financial statements or Balance Sheets may be submitted under separate cover marked CONFIDENTIAL. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 22 of 112 Pages f- PERSONAL FINANCIAL STATEMENT (DO NOT USE FOR BUSINESS) As of _jL-l±__ ' Nam* Received at _ Employed by_ Position .Branch _Years . Norn* of.Spouse _ If Employed Less Than 1 Year, Previous Qnployer. The undersigned, for the purpose of procuring and establishing credit from time to time with you and to Induce you to permit the undersigned to be-come Indebted to you on notes, endorsements, guarantees, overdrafts or otherwise, furnishes the following (or in lieu thereof the attached) which is themost recent statement prepared by or for the undersigned as being a full, true and correct statement of the financial condition of the undersigned on thedate Indicated, and agrees to notify you immediately of the extent and character of any material change in said financial condition, and also agrees thatif the undersigned, or any endorser or guarantor of any of the obligations of the undersigned, at any time falls in business or becomes Insolvent, or com-mits an act of bankruptcy, or dies, or If a writ of attachment, garnishment, execution or other legal process be issued against property of the undersignedor if any assessment for taxes against the undersigned, other than taxes on real property, is made by the federal or state government or any departmentthereof, or If any of the representations made below prove to be untrue, or If the undersigned fails to notify you of any material change as above agreed,or If such change occurs, or if the business, or any interest therein, of the undersigned is sold, then and in such case, all of the obligations of the under-signed to you or held by you shall Immediately be due and payable, without demand or notice. This statement shall be construed by you to be a continuing statement of the condition of the undersigned, and a new and original statement of all assets and liabilities upon each and every transaction in and bywhich the undersigned.hereafter becomes indebted to you, until the undersigned advises in writing to the contrary. ASSETS - Ca.hir.BoI UHlOS\ ilsLKktlC $t(HC£& (Branch) (^ V^ O«h in (Other -give name) Account* R*e«ival»l*-GQQ4 Stack* and Band* (Seharf»1* ft) - Note* Raceivahla-Raad v*^*- A j- (Year-Make) (Year -Make) Real F.lot. (R^h.dul. A). M^ff, 4" A I t3 J Other Assets (describe) • , —r^>0 /s & Hm.^et^n^J^ , *- 5 TOTAL ASSETS DOLLARS 49 ifo ~~ \J\J ?o 7ft /so 17 W* jZo €<** r ooo OOO 000 Ooo boo cents o*> *>£> aa 0-3 * o oo o & LIABILITIES Notes payable B ol (Branch) Not., payable " • — (Other) (To whom) (To whom) Other Liabilities (describe) , "L&ol (-S~°oJtt*r*^ t- TOTAL LIABILITIES NET WORTH TOTAL DOLLARS Zj 4& ~ s?/ .__ a~v oaa Ooo cents — _» .^ ANNUAL INCOME and ANNUAL EXPENDITURES (Excluding Ordinary living expenses) Salary Other (describe) 1 7 A , TOTAL INCOME k^ LESS-TOTAL EXPENDITURES NET CASH INCOME Other (describe-incl ude instalment payments other than real estate) i 2. TOTAL EXPENDITURES BillHill FINANCIAL STATEMENT - Individual - WOLCOTTS Form 2000 (price class 6-2)7 IIII67775"3700( in this statement are in joint tenancy?. Have you filed homestead? .—_ Nome of other Party.•u. Are you a guarantor on anyone's debt?.. If so, give details. Are any encumbered assets or debts secured except as indicated?if so, please itemize by debt and security. Do you have any other business connections?. Are there any suits or judgments against you?. Have you gone through bankruptcy or compromised a debt?. Have you made a will? V \fl_x 7 Number of dependents. If so, give details. Any pending?. SCHEDULE A-REAL ESTATE Location and type of Improvement Title in Name of Estimated Value Amount Owing To Whom Payable DO ~0ae>~ SCHEDULE B-STOCKS AND BONDS Number of Shares Amount of Bonds Description ____ \^^>^(y\ Current Market on Listed $ Estimated Value on Unlisted < If additional space is needed for Schedule A and/or Schedule B, list on separate sheet and attach. INSURANCE Life Insurance f Automobile Insurance: Public Liability - yes EJ no D Comprehensive personal Liability-yes - &&f-— Name of Company. / EJ " ^r Property Damage — yes O Beneticiary. no D STATEMENT OF BANK OFFICER: Insofar as our records reveal, this Financial Statement is accurate and true. JJJje foregoing statement is (a copy of) the oriainal signed by the maker, lnt)T<dit files of this bank. . Assistant Cashier Manager. The undersigned certifies that the above statement ( or in lieu thereof, the attached statement, as the case may be) and supporting schedules, both printed and written, give a full, true, and correct statement of the financial condition of the understgned as of the date : Signature BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE PICNIC SHELTERS FOR STAGECOACH PARK & CALAVERA HILLS PARK CONTRACT NO. 39361 The Bidder is required to state what work of a similar character to that included in the proposed Contract he/she has successfully performed and give references, with telephone numbers, which will enable the City to judge his/her responsibility, experience and skill. An attachment can be used. Date Contract Completed Name and Address of the Employer V\ Name and Phone No. of Person to Contract r ^?^>-» X" Type of Work Amount of Contract Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 23 of 112 Pages (jrUy Engineering & Construction 675 South 2nd Street El Cajon CA, 92019 (619) 504-1020 - Fax (619) 401-5355 CA Lie. # 777238 A /HAZMAT October, 29, 007 Re: Information on Gulf Engineering & Construction. Over 25 years experience in general Engineering Construction in the middle east, Gas lines, Product pump stations, Gas Stations & all other General Engineering Projects. Our Company started in US A for 5 years. 1- Planting Trees On Pacific Beach for the City of San Diego 2002 $13,400.00 2- Sculptor Garden Side Walk in the Museum of Art Balboa Park for the City Of San Diego 2003 $47,000.00 3- Parking lot for Museum of Art in Balboa Park for the City of San Diego. 2003 $34,000.00 Re. Percy Divinagracia 858-627-3281 & Alex Michaleson 619-533-3106 In this year our Company Received the EXCELLENCE Contracting Award from City Construction Program. 4- Speedy Mart Gas Station Upgrade, Latif Georges Owner 250,000.00 619-825-6839 2004 5- Lemon Grove Vallero Gas Station, Store & Car Wash, Latif~ Georges Owner 619-825-6839 2005-2006 $1,200,00.00 6- Dan Auto project with A TC company. $ 78,000.00 Mike Davis 760-632-2330 2004 7- Spring Valley Park Pavilion (County Of San Diego) RobertRushlow 858-699-8087 2006 $53,500.00 8- Paradise Valley Side Walk (city of San Diego) Christy Villa 619-533-3071 2006 $108,600.00 9- Site Development Project For Rolando Park Play Ground (city of La Mesa) MichaelJ. Kinnard 619-667-1155 2006 $59,000.00 10- Foundation, Walls & Slab Rebar installation for Harbor view Condos Riyadh Kafaji (ray) 619-465-7777 619-692-4292 $132,000.00 2007 11- Escondido Creek Bridge For Olivenhain Municipal WaterDistrict Dan Badaloco !- 760 -753-6466 2007 $ 90,000.00 12- PS. 2 Pump Room Repair Crack, Metropolitan Wastewater Department Michael Fakhoury Project Manager 619-756-2340. 2007 13- Wells Park Rest rooms, City of El Cajon (In hand) 80% done. Michael Mills 619-441-1740 $ 190,000.00 2007 Thank You Gulf Engineering & Construction BIDDER'S CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR GENERAL LIABILITY, EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY, AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY AND WORKERS' COMPENSATION (To Accompany Proposal) PICNIC SHELTERS FOR STAGECOACH PARK & CALAVERA HILLS PARK CONTRACT NO. 39361 As a required part of the Bidder's proposal the Bidder must attach either of the following to this page. 1) Certificates of insurance showing conformance with the requirements herein for each of: D Comprehensive General Liability D Automobile Liability D Workers Compensation D Employer's Liability 2) Statement with an insurance carrier's notarized signature stating that the carrier can, and upon payment of fees and/or premiums by the Bidder, will issue to the Bidder Policies of insurance for Comprehensive General Liability, Automobile Liability, Workers Compensation and Employer's Liability in conformance with the requirements herein and Certificates of insurance to the Agency showing conformance with the requirements herein. All certificates of insurance and statements of willingness to issue insurance for auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must: 1) Meet the conditions stated in The Notice Inviting Bids, AND THE General Provisions for this project for each insurance company that the Contractor proposes. 2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 24 of 112 Pages ACQR& CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE GUS^D-iTO PRODUCER Powers and Company <0*W* Insurance Agents and Brokers '^>'*^t P. 0. Box 619043 Lie #OBO2564 'Seville CA 95661-9043 .hone: 916-630-8643 Fax:800-783-0083 INSURED Gulf Engineering & Construe.675 South 2nd Street El Cajon CA 92019 DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) 12/17/07 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATICS ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURER A: Scottsdale Insurance Company INSURER B: INSURER C: INSURER D: INSURER E: NAIC# COVERAGES MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR ADD'L, LTR INSRq TYPE OF INSURANCE GENERAL LIABILITY A X X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY ; CLAIMS MADE '. X OCCUR GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: X POLICY ! JECT LOC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS - NON-OWNED AUTOS GARAGE LIABILITY ANY AUTO EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY J OCCUR QH CLAIMS MADE DEDUCTIBLE RETENTION $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? !f yes describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below POLICY NUMBER CLS1380076 POLICY EFFECTIVE DATE (MM/DD/YY) 04/06/07 POLICY EXPIRATION DATE (MM/DD/YY) 04/06/08 OTHER LIMITS EACH OCCURRENCE UAMAUb lOKLNIbU PREMISES (Ea occurence) MED EXP (Any one person) $ 3,000,000 $ 100,000 S EXCLUDED PERSONAL S ADV INJURY ($3,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE S 3,000,000 PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) BODILY INJURY (Per person) BODILY INJURY (Per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT OTHER THAN EA ACC AUTO ONLY: AGQ EACH OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE WC STATU- 1 OTH- TORY LIMITS | ER s 3,000,000 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE: $ E.L DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ *10 day NOC applies for non-payment of premium. Certificate holder is included as an Additional Insured under Commercial General Liability policy per endorsement to be determined by carrier, subject to a written contract between the Named Insured and the Additional Insured. **Endorsement to follow from company, subject to approval, (see attached note page) CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION CITYOFC City of Calsbad Fax: 760-602-8562 Attn: Kevin Davis 5950 El Camino Real Carlsbad CA 92008 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30* DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ^^ ,^7 Sj7 f J"^ J^ZZ/ *~ / ' " /,*»-.•- ACORD 25 (2001/08)© ACORD CORPORATION 1 IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsements). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. ACORD 25 (2001/08) HOLQERCQDE CISSTOFC «39I»fB-l PASS 3 sulf Engineering & con»t«*ex C3^io TO DATE ia/17/07 re: Installing concrete pads for shelters and landscaping @ Pienie Shelters, Community parks Bid#PW508-09PKS . 01/14/2008 14:04 FAX 8667013106 SARAH SPOONER El 001 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CQ 20 10 07 04 POLICY NUMBER: CLS1380076 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - SCHEDULED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name of Additional Insured Persons) Or Oqanlzation(s) CIT5T OF CARLSBAD 5950 EL CAMINO REAL CARLSBAD, CA 92008 Location (s) of Covered Operations RE: PIKNIE SHELTERS, COMMUNITY PARKS BIDS PW508-09PKS Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be Shown In the Declarations. A. Section II - Who Is An Insured Is amended to In- clude as an additional insured the person (s) or or- ganization^) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily Injury", "property dam- age" or "personal and advertising Injury" caused, In whole or in part, by: 1. Your acts or omissions; or z. The acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf; in the performance of your ongoing operations for the additional Insured(s) at the locations) desig- nated above. With respect to the insurance afforded to these ad- ditional insureds, the following additional exclu- sions apply: This Insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurring after: 1. All work, Including materials, parts or equip- ment furnished In connection with such work, on the project (other than service, mainte- nance or repairs) to be performed by or on be- half of the additional lnsured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been com- pleted; or 2. That portion of "your work" out of which the In- Jury or damage arises has been put to its Intended use by any person or organization Other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a princi- pal as a part of the same project CG 20 10 07 04 Copyright, ISO Properties, Inc., 2004 Page 1 of 1 From: Stephanie Luciano At: Hunter Insurance FaxID: 619-465-1926 To: Majid Juwaideh Date: 12/17/2007 04:10PM Page: 1 of 1 ACORD CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE o™^ PRODUCER Hunter Insurance Services, Inc Agency Lic# OD94594 7863 La Mesa Blvd La Mesa, CA 91941 Phone: 888-815-7639 Fax:619-465-1926 INSURED Qulf Engineering & ConstructioMajid Juwaideh 675 S 2nd StEl Cajon CA 92019 DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) 12/17/07 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURER A Peerless Insurance Company INSURER B: national union Fir* Xnsuranc* INSURER C: INSURER D: INSURER E: NAIC# COVERAGES MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. LTR A B 4UUL NSRD X TYPE OF INSURANCE GENERAL LIABILITY COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY | CLAIMS MADE | | OCCUR GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: ~~1 POLICY n^T nt-oc AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY X X X ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON-OWNED AUTOS GARAGE LIABILITY ANY AUTO EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILfTY X | OCCUR | | CLAIMS MADE X DEDUCTIBLE RETENTION $200000 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? ir yes, describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below OTHER POLICY NUMBER BA8274444 EBU9231507 POLICY EFFECTIVEDATE (MM/DD/YY) 05/04/07 04/09/07 POLICY EXPIRATIONDATE (MM/DD/YY) 05/04/08 04/09/08 LIMITS EACH OCCURRENCE UAMAbb lUKhNlbU PREMISES (Ea occurence) MED EXP (Any one person) PERSONAL & ADV INJURY GENERAL AGGREGATE PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) BODILY INJURY (Per person) BODILY INJURY (Per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT FA k^CDTHFRTHAN CAA^U AUTO ONLY: AQG EACH OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE WCSIAIU- OrH- TORY LIMITS ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ $ $ $ $ $ $1000000 $ $ $ $ $ $ $1000000 $1000000 $ $ $ $ $ $ Cancellation: 10 day non-pay, 30 days all others Certificate holder is named additional insured, endorsement to follow from carrier CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION City of Carlsbad, Public Works Purchasing Department 1635 Faraday Ave Carlsbad CA 92008 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF. THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 3 0 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER. ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORIZED raPRHENTATTVB/ 1 F*bL~ //A_^ ACORD 25 (2001/08)©ACORD CORPORATION 1988 12/17/2007 11:28 FAX BOOl/001 POLICYHOLDER COPY SD COMPENSATION P'°" BOX 420807' SAN FRANCISCO,CA 94142-0807 INSURANCE CERTIFICATE OF WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE ISSUE DATE: 12-17-2007 GROUP: 000228 POLICY NUMBER: 0027444-2007 CERTIFICATE ID: 25 CERTIFICATE EXPIRES: 02-01-2008 02-01-2007/02-01-2008 CITY OF CARLSBAD SD JOBrPINIC SHELTERS # 3838 PWS08-08PKS ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT STAGECOACH & CALAVERA HILLS COKM PARK BBBO EL CAMINO REAL CARLSBAD CARLSBAD CA 92008-8802 CA 92008 This is to certify that we have issued a valid Workers' Compensation insurance policy in a form approved by the California Insurance Commissioner to the employer named below for the policy period indicated. This policy is not subject to cancellation by the Fund except upon 30 days advance written notice to the employer. We will also give you 30 days advance notice should this policy be cancelled prior to its normal expiration. This certificate of insurance is not an insurance policy and does not amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policy listed herein. Notwithstanding any requirement, term or condition of any contract or other documentwith respect to which this certificate of insurance may be issued or to which it may pertain, the Insurance afforded by the policy described herein is subject to all the terms, exclusions, and conditions, of such policy. JZED REPRESENTATIVE^ PRESIDENT UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE BY ENDORSEMENT, COVERAGE UNDER THIS POLICY EXCLUDES THE FOLLOWING: THOSE NAMED IN THE POLICY DECLARATIONS AS AN INDIVIDUAL EMPLOYER OR A HUSBAND AND WIFE EMPLOYER; EMPLOYEES COVERED ON A COMPREHENSIVE PERSONAL LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY ALSO AFFORDING CALIFORNIA WORKERS' COMPENSATION BENEFITS; EMPLOYEES EXCLUDED UNDER CALIFORNIA WORKERS' COMPENSATION LAW. EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY LIMIT INCLUDING DEFENSE COSTS: $3,000,000 PER OCCURRENCE. ENDORSEMENT #2068 ENTITLED CERTIFICATE HOLDERS' NOTICE EFFECTIVE 02-01-2004 IS ATTACHED TO AND FORMS A PART OF THIS POLICY. EMPLOYER JUWAIDEH, MAUID SD 675 S 2ND ST EL CAJDN CA 92019 [B14.NF] |RSV.2-05> PRINTED : 12-17-2007 BIDDER'S STATEMENT RE DEBARMENT (To Accompany Proposal) PICNIC SHELTERS FOR STAGECOACH PARK & CALAVERA HILLS PARK CONTRACT NO. 39361 1) Have you or any of your subcontractors ever been debarred as an irresponsible bidder by another jurisdiction in the State of California? yes no 2) If yes, what was/were the name(s) of the agency(ies) and what was/were the period(s) of debarment(s)? Attach additional copies of this page to accommodate more than two debarments. party debarred party debarred agency agency period of debarment period of debarment BY CONTRACTOR: (namgjif Contractor) X /'H- (print name/title) Page of pages of this Re Debarment form Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 25 of 112 Pages BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD (To Accompany Proposal) PICNIC SHELTERS FOR STAGECOACH PARK & CALAVERA HILLS PARK CONTRACT NO. 39361 Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors' State License Board which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint regarding a patent act or omission is filed within four years of the date of the alleged violation. A complaint regarding a latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within 10 years of the date of the alleged violation. Any questions concerning a contractor may be referred to the Registrar, Contractors' State License board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826. 1) Have you ever had your contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors' State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? yes no 2) Has the suspension or revocation of your contractors license ever been stayed? yes no 3) Have any subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever had their contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors' State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? yes no 4) Has the suspension or revocation of the license of any subcontractor's that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever been stayed? yes no 5) If the answer to either of 1. or 3. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party disciplined, the date of and violation that the disciplinary action pertain to, describe the nature of the violation and the disciplinary action taken therefore. (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) Page / of SL pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 26 of 112 Pages BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD (CONTINUED) (To Accompany Proposal) PICNIC SHELTERS FOR STAGECOACH PARK & CALAVERA HILLS PARK CONTRACT NO. 39361 6) If the answer to either of 2. or 4. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party who's discipline was stayed, the date of the violation that the disciplinary action pertains to, describe the nature of the violation and the condition (if any) upon which the disciplinary action was stayed. (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) BY CONTRACTOR: £i> I (name ^-ct ofX2opir o (print name/title) Page .£. of "L- pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 27 of 112 Pages NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 7106 PICNIC SHELTERS FOR STAGECOACH PARK & CALAVERA HILLS PARK CONTRACT NO. 39361 State of California County of £><**> ) ) ss. gf m».n (Name*(Name* of Bidder) _, being first duly sworn, deposes and says that he or she is of (Title) (Name of Firm) the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct and that this affidavit was executed on the f-J-k day of /», Signature of Bidder Subscribed and sworn to before me on,toe _ JAP day of , 20 /} /. (NOTARY SEAL) MARY A. ©ARY Commission * 1529562 \ Notary PwbHc - California \ San Diejgo County A •^Revised 11/01 /06 Contract No . 3936 1 Page 28 of 1 1 2 Pages of Carlsbad Public Works - Contract Administration October 25, 2007 ADDENDUM NO. 1 RE: PICNIC SHELTERS AT STAGECOACH AND CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY PARKS, PROJECT NO. 3936 Please include the attached addendum in the Notice to Bidder/Request for Bids you have for the above project. Please note change in due date for the above-mentioned bid. New date for bid opening is: November 1, 2007 Time remains the same: 2:00 p.m. This addendum-receipt acknowledged-must be included to your bid when your bid is submitted. CEVIN DAVIS Sr. Contract Administrator I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 r's Signature Page 1 of 2 1635 Faraday Avenue • Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314 - (760) 6O2-4677 • FAX (76O) 602-8562 ADDENDUM NO. 1 PICNIC SHELTERS FOR STAGECOACH & CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY PARKS AS PART OF CONTRACT NO. 39361 BID NO. PWS08-09REC City of Carlsbad Carlsbad, California OCTOBER 25, 2007 City of Carlsbad Recreation - Park Development 1200 Carlsbad Village Dr. Carlsbad, CA 92008 Liz Ketabian, Park Planner NOTICE: This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents for the above identified project and modifies portions of the original Contract Specifications and the bid opening date as indicated below. Documents not specifically mentioned in this Addendum remain in force. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Form. Failure to do so may subject bidder to disqualification. All trades affected shall be fully advised of these changes, deletions, or additions. This Addendum consists of (2) pages. ITEM NO. ONE: CSI FORMATTED SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 13130- FABRIC SHADE STRUCTURE SPECIFICAIONS Eliminate Item 4 - Insurance, on Page 186 of the CSI Formatted Specifications. Subcontractors on this project performing the shade structure installation are not required to have the listed insurance requirements as stated in this section. All other insurance requirements indicated in the contract documents shall remain in full force and effect. ITEM NO. TWO: CHANGE OF BID DATE NOTICE INVITING BIDS ( Page 7 of Contract booklet) First Sentence, revise to say -Until 2:00 p.m. on November 1. 2007. the City shall accept sealed bids, clearly marked as such, at the Faraday Center, 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314, Attn: Purchasing Officer, by mail, delivery service or by deposit in the Bid Box located in the first floor lobby, at which time they will be opened and read, for performing the work and installations as follows: Demolition of an existing sand volleyball court and concrete picnic area, construction of two picnic areas including drainage, concrete paving, pilasters, shade structures, site furnishings, irrigation, and planting as outlined in the plans and specifications. Page 2 of 2 of Carlsbad Public Works - Contract Administration October 29, 2007 ADDENDUM NO. 2 RE: PICNIC SHELTERS AT STAGECOACH AND CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY PARKS, PROJECT NO. 39361, BID NO. PWS08-09PKS Please include the attached addendum in the Notice to Bidder/Request for Bids you have for the above project. Please note change in due date for the above-mentioned bid. New date for bid opening is: November 6, 2007 Time remains the same: 2:00 p.m. This addendum-receipt acknowledged-must be included to your bid when your bid is submitted. KEVIN DAVIS Sr. Contract Administrator I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO. 2 1635 Faraday Avenue • Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314 • (760) 6O2-4677 • FAX (76O) 6O2-8562 ADDENDUM NO. 2 PICNIC SHELTERS FOR STAGECOACH & CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY PARKS AS PART OF CONTRACT NO. 39361 BID NO. PWS08-09REC ___ City of Carlsbad Carlsbad, California OCTOBER 26, 2007 City of Carlsbad Recreation - Park Development 1200 Carlsbad Village Dr. Carlsbad, CA 92008 Liz Ketabian, Park Planner NOTICE; This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents for the above identified project and modifies portions of the original Plans and Contract Specifications and the bid opening date as indicated below. Documents not specifically mentioned in this Addendum remain in force. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Form. Failure to do so may subject bidder to disqualification. All trades affected shall be fully advised of these changes, deletions, or additions. This Addendum consists of (1) page. ITEM NO. ONE: SHEET L-4- IRRIGATION AND PLANTING PLANS- STAGECOACH PARK Clarification- Plant Legend indicates Camphor Trees to be supplied and planted as 24" box size and the plan above indicates some Camphor Trees to be of 15 Gallon size. The correct size for bidding and contract purposes is that all Camphor Tress are to be 24" box size. ITEM NO. TWO: CHANGE OF BID DATE NOTICE INVITING BIDS ( Page 7 of Contract booklet) First Sentence, revise to say -Until 2:00 p.m. on November 6. 2007. the City shall accept sealed bids, clearly marked as such, at the Faraday Center, 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314, Attn: Purchasing Officer ITEM NO. THREE: CLARIFICATION Appendix A - Structural Calculations and Plans for Stagecoach Park, are not attached as part of Contract Booklet, but are available on file at the City of Carlsbad Building Department counter located at 1635 Faraday Center, Carlsbad, CA 92010. CONTRACT PUBLIC WORKS This agreement is made this "^~ day of _ by and between the City of Carlsbad, California, a municipal corporation, (hereinafter called "City"), and _ GULF ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION _ whose principal place of business is 675 SOUTH 2ND STREET EL CAJON CA 92019 (hereinafter called "Contractor"). City and Contractor agree as follows: 1 . Description of Work. Contractor shall perform all work specified in the Contract documents for construction of public park picnic areas at two separate City parks. Work includes but is not limited to demolition and new construction for a wood shade structure and site furnishings, concrete paving and decomposed granite picnic area, landscaping and irrigation at Stagecoach Community Park and demolition and installation of concrete paving, fabric shade structure, picnic area site furnishings, and site grading at Calavera Hills Community Park. PICNIC SHELTERS FOR STAGECOACH PARK & CALAVERA HILLS PARK CONTRACT NO. 39361 (hereinafter called "project") 2. Provisions of Labor and Materials. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and personnel to perform the work specified by the Contract Documents. "**"*" 3. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Contract, Notice Inviting Bids, Contractor's Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Designation of Subcontractors, Designation of Owner Operator/Lessors, Bidder's Statements of Financial Responsibility, Technical Ability and Experience, Re Debarment, Non-collusion Affidavit, Escrow Agreement, Release Form, the Plans and Specifications, the Supplemental Provisions, the addendum(s) to said Plans and Specifications and Supplemental Provisions, and all proper amendments and changes made thereto in accordance with this Contract or the Plans and Specifications, and all bonds for the project; all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. Contractor, her/his subcontractors, and materials suppliers shall provide and install the work as indicated, specified, and implied by the Contract Documents. Any items of work not indicated or specified, but which are essential to the completion of the work, shall be provided at the Contractor's expense to fulfill the intent of said documents. In all instances through the life of the Contract, the City will be the interpreter of the intent of the Contract Documents, and the City's decision relative to said intent will be final and binding. Failure of the Contractor to apprise subcontractors and materials suppliers of this condition of the Contract will not relieve responsibility of compliance. 4. Payment. For all compensation for Contractor's performance of work under this Contract, City shall make payment to the Contractor per section 9-3 PAYMENT of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC) 2006 Edition, and the supplements thereto, hereinafter designated "SSPWC", as issued by the Southern California Chapter of the American Public Works Association, and as amended by the Supplemental Provisions section of this contract. The Engineer will close the estimate of work completed for progress payments on the last working day of each * month. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 29 of 112 Pages 5. Independent Investigation. Contractor accepts the site "AS IS and in doing so, accepts all existing conditions." Contractor has made an independent investigation of the jobsite, the soil conditions at the jobsite, and all other conditions that might affect the progress of the work, and is aware of those conditions. The Contract price includes payment for all work that may be done by Contractor, whether anticipated or not, in order to overcome underground conditions. Any information that may have been furnished to Contractor by City about underground conditions or other job conditions is for Contractor's convenience only, and City does not warrant that the conditions are as thus indicated. Contractor is satisfied with all job conditions, including underground conditions and has not relied on information furnished by City. 6. Hazardous Waste or Other Unusual Conditions. If the contract involves digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface Contractor shall promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify City, in writing, of any: A. Hazardous Waste. Material that Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. B. Differing Conditions. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated. C. Unknown Physical Conditions. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the contract. City shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in contractor's costs of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the work shall issue a change order under the procedures described in this contract. In the event that a dispute arises between City and Contractor whether the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the work, contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but shall proceed with all work to be performed under the contract. Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties. 7. Immigration Reform and Control Act. Contractor certifies it is aware of the requirements of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (8 USC sections 1101-1525) and has complied and will comply with these requirements, including, but not limited to, verifying the eligibility for employment of all agents, employees, subcontractors, and consultants that are included in this Contract. 8. Prevailing Wage. Pursuant to the California Labor Code, the director of the Department of Industrial Relations has determined the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in accordance with California Labor Code, section 1773 and a copy of a schedule of said general prevailing wage rates is on file in the office of the City Engineer, and is incorporated by reference herein. Pursuant to California Labor Code, section 1775, Contractor shall pay prevailing wages. Contractor shall post copies of all applicable prevailing wages on the job site. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 30 of 112 Pages 9. Indemnification. Contractor shall assume the defense of, pay all expenses of defense, and indemnify and hold harmless the City, and its officers and employees, from all claims, loss, damage, injury and liability of every kind, nature and description, directly or indirectly arising from or in connection with the performance of the Contract or work; or from any failure or alleged failure of Contractor to comply with any applicable law, rules or regulations including those relating to safety and health; and from any and all claims, loss, damages, injury and liability, howsoever the same may be caused, resulting directly or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the Contract, except for loss or damage caused by the sole or active negligence or willful misconduct of the City. The expenses of defense include all costs and expenses including attorneys' fees for litigation, arbitration, or other dispute resolution method. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, arising in whole or in part from alleged inaccuracies or misrepresentation by the Contractor, whether intentional or otherwise, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel. 10. Insurance. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his or her agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. Said insurance shall meet the City's policy for insurance as stated in City Council Policy # 70. (A) Coverages And Limits Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages and minimum limits indicted herein: a. Commercial General Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. If the policy has an aggregate limit, a separate aggregate in the amounts specified shall be established for the risks for which the City or its agents, officers or employees are additional insured. b. Business Automobile Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. In addition, the auto policy must cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. c. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Workers' compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California. Workers' compensation offered by the State Compensation Insurance Fund is acceptable to the City. (B) Additional Provisions. Contractor shall ensure that the policies of insurance required under this agreement with the exception of Workers' Compensation and Business Automobile Liability Insurance contain, or are endorsed to contain, the following provisions. a. The City, its officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insured as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products and completed operations of the contractor; premises owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. All additional insured endorsements must be evidenced using separate documents attached to the certificate of insurance; one for each company affording general liability, and employers' liability coverage. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 31 of 112 Pages b. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of the contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. c. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. d. Coverage shall state that the contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. (C) Notice Of Cancellation. Each insurance policy required by this agreement shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be nonrenewed, suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in coverage or limits except after thirty (30) days' prior written notice has been given to the City by certified mail, return receipt requested. (D) Deductibles And Self-Insured Retention (S.I.R.) Levels. Any deductibles or self-insured retention levels must be declared to and approved by the City. At the option of the City, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention levels as respects the City, its officials and employees; or the contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation, claim administration and defense expenses. (E) Waiver Of Subrogation. All policies of insurance required under this agreement shall contain a waiver of all rights of subrogation the insurer may have or may acquire against the City or any of its officials or employees. (F) Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insured under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. Coverages for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein. (G) Acceptability Of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII. Insurers must also be authorized to transact the business of insurance by the State of California Insurance Commissioner as admitted carriers as evidenced by a listing in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California and/or under the standards specified by City Council Policy # 70. (H) Verification Of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance and original endorsements affecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be in forms approved by the City and are to be received and approved by the City before the Contract is executed by the City. (I) Cost Of Insurance. The Cost of all insurance required under this agreement shall be included in the Contractor's bid. 11. Claims and Lawsuits. All claims by contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with section 20104) which are incorporated by reference. A copy of Article 1.5 is included in Section 3 of General Provisions. The contractor shall initially submit all claims over $375,000 to the City using the informal dispute resolution process described in Public Contract Code subsections 20104.2(a), (c), (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this section of the contract, all claims shall comply with the Government Tort Claim Act (section 900 et seq., of the California Government Code) for any claim or cause of action for money or damages prior to filing any lawsuit for breach of this agreement. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 32 of 112 Pages (A) Assertion of Claims. Contractor hereby agrees that any contract claim submitted to the City must be asserted as part of the contract process as set forth in this agreement and not in anticipation of litigation or in conjunction with litigation. (B) False Claims. Contractor acknowledges that if a false claim is submitted to the City, it may be considered fraud and the Contractor may be subject to criminal prosecution. (C) Government Code. Contractor acknowledges that California Government Code sections 12650 et seq., the False Claims Act, provides for civil penalties where a person knowingly submits a false claim to a public entity. These provisions include false claims made with deliberate ignorance of the false information or in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information. (D) Penalty Recovery. If the City of Carlsbad seeks to recover penalties pursuant to the False Claims Act, it is entitled to recover its litigation costs, including attorney's fees. (E) Debarment for False Claims. Contractor hereby acknowledges that the filing of a false claim may subject the Contractor to an administrative debarment proceeding wherein the Contractor may be prevented from further bidding on public contracts for a period of up to five years. (F) Carlsbad Municipal Code. The provisions of Carlsbad Municipal Code sections 3.32.025, 3.32.026, 3.32.027 and 3.32.028 pertaining to false claims are incorporated herein by reference. (G) Debarment from Other Jurisdictions. Contractor hereby acknowledges that debarment by another jurisdiction is grounds for the City of Carlsbad to disqualify the Contractor or subcontractor from participating in future contract bidding. (H) Jurisdiction. Contractor agrees and hereby stipulates that the proper venue and jurisdiction for resolution of any disputes between the parties arising out of this agreement is San Diego County, California. I have read and understand all provisions of Section 11 above. 12. Maintenance of Records. Contractor shall maintain and make available at no cost to the City, upon request, records in accordance with sections 1776 and 1812 of Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, of the Labor Code. If the Contractor does not maintain the records at Contractor's principal place of business as specified above, Contractor shall so inform the City by certified letter accompanying the return of this Contract. Contractor shall notify the City by certified mail of any change of address of such records. 13. Labor Code Provisions. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, commencing with section 1720 of the Labor Code are incorporated herein by reference. 14. Security. Securities in the form of cash, cashier's check, or certified check may be substituted for any monies withheld by the City to secure performance of this contract for any obligation established by this contract. Any other security that is mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the City may be substituted for monies withheld to ensure performance under this Contract. 15. Unfair Business Practices. In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 33 of 112 Pages 16. Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and included herein, and if, through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or is not correctly inserted, then upon application of either party, the Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction. 17. Additional Provisions. Any additional provisions of this agreement are set forth in the "General Provisions" or "Supplemental Provisions" attached hereto and made a part hereof. NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED (CORPORATE SEAL) CONTRACTOR:corporation of r>by: .., ...MM.; u QMAVMAS "* COMMISSION #1775300ym-ABv PUBLIC. CALIFOHNIA , EXPIRES OCT^. 2011 g iiiiiii»iij*tHiiilllliimr (print name and title) President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under the corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation. APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL City Attorney By:HA Of. Deputy City Attorney i[ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 34 of 112 Pages ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of SAN DIEGO On C2.^2Jf' p"7 before me, H. SHAMMAS/INJOTARY (insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared WlJ/fo / who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instru ment. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California th at the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. H.SHAMMA8 MMM8SION 01775300 =WITNESS my hand and official seal. 8 ^^3 WWWPUBIJC.CWJKMNIA § L «NDIEQOCOUWy 2 MTCOMM. EXPIRES OCT23* JOIlS Signature BOND #762077 Premium included in performance bond. LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, by Resolution No. 2007-307, adopted December 11, 2007, has awarded to GULF ENGINEERING & CONSTRUCTION (hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for: PICNIC SHELTERS FOR STAGECOACH PARK & CALAVERA HILLS PARK CONTRACT NO. 39361 in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of their subcontractors shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender or other supplies or teams used in, upon or about the performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth. NOW, THEREFORE, WE. GULF ENGINEERING & CONSTRUCTION as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and Developers Surety and Indemnity Company as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad in the sum of ONE HUNDRED FOUR THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED Dollars ($104,400), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by the City of Carlsbad, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Contractor or his/her subcontractors fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, supplies, or teams used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, consistent with California Civil Code section 3181, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work or labor performed under this Contract, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the contractor and subcontractors pursuant to section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work and labor, that the Surety will pay for the same, and, also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, reasonable attorney's fees, to be fixed by the court consistent with California Civil Code section 3248. This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in California Civil Code section 3181, so as to give a right of action to those persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon the bond. Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Amf Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 35 of 112 Pages In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by CONTRACTOR this day of , 20 eg CONTRACTOR: By:. (print name here) COMMISSION #1775300 NQTARYPUBUC.CAUFORNIA 30CT23.2011S "^'"'"1**"^ (print name here) Executed by SURETY this 20th of December , 20 day SURETY: Developers Surety and Indemnity Company (name of Surety) 17780 Fitch Irvine, CA. 92614 (address of Surety) 949-263-3300 ^telephone number of Surety) By: ^£C<& f fluA (signature of Attorney-in-Fact) Scott T. Ries (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) (attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney) (title and organization of signatory) (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL City Attorney Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 36 of 112 Pages ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of SAN DIEGO On "Z-Q07 before me, H-SHAMMafi /NOTARY (insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instru ment. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California th at the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. jiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiini. = x3&3»v H.SHAMMAS = " COMMISSION #1775300COMMISSION #1775300WOWYPUBUC- CALIFORNIASAN DIEGO COUNTY •iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimmr Signature.(Seal) California Acknowledgment Form State of California County of San Diego ss. On January 10, 2008 before me, Kimberly A. Rocco, Notary Public Scott T. Riespersonally appeared _ who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person^ whose name$ is/w»subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/sho/thay executed the same in his&er/tfceir au- thorized capacity$e»), and that by his/her/their signature^ on the instrument the personftQ, or the entity upon behalf of which the personQO acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. Seal J ••-••-* fKIMBERLY A. ROCCO k Commission* 1687499 » Notary Public - California San Diego County MvComm. Expires Aug 13.2010 WITNESS my hand and official seal. Notes Please provide information about the document that this foim is attached to. ***This is not required under California State notary public law.*** Attorney in Fact for Surety Company ©2007 Golden State Notary, Inc.www.GoldenStateNotary.oom (888)263-1977 \Afestem Surety Company POWER OF ATTORNEY - CERTIFIED COPY Bond No.70435518 Know All Men By These Presents, that WESTERN SURETY COMPANY, a corporation duly organized and masting under the laws of the State of South Dakota, and having it* principal office in Sioux Falls, South Dakota (the "Company"), does by these presents make, constitute and appoint Scott T. Ries __ its true and lawful attorney(«)-in-fact, with fall power and authority hereby conferred, to execute, acknowledge and deliver for and on its behalf aa Surety, bond s for: Principal: Majid Juwaideh dba Gulf Engineering & Construction Obligee: City of Carlsbad Amount: $500,000.00 and to bind the Company thereby aa fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the Senior Vice President, sealed with the corporate seal of the Company and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said attomey(s)-in-fact may do within the above stated limitations. Said appointment is made under and by authority of the following bylaw of Western Surety Company which remains in full force and effect. "Section 7. All bonds, policies, undertakings, Powers of Attorney or other obligations of the corporation shall be executed in the corporate name of the Company by the President, Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, Treasurer, or any Vice President or by such other officers as the Board of Directors may authorize. The President, any Vice President, Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer may appoint Attorneys in Fact or agents who shall have authority to issue bonds, policies, or undertakings in the name of the Company. The corporate seal is not necessary for the validity of any bonds, policies, undertakings, Powers of Attorney or other obligations of the corporation. The signature of any nidi officer and the corporate teal may be printed by facsimile." All authority hereby conferred shall expire and terminate, without notice, unless used before midnight of 2008 , but until such time shall be irrevocable and in full force and effect. April 10 In Witness Whereof, Western Surety Company has caused these presents to be dined by its Senior Vice President, Paul T. Bruflat, and its corp.(Hito«eBl to be affixed this 10th day of January , 2008 COMPANY On this 10th rfayaf January lor Vice President _, in the year 2006 , before me, a notary pubUc, personally appeared Paul T. Bruflat, who being to me duly sworn, acknowledged that he signed the above Power of Attorney as the aforesaid office of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY and acknowledged said instrument to be the voluntary act and deed of said corporation 0. KRELL NonmrniMjc SOUTH MKD1R otary Public - South Dakota »»* My Commission Expires November 30,2012 I the undersigned officer of Western Surety Company, a stock corporation of the State of South Dakota, do hereby certify that the attached Power of Attorney is in full force and effect and ia irrevocable, and furthermore, that Section? of the by laws of the Company as set forth in the Power of Attorney is now in force. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and seal of Western Surety Company this January _ 2008 10th .day of WE COMPANY or Vice President Fowl F53CM-2006 BOND #762077 Premium $3,132.00 Premium is for contract term and is subject to adjustment based on final contract price. FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE/WARRANTY BOND WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, by Resolution No. 2007-307, adopted December 11, 2007, has awarded to GULF ENGINEERING & CONSTRUCTION (hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for: PICNIC SHELTERS FOR STAGECOACH PARK & CALAVERA HILLS PARK CONTRACT NO. 39361 in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the contract, the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful performance and warranty of said Contract; NOW, THEREFORE, WE. GULF ENGINEERING & CONSTRUCTION as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and Developers Surety and Indemnity Company as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad in the sum of ONE HUNDRED FOUR THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED Dollars ($104,400), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by the City of Carlsbad, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the above bounden Contractor, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless the City of Carlsbad, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefor, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by the City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 37 of 112 Pages In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by CONTRACTOR this day of S)6/:ejY\kg^r~ , 20£ CONTRACTOR: (sign here) K VT (print name here) izatior COMMISSION t NOfTARYPUBUC-CAUFORNIA 8 6AN DIEGO COUNTY - MT COMM. EXPIRES OCt 23,2011 r (sign here) day ofExecuted by SURETY this 20th December SURETY: Developers Surety and Indemnity Company (name of Surety) 17780 Fitch Irvine, CA. 92614 (address of Surety) 949-263-3300 (telephone number of Surety) (print name here) (signature of Attorney-in-Fact) Scott T. Ries (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) (Attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney.) (Title and Organization of signatory) (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL City Attorney By: Deputy City Attorney Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 38 of 112 Pages ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of SAN DIEGO On before me, H.SHAMMAR/NOTARY PUBLIC (insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instru ment. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California th at the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. £•'""11111111111111111,,,„„„„„,, WITNESS my hand and official seal.COMMISSION #1775300 5 MNDIEQOCOUNTY MT COMM. EXPIRES OCT. 23> 201 1 5 Signature.(Seal) CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of San Diego ss. On December 20, 2007 Date personally appeared before me, Kimberly A. Rocco, Notary Public Name and Title of Officer (e.g., "Jane Doe, Notary Public") Scott T. Ries Name(s) of Signer(s) KIMBERIY A. ROCCO Commission # 1687499 Notary Public - California San Dieao County S3 personally known to me D proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. Place Notary Seal Above WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature of Notary Public OPTIONAL Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date:. Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: Scott T. Ries D Individual D Corporate Officer — Title(s): D Partner — D Limited D General IZI Attorney in Fact D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Other: ' Signer Is Representing: RIGHT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Top of thumb here Signer's Name: D Individual D Corporate Officer — Title(s): D Partner — D Limited D General D Attorney in Fact D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Other: Signer Is Representing: RIGHT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Top of thumb here © 2004 National Notary Association • 9350 De Soto Ave., P.O. Box 2402 • Chatsworth, CA 91313-2402 Item No. 5907 Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6827 POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA PO Box 19725, IRVINE, CA 92623 (949) 263-3300 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that as except as expressly limited, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY and INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, do each, hereby make, constitute and appoint: ***Sharon E. Ries, Scott T. Ries, jointly or severally*** as their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, to make, execute, deliver and acknowledge, for and on behalf of said corporations, as sureties, bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship giving and granting unto said Attorney(s)-in-Fact full power and authority to do and to perform every act necessary, requisite or proper to be done in connection therewith as each of said corporations could do, but reserving to each of said corporations full power of substitution and revocation, and all of the acts of said Attorney(s)-in- Fact, pursuant to these presents, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the respective Board of Directors of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY and INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, effective as of November 5,2007. RESOLVED, that the chairman of the Board, the President and any Vice President of the corporation be, and that each of them hereby is, authorized to execute Powers of Attorney, qualifying the attorney(s) named in the Powers of Attorney to execute, on behalf of the corporations, bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship; and that the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the corporations be, and each of them hereby is, authorized to attest the execution of any such Power of Attorney; RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the signatures of such officers may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures shall be valid and binding upon the corporations when so affixed and in the future with respect to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship to which it is attached. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY and INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA have severally caused these presents to be signed by their respective Vice President and attested by their respective Assistant Secretary this November 5,2007 . Stephen T. Pate, Senior Vice President : uJ i I oA 1936 <*••'%«OCT. 'ixs 10 !„• Charles L. Day, Assistant Secretary STATE OF CALIFORNIA ] COUNTY OF ORANGE ] On November 5,2007, before me, Christopher J. Roach, Notary Public, personally appeared Stephen T. Pate and Charles L. Day, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/he/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. Signature^ WITNESS my hand and official seal. Christopher J. (SEAL) CHRISTOPHER J. ROACH \ COMM. # 1746939 NOTARY PUBLIC CALIFORNIA ORANGE COUNTY MyooflHD.expifMMay19.a011 CERTIFICATE The undersigned, as Assistant Secretary, of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY and INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, does hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney remains in full force and has not been revoked, and furthermore, that the provisions of the resolutions of the respective Boards of Directors of said corporations set forth in the Power of Attorney, are in force as of the date of this Certificate. This Certificate is executed in the City of Irvine, California, the 20 day of December 2007 'Albert Hillebrand, Assistant Secretary ID-1380(Wet)(Rev.07/07) OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between the City of Carlsbad whose address is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California, 92008, hereinafter called "City" and whose address is hereinafter called "Contractor" and whose address is hereinafter called "Escrow Agent." For the consideration hereinafter set forth, the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as follows: 1. Pursuant to sections 22300 and 10263 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, the Contractor has the option to deposit securities with the Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention earnings required to be withheld by the City pursuant to the Construction Contract entered into between the City and Contractor for PICNIC SHELTERS FOR STAGECOACH PARK & CALAVERA HILLS PARK CONTRACT NO. 39361 in the amount of dated (hereinafter referred to as the "Contract"). Alternatively, on written request of the Contractor, the City shall make payments of the retention earnings directly to the Escrow Agent. When the Contractor deposits the securities as a substitute for Contract earnings, the Escrow Agent shall notify the City within 10 days of the deposit. The Escrow Agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of the Escrow Agent in connection with the handling of retentions under these sections in an amount not less than $100,000 per contract. The market value of the securities at the time of the substitution shall be a least equal to the cash amount then required to be withheld as retention under the terms of the contract between the City and Contractor. Securities shall be held in the name of the City and shall designate the Contractor as the beneficial owner. 2. The City shall make progress payments to the Contractor for such funds which otherwise would be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that the Escrow Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above. 3. When the City makes payment of retentions earned directly to the Escrow Agent, the Escrow Agent shall hold them for the benefit of the Contractor until such time as the escrow created under this contract is terminated. The Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into securities. All terms and conditions of this agreement and the rights and responsibilities of the parties shall be equally applicable and binding when the City pays the Escrow Agent directly. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by the Escrow Agent in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of the City. These expenses and payment terms shall be determined by the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent. 5. The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject to withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to the City. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 39 of 112 Pages 6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow Account only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from City to the Escrow Agent that City consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrawn by Contractor. 7. The City shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor. Upon seven days' written notice to the Escrow Agent from the City of the default, the Escrow Agent shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructed by the City. 8. Upon receipt of written notification from the City certifying that the Contract is final and complete and that the Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the Contract, the Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on deposit less escrow fees and charges of the Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediately upon disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments of fees and charges. 9. The Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from the City and the Contractor pursuant to sections (1) to (8), inclusive, of this agreement and the City and Contractor shall hold Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's release, conversion and disbursement of the securities and interest as set forth above. 10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notices or to receive written notice on behalf of the City and on behalf'of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and exemplars of their respective signatures are as follows: For City: Title FINANCE DIRECTOR Name Signature Address _ For Contractor: Title Name Signature Address _ For Escrow Agent: Title Name Signature Address At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the City and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow Agent a fully executed counterpart of this Agreement. m& Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 40 of 112 Pages IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their proper officers on the date first set forth above. For City:Title MAYOR Name Signature Address 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive.Carlsbad.CA 92008 For Contractor:Title Name Signature Address For Escrow Agent:Title Name Signature Address Revised 11/01/06 GENERAL PROVISIONS Contract No. 39361 Page 41 of 112 Pages FOR PICNIC SHELTERS FOR STAGECOACH PARK & CALAVERA HILLS PARK CONTRACT NO. 39361 BIDDERS ARE ADVISED THAT THIS SECTION REPLACES PART 1, GENERAL PROVISIONS, OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1 -TERMS, DEFINITIONS ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS 1-1 TERMS - Unless otherwise stated, the words directed, required, permitted, ordered, instructed, designated, considered necessary, prescribed, approved, acceptable, satisfactory, or words of like meaning, refer to actions, expressions, and prerogatives of the Engineer. 1-1.1 Reference to Drawings. Where words "shown", "indicated", "detailed", "noted", "scheduled", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is made to the plans accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise. 1-1.2 Directions. Where words "directed", "designated", "selected", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation or selection of the Engineer is intended, unless stated otherwise. The word "required" and words of similar import shall be understood to mean "as required to properly complete the work as required and as approved by the Engineer," unless stated otherwise. 1-1.3 Equals and Approvals. Where words "equal", "approved equal", "equivalent", and such words of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the expression "in the opinion of the Engineer", unless otherwise stated. Where the words "approved", "approval", "acceptance", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the approval, acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is intended. 1-1.4 Perform. The word "perform" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall perform all operations, labor, tools and equipment, and further, including the furnishing and installing of materials that are indicated, specified or required to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and ready to use, including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 42 of 112 Pages 1-2 Definitions. The following words, or groups of words, shall be exclusively defined by the definitions assigned to them herein. Addendum - Written or graphic instrument issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarifies, corrects, or changes the bidding or Contract Documents. The term Addendum shall include bulletins and all other types of written notices issued to potential bidders prior to opening of Bids. Agency - the City of Carlsbad, California. Agreement - See Contract. Assessment Act Contract - A Contract financed by special assessments authorized under a State Act or procedural ordinance of a City or County. Base - A layer of specified material of planned thickness placed immediately below the pavement or surfacing. Bid - The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work. Bidder - Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, submitting a Bid for the Work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. Board - The officer or body constituting the awarding authority of the Agency, which is the City Council for the City of Carlsbad or the Board of Directors of Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Bond - Bid, performance, and payment bond or other instrument of security. City Council - the City Council of the City of Carlsbad. City Manager - the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative. Cash Contract - A Contract financed by means other than special assessments. Change Order - A written order to the Contractor signed by the Agency directing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract time issued after the effective date of the Contract. A Change Order may or may not also be signed by the Contractor. Code - The terms Government Code, Labor Code, etc., refer to codes of the State of California. Construction Manager- the Project Inspector's immediate supervisor and first level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Contract - The written agreement between the Agency and the Contractor covering the Work. oRevised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 43 of 112 Pages Contract Documents - Including but not limited to; the Contract, any Addendum (which pertain to the contract documents), Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders; Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post-bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Contract, the Bonds, the general conditions, permits from other agencies, the Special Provisions, the Plans, Standard Plans, Standard Specifications, Reference Specifications, and all Modifications issued after the execution of the Contract. Contractor - The individual, partnership, corporation, joint venture, or other legal entity having a Contract with the Agency to perform the Work. In the case of work being done under permit issued by the Agency, the permittee shall be constructed to be the Contractor. The term "prime contractor" shall mean Contractor. Contract Price - The total amount of money for which the Contract is awarded. Contract Unit Price - The amount stated in the Bid for a single unit of an item of work. County Sealer - The Sealer of Weights and Measures of the county in which the Contract is let. Days - Days shall mean consecutive calendar's days unless otherwise specified. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection - The Construction Manager's immediate supervisor and second level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Dispute Board - persons designated by the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, to hear and advise the City Manager on claims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or the Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District is the last appeal level for informal dispute resolution. Electrolier - Street light assembly complete, including foundation, standard, luminaire arm, luminaire, etc. Engineer - the City Engineer of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative. The Engineer is the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Geotextile - Synthetic fiber used in civil engineering applications, serving the primary functions of separation and filtration. House Connection Sewer - A sewer, within a public street or right-of-way, proposed to connect any parcel, lot, or part of a lot with a mainline sewer. House Sewer - A sewer, wholly within private property, proposed to connect any building to a house connection sewer. Luminaire - The lamp housing including the optical and socket assemblies (and ballast if so specified). Luminaire Arm - The structural member, bracket, or mast arm, which, mounted on the standard, supports the luminaire. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 44 of 112 Pages Minor Bid Item - a single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (10%) of the original "^ Contract Price bid. "—•• Modification - Includes Change Orders and Supplemental Agreements. A Modification may only be used after the effective date of the Contract. Notice of Award - The written notice by the Agency to the successful Bidder stating that upon compliance by it with the required conditions, the Agency will execute the Contract. Notice to Proceed - A written notice given by the Agency to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract time will start. Own Organization - When used in Section 2-3.1 - Employees of the Contractor who are hired, directed, supervised and paid by the Contractor to accomplish the completion of the Work. Further, such employees have their employment taxes, State disability insurance payments, State and Federal income taxes paid and administered, as applicable, by the Contractor. When used in Section 2-3.1 "own organization" means construction equipment that the Contractor owns or leases and uses to accomplish the Work. Equipment that is owner operated or leased equipment with an operator is not part of the Contractor's Own Organization and will not be included for the purpose of compliance with Section 2-3.1. Person - Any individual, firm, association, partnership, corporation, trust, joint venture, or other legal entity. Plans - The drawings, profiles, cross sections, working drawings, and supplemental drawings, ^"\ or reproductions thereof, approved by the Engineer, which show the location, character, ^^ dimensions, or details of the Work. Private Contract - Work subject to Agency inspection, control, and approval, involving private funds, not administered by the Agency. Project Inspector - the Engineer's designated representative for inspection, contract administration and first level for informal dispute resolution. Proposal - See Bid. Reference Specifications - Those bulletins, standards, rules, methods of analysis or test, codes, and specifications of other agencies, engineering societies, or industrial associations referred to in the Contract Documents. These refer to the latest edition, including amendments in effect and published at the time of advertising the project or issuing the permit, unless specifically referred to by edition, volume, or date. Roadway - The portion of a street reserved for vehicular use. Service Connection - Service connections are all or any portion of the conduit, cable, or duct, including meter, between a utility distribution line and an individual consumer. Sewer - Any conduit intended for the reception and transfer of sewage and fluid industrial waste. ^. Revised 11/01 /06 Contract No. 39361 Page 45 of 112 Pages Specifications - Standard Specifications, Reference Specifications, Special Provisions, and specifications in Supplemental Agreements between the Contractor and the Board. Special Provisions - Additions and revisions to the Standard Specifications setting forth conditions and requirements peculiar to the work. Standard - The shaft or pole used to support street lighting luminaire, traffic signal heads, mast arms, etc. Standard Plans - Details of standard structures, devices, or instructions referred to on the Plans or in Specifications by title or number. Standard Specifications - The Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC), the "Greenbook". State - State of California. Storm Drain - Any conduit and appurtenances intended for the reception and transfer of storm water. Street - Any road, highway, parkway, freeway, alley, walk, or way. Subbase - A layer of specified material of planned thickness between a base and the subgrade. Subcontractor - An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work. Subgrade - For roadways, that portion of the roadbed on which pavement, surfacing, base, subbase, or a layer of other material is placed. For structures, the soil prepared to support a structure. Supervision - Supervision, where used to indicate supervision by the Engineer, shall mean the performance of obligations, and the exercise of rights, specifically imposed upon and granted to the Agency in becoming a party to the Contract. Except as specifically stated herein, supervision by the Agency shall not mean active and direct superintendence of details of the Work. Supplemental Agreement - A written amendment of the Contract Documents signed by both parties. Surety - Any individual, firm, or corporation, bound with and for the Contractor for the acceptable performance, execution, and completion of the Work, and for the satisfaction of all obligations incurred. Tonne - Also referred to as "metric ton". Represents a unit of measure in the International System of Units equal to 1,000 kilograms. Utility - Tracks, overhead or underground wires, pipeline, conduits, ducts, or structures, sewers, or storm drains owned, operated, or maintained in or across a public right of way or private easement. Work - That which is proposed to be constructed or done under the Contract or permit, including the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, and services. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 46 of 112 Pages 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS 1-3.1 General. The abbreviation herein, together with others in general use, are applicable to these Standard Specifications and to project Plans or other Contract Documents. All abbreviations and symbols used on Plans for structural steel construction shall conform to those given by the "Manual of Steel Construction" published by the American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. 1-3.2 Common Usage Abbreviation Word or Words ABAN Abandon ABAND Abandoned ABS Acrylonitrile - butadiene - styrene AC Asphalt Concrete ACP Asbestos cement pipe ACWS Asphalt concrete wearing surface ALT Alternate APIS Apartment and Apartments AMER STD American Standard AWG American Wire Gage (nonferrous wire) BC Beginning of curve BCR Beginning of curb return BDRY Boundary BF Bottom of footing BLDG Building and Buildings BM Bench mark BVC Beginning of vertical curve B/W Back of wall C/C Center to center CAB Crushed aggregate base CAL/OSHA California Occupational Safety and Health Administration CalTrans California Department of Transportation CAP Corrugated aluminum pipe CB Catch Basin Cb Curb CBP Catch Basin Connection Pipe CBR California Bearing Ratio CCR California Code of Regulations CCTV Closed Circuit TV CES Carlsbad Engineering Standards CF Cubic foot C&G Curb and gutter CFR Code of Federal Regulations CFS Cubic Feet per Second CIP Cast iron pipe CIPP Cast-in place pipe CL Clearance, center line CLF Chain link fence CMB Crushed miscellaneous base CMC Cement mortar-coated CML Cement mortar-lined CMWD Carlsbad Municipal Water District CO Cleanout (Sewer) COL Column COMM Commercial CONC Concrete CONN Connection CONST Construct, Construction COORD Coordinate CSP Corrugated steel pipe CSSD Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawings CTB Cement treated base CV Check valve CY Cubic yard D Load of pipe dB Decibels DBL Double DF Douglas fir DIA Diameter DIP Ductile iron pipe DL Dead load DR Dimension Ratio DT Drain Tile DWG Drawing DWY Driveway DWY APPR Driveway approach E Electric EA Each EC End of curve ECR End of curb return EF Each face EG Edge of gutter EGL Energy grade line El Elevation ELC Electrolier lighting conduit ELT Extra long ton EWBRaca Engineer, Engineering EP Edge of pavement ESMT Easement ETB Emulsion-treated base EVC End of vertical curb EWA Encina Wastewater Authority EXC Excavation EXP JT Expansion joint EXST Existing F Fahrenheit F&C Frame and cover F&l Furnish and install FAB Fabricate FAS Flashing arrow sign FD Floor drain FDN Foundation FED SPEC Federal Specification o Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 47 of 112 Pages FG Finished grade FH Fire hydrant FL Flow line FS Finished surface FT-LB Foot-pound FTG Footing FW Face of wall G Gas GA Gauge GAL Gallon and Gallons GALV Galvanized GAR Garage and Garages GIF Galvanized iron pipe GL Ground line or grade line GM Gas meter GNV Ground Not Visible GP Guy pole GPM gallons per minute GR Grade GRTG Grating GSP Galvanized steel pipe H High or height HB Hose bib HC House connection HDWL Headwall HGL Hydraulic grade line HORIZ Horizontal HP Horsepower HPG High pressure gas HPS High pressure sodium (Light) HYDR Hydraulic IE Invert Elevation ID Inside diameter INCL Including INSP Inspection INV Invert IP Iron pipe JC Junction chamber JCT Junction JS Junction structure JT Joint L Length LAB Laboratory LAT Lateral LB Pound LD Local depression LF Linear foot LH Lamp hole LL Live load LOL Layout line LONG Longitudinal LP Lamp post LPS Low pressure sodium (Light) LS Lump sum LTS Lime treated soil LWD Leucadia Wastewater District MAINT Maintenance MAX Maximum MCR Middle of curb return MEAS Measure MH Manhole, maintenance hole MIL SPEC Military specification MISC Miscellaneous MOD Modified, modify MON Monument MSL . Mean Sea Level (Reg. Standard Drawing M-12) MTBM Microtunneling Boring Machine MULT Multiple MVL Mercury vapor light NCTD North County Transit District NRCP Nonreinforced concrete pipe OBS Obsolete OC On center OD Outside diameter OE Outer edge OHE Overhead Electric OMWD Olivenhain Municipal Water District OPP Opposite ORIG Original PB Pull box PC Point of curvature PCC Portland cement concrete or point of compound curvature PCVC Point of compound vertical curve PE Polyethylene PI Point of intersection PL Property line PMB Processed miscellaneous base POC Point on curve POT Point on tangent PP Power pole PRC Point of reverse curve PRVC Point of reverse vertical curve PSI Pounds per square inch PT Point of tangency PVC . Polyvinyl chloride PVMT Pavement PVT R/W Private right-of-way Q Rate of flow in cubic feet per second QUAD Quadrangle, Quadrant R Radius R&O Rock and oil R/W Right-of-way RA Recycling agent RAC Recycled asphalt concrete RAP Reclaimed asphalt pavement RBAC Rubberized asphalt concrete RC Reinforced concrete RGB Reinforced concrete box RCE Registered civil engineer RCP Reinforced concrete pipe RCV Remote control valve REF Reference REINF Reinforced or reinforcement RES Reservoir RGE Registered geotechnical engineer ROW Right-of-Way RR Railroad RSE Registered structural engineer RTE Registered traffic engineer S Sewer or Slope, as applicable SCCP Steel cylinder concrete pipe SD Storm drain SDNR San Diego Northern Railway SDR Standard thermoplastic pipe dimension ratio (ratio of pipe O.D. to minimum wall thickness) SDRSD San Diego Regional Standard Drawings SE Sand Equivalent SEC Section SF Square foot Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 48 of 112 Pages SFM Sewer Force Main TRANS Transition SI International System of Units (Metric) TS Traffic signal or transition structure SPEC Specifications TSC Traffic signal conduit SPPWC Standard Plans for TSS Traffic signal standard Public Works Construction TW Top of wall SSPWC Standard Specifications for TYP Typical Public Works Construction UE Underground Electric ST HWY State highway USA Underground Service Alert STA Station VAR Varies, Variable STD Standard VB Valve box STR Straight VC Vertical curve STR GR Straight grade VCP Vitrified clay pipe STRUG Structural/Structure VERT Vertical SW Sidewalk VOL Volume SWD Sidewalk drain VWD Vallecitos Water District SY Square yard W Water, Wider or Width, as applicable T Telephone WATCH Work Area Traffic Control Handbook TAN Tangent Wl Wrought iron TC Top of curb WM Water meter TEL Telephone WPJ Weakened plane joint TF Top of footing XCONN Cross connection TOPO Topography XSEC Cross section TR Tract 1-3.3 Institutions. Abbreviation Word or Words AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials AISC American Institute of Steel Construction ANSI American National Standards Institute API American Petroleum Institute AREA American Railway Engineering Association ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWPA American Wood Preservers Association AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association GRI Geosynthetic Research Institute NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (Dept. of Commerce) UL Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. USGS United States Geological Survey 3 Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 49 of 112 Pages 1 -4 UNITS OF MEASURE. 1-4.1 General. The International System of Units, also referred to as SI or the metric system, is the principal measurement system in these specifications and shall be used for construction, unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. U.S. Standard Measures, also called U.S. Customary System, are included in parenthesis. SI units and U.S. Standard Measures in parenthesis may or may not be exactly equivalent. If U.S. Standard Measures are specified for use in the contract documents, then all values used for construction shall be U.S. Standard Measures shown in parenthesis. However, certain material specifications and test requirements contained herein use SI units specifically and conversions to U.S. Standard Measures have not been included in these circumstances. When U.S. Standard Measures are not included in parenthesis, then the SI units shall control. Reference is also made to ASTM E 380 for definitions of various units of the SI system and a more extensive set of conversion factors. 1 -4.2 Units of Measure and Their Abbreviations. U.S. Customary Unit (Equal To) SI Unit (Abbreviations) (Abbreviations) 1 mil (=0.001 in) 25.4 micrometer (urn) 1 inch (in) 25.4 millimeter (mm) 1 inch (in) 2.54 centimeter (cm) 1 foot (ft) 0.3048 meter (m) 1 yard (yd) 0.9144 meter (m) 1 mile (mi) „ 1.6093 kilometer (km) 1 square foot (ft) 0.0929 square meter (rrn 1 square yard (yd ) 0.8361 square meter (m ) 1 cubic foot (ft) 0.0283 cubic meter (rrn 1 cubic yard (yd ) 0.7646 cubic meter (m ) 1 acre 0.4047 hectare (ha) 1 U.S. gallon (gal) 3.7854 Liter (L) 1 fluid ounce (fl. oz.) 29.5735 millileter (ml) 1 pound mass (Ib) (avoirdupois) 0.4536 kilogram (kg) 1 ounce mass (oz) 0.02835 kilogram (kg) 1 Ton (=2000 Ib avoirdupois) 0.9072 Tonne (= 907 kg) 1 Poise 0.1 pascal second (Pa s) 1 centistoke (cs) 1 square millimeters per second (mm /s) 1 pound force (Ibf) 4.4482 Newton (N) 1 pounds per square inch (psi) 6.8948 Kilopascal (kPa)1 pound force per foot (Ibf/ft) 1.4594 Newton per meter (N/m) 1 foot-pound force (ft-lbf) 1.3558 Joules (J) 1 foot-pound force per second ([ft-lbf]/s) 1.3558 Watt (W) 1 part per million (ppm) 1 milligram/liter (mg/L) Temperature Units and Abbreviations Degree Fahrenheit (°F): Degree Celsius (°C): °F = (1.8 x °C) + 32 °C = (°F - 32)/1.8 SI Units (abbreviation) Commonly Used in Both Systems 1 Ampere (A)1 Volt (V) 1 Candela (cd) 1 Lumen (Im) 1 second (s) Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 50 of 112 Pages Common Metric Prefixes kilo(k) 103 centi(c) 10'2 milli(m) 10'3 micro (n) 10"6 nano(n) 10 pico(p) 10'12 1-5 SYMBOLS A Delta, the central angle or angle between tangents Z Angle % Percent Feet or minutes Inches or seconds1 Number / per or (between words)0 Degree PL Property line CL Centeriine SL Survey line or station line Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 51 of 112 Pages SECTION 2 -- SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK 2-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. Award and execution of Contract will be as provided for in the Specifications, Instruction to Bidders, or Notice Advertising for Bids. 2-2 ASSIGNMENT. No Contract or portion thereof may be assigned without consent of the Board, except that the Contractor may assign money due or which will accrue to it under the Contract. If given written notice, such assignment will be recognized by the Board to the extent permitted by law. Any assignment of money shall be subject to all proper withholdings in favor of the Agency and to all deductions provided for in the Contract. All money withheld, whether assigned or not, shall be subject to being used by the Agency for completion of the Work, should the Contractor be in default. 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS. 2-3.1 General. Each Bidder shall comply with the Chapter of the Public Contract Code including Sections 4100 through 4113. The following excerpts or summaries of some of the requirements of this Chapter are included below for information: The Bidder shall set forth in the Bid, as provided in 4104: "(a) The name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvements, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid, or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one- half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), which- ever is greater." "(b) The portion of the work which will be done by each such subcontractor under this act. The prime contractor shall list only one subcontractor for each such portion as is defined by the prime contractor in his bid." If the Contractor fails to specify a Subcontractor, or specifies more than one Subcontractor for the same portion of the work to be performed under the Contract (in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the Contractor's total Bid), the Contractor shall be qualified to perform that portion itself, and shall perform that portion itself, except as otherwise provided in the Code. As provided in Section 4107, no Contractor whose Bid is accepted shall substitute any person as Subcontractor in place of the Subcontractor listed in the original Bid, except for causes and by procedures established in Section 4107.5. This section provides procedures to correct a clerical error in the listing of a Subcontractor. Section 4110 provides that a Contractor violating any of the provisions of the Chapter violates the Contract and the Board may exercise the option either to cancel the Contract or assess the Contractor a penalty in an amount of not more than 10 percent of the subcontract involved, after a public hearing. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 52 of 112 Pages Should the Contractor fail to adhere to the provisions requiring the Contractor to complete 50 percent of the contract price with its own organization, the Agency may at its sole discretion elect to cancel the contract or deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the value of the work performed in excess of 50 percent of the contract price by other than the Contractor's own organization. The Board shall be the sole body for determination of a violation of these provisions. In any proceedings under this section, the prime contractor shall be entitled to a public hearing before the Board and shall be notified ten (10) days in advance of the time and location of said hearing. The determination of the City Council shall be final. 2-3.2 Additional Responsibility. The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment of the Contract and shall keep the Work under its control. The Contractor shall perform, with its own organization, Contract work amounting to at least 50 percent of the Contract Price except that any designated "Specialty Items" may be performed by subcontract, and the amount of any such "Specialty Items" so performed may be deducted from the Contract Price before computing the amount required to be performed by the Contractor with its own organization. "Specialty Items" will be identified by the Agency in the Bid or Proposal. Where an entire item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the Contract Unit Price. When a portion of an item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the estimated percentage of the Contract Unit Price. This will be determined from information submitted by the Contractor, and subject to approval by the Engineer. Before the work of any Subcontractor is started, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a written statement showing the work to be subcontracted giving the name and business of each Subcontractor and description and value of each portion of the work to be so subcontracted. 2-3.3 Status of Subcontractors. Subcontractors shall be considered employees of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be responsible for their work. 2-4 CONTRACT BONDS. Before execution of the Contract, the Bidder shall file surety bonds with the Agency to be approved by the Board in the amounts and for the purposes noted below. Bonds issued by a surety, who is authorized to issue bonds in California, and whose bonding limitation shown in said circular is sufficient to provide bonds in the amount required by the Contract shall be deemed to be approved unless specifically rejected by the Agency. Bonds from all other sureties shall be accompanied by all of the documents enumerated in Code of Civil Procedure 995.660 (a). The Bidder shall pay all bond premiums, costs, and incidentals. / Each bond shall incorporate, by reference, the Contract and be signed by both the Bidder and Surety and the signature of the authorized agent of the Surety shall be notarized. The Contractor shall provide a faithful performance/warranty bond and payment bond (labor and materials bond) for this contract. The faithful performance/warranty bond shall be in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. Both bonds shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency during this project until they are released according to the provisions of this section. The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect for the one year warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers shall be released six months plus 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion if all claims have been paid. oRevised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 53 of 112 Pages All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following documents: 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the un-revoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner. If the bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities of the insurer at the end of the quarter calendar year prior to 30 days next preceding the date of the execution of the bond. The financial statement shall be made by an officer's certificate as defined in Section 173 of the Corporations Code. In the case of a foreign insurer, the financial statement may be verified by the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States. Should any bond become insufficient, the Contractor shall renew the bond within 10 days after receiving notice from the Agency. Should any Surety at any time be unsatisfactory to the Board, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect. No further payments shall be deemed due or will be made under the contract until a new Surety shall qualify and be accepted by the Board. Changes in the Work or extensions of time, made pursuant to the Contract, shall in no way release the Contractor or Surety from its obligations. Notice of such changes or extensions shall be waived by the Surety. 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2-5.1 General. The Contractor shall keep at the Work site a copy of the Plans and Specifications, to which the Engineer shall have access at all times. The specifications for the work include the Carlsbad Engineering Standards (CES), Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. The construction plans, designated as City of Carlsbad Drawing No. 39361, consists of 8 sheets. The standard drawings used for this project are the latest edition of the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated SDRS, as issued by the San Diego County Department of Public Works, together with the most recent editions of the City of Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated as CSSD, as issued by the City of Carlsbad and the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Plans hereinafter designated as CMWDSD, as issued by the Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Copies of some of the pertinent standard drawings are enclosed as an appendix to these Supplemental Provisions. The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents shall govern the Work. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative. Anything specified in the Specifications and not shown on the Plans, or shown on the Plans and not specified in the Specifications, shall be as though shown on or specified in both. The Plans shall be supplemented by such working drawings and shop drawings as are necessary to adequately control the Work. The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 54 of 112 Pages Existing improvements visible at the Work site, for which no specific disposition is made on the /**± Plans, but which interfere with the completion of the Work, shall be removed and disposed of by the ^J Contractor. The Contractor shall, upon discovering any error or omission in the Plans or Specifications, immediately call it to the attention of the Engineer. 2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents. If there is a conflict between Contract Documents, the document highest in precedence shall control. The precedence shall be the most recent edition of the following documents listed in order of highest to lowest precedence: 1) Permits from other agencies as may be required by law. 2) Carlsbad General Provisions. 3) Plans. 4) Standard Plans. a) City of Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawings. b) Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawings. c) City of Carlsbad modifications to the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings. d) San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings. e) State of California Department of Transportation Standard Plans. 5) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. 6) Reference Specifications. 7) Manufacturer's Installation Recommendations. Change Orders, Supplemental Agreements and approved revisions to Plans and Specifications will take precedence over items 2) through 7) above. Detailed plans and plan views shall have precedence over general plans. /^^1 ^mf/ 2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents. Where CALTRANS specifications are used to modify the SSPWC or added to the SSPWC by any of the contract documents the CALTRANS specifications shall have precedence only in reference to the materials and construction materials referred to in the CALTRANS specifications. The Invitation to Bid, Contract for Public Works, Part 1 of these Supplemental Provisions and Part 1 of the SSPWC, in the order of precedence in section 2-5.2 of the SSPWC, shall prevail over the CALTRANS specifications in all other matters. 2-5.3 Submittals. 2-5.3.1 General. Submittals shall be provided, at the Contractor's expense, as required in 2-5.3.2, 2-5.3.3 and 2-5.3.4, when required by the Plans or Special Provisions, or when requested by the Engineer. Materials shall neither be furnished nor fabricated, nor shall any work for which submittals are required by performed, before the required submittals have been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. Neither review nor acceptance of submittals by the Engineer shall relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations from the Contract Documents, unless such deviations were specifically called to the attention of the Engineer in the letter of transmittal. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of the submittals. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 20 working days for review of submittals unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal.o Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 55 of 112 Pages Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Resubmittals shall be labeled with the number of the original submittal followed by an ascending alphabetical designation (e.g. The label '4-C' would indicate the third instance that the fourth submittal had been given to the Engineer). Each sheet of each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Each set of shop drawings and submittals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal on the Contractor's letterhead. The Letter of transmittal shall contain the following: 1) Project title and Agency contract number. 2) Number of complete sets. 3) Contractor's certification statement. 4) Specification section number(s) pertaining to material submitted for review. 5) Submittal number (Submittal numbers shall be consecutive including subsequent submittals for the same materials.) 6) Description of the contents of the submittal. 7) Identification of deviations from the contract documents. When submitted for the Engineer's review, Shop Drawings shall bear the Contractor's certification that the Contractor has reviewed, checked, and approved the Shop Drawings and that they are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall subscribe to and shall place the following certification on all submittals: "I hereby certify that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed in the allocated spaces, and is submitted for approval." By: Title: Date: Company Name: 2-5.3.2 Working Drawings. Working drawings are drawings showing details not shown on the Plans which are required to be designed by the Contractor. Working drawings shall be of a size and scale to clearly show all necessary details. Six copies and one reproducible shall be submitted. If no revisions are required, three of the copies will be returned to the Contractor. If revisions are required, the Engineer will return one copy along with the reproducible for resubmission. Upon acceptance, the Engineer will return two of the copies to the Contractor and retain the remaining copies and the reproducible. 2-5.3.3 Shop Drawings. Shop drawings are drawings showing details of manufactured or assembled products proposed to be incorporated into the Work. Shop drawings required shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 2-5.3.4 Supporting Information. Supporting information is information required by the Specifications for the purposes of administration of the Contract, analysis for verification of conformance with the Specifications, the operation and maintenance of a manufactured product or system to be constructed as part of the Work, and other information as may be required by the Engineer. Six copies of the supporting information shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the Work unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions or directed by the Engineer. Supporting information for systems shall be bound together and include all manufactured items for the system. If re submittal is not required, three copies will be returned to the Contractor. Supporting information shall consist of the following and is required unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions: Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 56 of 112 Pages 1) List of Subcontractors per 2-3.2. 2) List of Materials per 4-1.4. 3) Certifications per 4-1.5. 4) Construction Schedule per 6-1. 5) Concrete mix designs per 201-1.1. 6) Data, including, but not limited to, catalog sheets, manufacturer's brochures, technical bulletins, specifications, diagrams, product samples, and other information necessary to describe a system, product or item. This information is required for irrigation systems, street lighting systems, and traffic signals, and may also be required for any product, manufactured item, or system. 2-5.4 RECORD DRAWINGS. The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete "as- built" record set of blue-line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from the original drawings and specifications and the exact "as-built" locations, sizes and kinds of equipment, underground piping, valves, and all other work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this purpose may be obtained from the Agency at cost. This set of drawings shall be kept on the job and shall be used only as a record set and shall be delivered to the Engineer within ten (10) days of completion of the work. Payment for performing the work required by section 2-5.4 shall be included in the various bid items and no additional payment will be made therefore. 2-6 WORK TO BE DONE. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to complete the Contract in a satisfactory manner. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the Work. 2-7 SUBSURFACE DATA. All soil and test hole data, water table elevations, and soil analyses shown on the drawings or included in the Specifications apply only at the location of the test holes and to the depths indicated. Additional subsurface exploration is required for this project and shall be done by Bidders or the Contractor at their own expense. Provide 5 copies of soils tests to project Engineer prior to proceeding with concrete formwork and placement of concrete footers and slabs for Picnic shelters. The indicated elevation of the water table is that which existed on the date when test hole data was determined. It is the Contractor's responsibility to determine and allow for the elevation of groundwater at the date of project construction. A difference in elevation between groundwater shown in soil boring logs and groundwater actually encountered during construction will not be considered as a basis for extra work. 2-8 RIGHT-OF-WAY. Rights-of-way, easements, or rights-of-entry for the Work will be provided by the Agency. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements, pay for, and assume all responsibility for acquiring, using, and disposing of additional work areas and facilities temporarily required. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from all claims for damages caused by such actions. oRevised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 57 of 112 Pages 2-9 SURVEYING. 2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers. The Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks without the consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in writing, with the Contractor that protecting an existing monument in place is impractical, the Contractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California, hereinafter Surveyor, to establish the location of the monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor shall have the monument replaced by the Surveyor no later than thirty (30) days after construction at the site of the replacement is completed. The Surveyor shall file corner record(s) as required by §§ 8772 and 8773, et seq. of the California Business and Professions Code. When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame and cover to the new grade within 7 days of paving unless the Engineer shall approve otherwise. Monument frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or painting projects or be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2-9.2 Survey Service. The Contractor shall hire and pay for the services of a Surveyor, hereinafter Surveyor to perform all work necessary for establishing control, construction staking, records research and all other surveying work necessary to construct the work, provide surveying services as required herein and provide surveying, drafting and other professional services required to satisfy the requirements of the Land Surveyors Act. Surveyor shall be resident on the site during all surveying operations and shall personally supervise and certify the surveying work. 2-9.2.1 Submittal of Surveying Data. All surveying data submittals shall conform to the requirements of section 2-5.3.3, "Submittals", herein. The Contractor shall submit grade sheets to the Engineer before commencing work in the area affected by the grade sheets. The Contractor shall submit field notes for all surveying required herein to the Engineer within ten days of performing the survey. All surveying field notes, grade sheets and survey calculations shall be submitted in bound form on 215mm by 280 mm (81/2" by 11") paper. The field notes, calculations and supporting data shall be clear and complete. Supporting data shall include all maps, affidavits, plats, field notes from earlier surveys and all other evidence used by the Surveyor to determine the location of the monuments set. The field notes and calculations will be labeled with name of the Surveyor, the party chief, the field crewmembers and the author of the field notes or calculations. They shall be annotated with the date of observation or calculation, be numbered with consecutive page numbers and shall be readable without resort to any electronic aid, computer program or documentation for any computer program. The field notes shall be prepared in conformance with the CALTRANS "Surveys Manual". The Contractor shall have a Record of Survey prepared by the Surveyor and file it in conformance with §§ 8700 - 8805 of the State of California Business and Professions Code when the Surveyor performs any surveying that such map is required under §§ 8762 of the State of California Business and Professions Code and whenever the Surveyor shall establish, set or construct any permanent survey monument. SDRS drawing M-10 type monuments, bolts, spikes, leaded tacks and nails (when set in concrete), iron pipes, reinforcing steel and all monuments and marks that are at, or accessory to, property corners and street centerlines are permanent survey monuments. The Record of Survey shall show all monuments set, control monuments used, the basis of bearings and all other data needed to determine the procedure of survey and the degree of accuracy attained by the field surveying including the unadjusted ratio of closure. The unadjusted ratio of closure shall not exceed 1 part in 40,000. The record of survey shall show the location and justification of location of all permanent monuments set and their relation to the street right-of-way. Record(s) of Survey(s) shall be submitted for the Engineer's review and approval before submittal to the County Surveyor and before submittal to the County Recorder. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 58 of 112 Pages 2-9.2.2 Survey Requirements, Staking and marking shall be completed by the Surveyor and inspected and approved by the Engineer before the start of construction in the area indicated on the Construction Layout Plans.. All guard stakes, line stakes and lath shall be flagged. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer flagging, paint and marking cards shall be the color specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(6) TABLE 2-9.2.2(6) Survey Stake Color Code for Construction Staking Type of Stake Horizontal Control Vertical Control Clearing Grading Drainage, Sewer, Curb Right-of-Way Miscellaneous Description Coordinated control points, control lines, control reference points, centeriine, alignments, etc. Bench marks Limits of clearing Slope, intermediate slope, abutment fill, rough grade, contour grading, final grade, etc. Pipe culverts, junction boxes, drop inlets, headwalls, sewer lines, storm drains, slope protection, curbs, gutters, etc. Fences, R/ W lines, easements, property monuments, etc. Signs, railings, barriers, lighting, etc. Color* White/Red White/Orange Yellow/eiack Yellow Blue White/Yellow Orange * Flagging and marking cards, if used. 2-9.2.3 Payment for Survey, Payment for work performed to satisfy the requirements of Sections 2-9.1 through 2-9.3.2 shall be included in the actual bid items requiring the survey work and no additional payment will be made. Extension of unit prices for extra work shall include full compensation for attendant survey work and no additional payment will be made. Payment for the replacement of disturbed monuments and the filing of records of survey and/or corner records, including filing fees, shall be incidental to the work necessitating the disturbance of said monuments and no additional payment will be made. 2-9.3 Private Engineers. Surveying by private engineers on the Work shall conform to the quality and practice required by the Engineer. 2-9.4 Line and Grade. All work shall conform to the lines, elevations, and grades shown on the Plans. Three consecutive points set on the same slope shall be used together so that any variation from a straight grade can be detected. Any such variation shall be reported to the Engineer. In the absence of such report, the Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the grade of the finished work. Grades for underground conduits will be set at the surface of the ground. The Contractor shall transfer them to the bottom of the trench. 2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER. The Board has the final authority in all matters affecting the Work. Within the scope of the Contract, the Engineer has the authority to enforce compliance with the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall promptly comply with instructions from the Engineer or an authorized representative. o Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 59 of 112 Pages The decision of the Engineer is final and binding on all questions relating to: quantities; acceptability of material, equipment, or work; execution, progress or sequence of work; and interpretation of the Plans, Specifications, or other drawings. This shall be precedent to any payment under the Contract, unless otherwise ordered by the Board. 2-10.1 Availability of Records, The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the Contractor's or subcontractor's possession pertaining to the work that the Engineer may request. 2-10.2 Audit And Inspection, Contractor agrees to maintain and/or make available, to the Engineer, within San Diego County, accurate books and accounting records relative to all its activities and to contractually require all subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor's and its subcontractors performance pursuant to this Agreement, said monitoring, assessments, and evaluations to include, but not be limited to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of Contractor's staff and the staff of all subcontractors to this contract. At any time during normal business hours and as often as the Engineer may deem necessary, upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make available to the Engineer for examination, all of its, and all subcontractors to this contract, records with respect to all matters covered by this Contract and will permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, and other data relating to all matters covered by this Contract. However, any such activities shall be carried out in a manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with Contractor's ongoing business operations. Contractor and all subcontractors to this contract shall maintain such data and records for as long as may be required by applicable laws and regulations. 2-11 INSPECTION. The Work is subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer before noon of the working day before inspection is required. Work shall be done only in the presence of the Engineer, unless otherwise authorized. Any work done without proper inspection will be subject to rejection. The Engineer and any authorized representatives shall at all times have access to the Work during its construction at shops and yards as well as the project site. The Contractor shall provide every reasonable facility for ascertaining that the materials and workmanship are in accordance with these specifications. Inspection of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to fulfill all conditions of the Contract. SECTION 3 - CHANGES IN WORK 3-1 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3-1.1 General. Changes in the Plans and Specifications, requested in writing by the Contractor, which do not materially affect the Work and which are not detrimental to the Work or to the interests of the Agency, may be granted by the Engineer. Nothing herein shall be construed as granting a right to the Contractor to demand acceptance of such changes. 3-1.2 Payment for Changes Requested by the Contractor. If such changes are granted, they shall be made at a reduction in cost or no additional cost to the Agency. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 60 of 112 Pages 3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY. ^o3-2.1 General. The Agency may change the Plans, Specifications, character of the work, or quantity of work provided the total arithmetic dollar value of all such changes, both additive and deductive, does not exceed 25 percent of the Contract Price. Should it become necessary to exceed this limitation, the change shall be by written Supplemental Agreement between the Contractor and Agency, unless both parties agree to proceed with the change by Change Order. Change Orders shall be in writing and state the dollar value of the change or established method of payment, any adjustment in contract time of completion, and when negotiated prices are involved, shall provide for the Contractor's signature indicating acceptance. 3-2.2 Payment. 3-2.2.1 Contract Unit Prices. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does not involve a substantial change in character of the work from that shown on the Plans or included in the Specifications, then an adjustment in payment will be made. This adjustment will be based upon the increase or decrease in quantity and the Contract Unit Price. In the case of such an increase or decrease in a bid item, the use of this basis for the adjustment of payment will be limited to that portion of the change, which together with all previous changes to that item, is not in excess of 25 percent of the total cost of such item based on the original quantity and Contract Unit Price. Adjustments in excess of 25 percent may be done by extension of Contract Unit Prices as described above, or pursuant to 3-2.2.3. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does ^^ involve a substantial change in the character of the work from that shown on the Plans or included in >w^ the Specifications, an adjustment in payment will be made in accordance with 3-2.2.3. Should any Contract item be deleted in its entirety, payment will be made only for actual costs incurred prior to notification of such deletion. In the case of an increase or decrease in quantity of a minor bid item in excess of 25 percent of the original quantity bid the adjustment of contract unit price for such items will be limited to that portion of the change in excess of 25 percent of the original quantity listed in the Contractor's bid proposal for this contract. Adjustments in excess of 25 percent may, at the option of the Engineer, be paid pursuant to section 3-3, Extra Work. 3-2.2.1 General. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does not involve substantial change in character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, then an adjustment in payment will be made. This adjustment will be based upon the increase or decrease in quantity and the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications varies from the Bid quantity by 25 percent or less, payment will be made at the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of said item of work varies from the Bid quantity by more than 25 percent, payment will be made per 3-2.2.2 or 3-2.2.3 as appropriate. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does involve a substantial change in the character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, an adjustment in payment will be made per 3-2.4. ORevised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 61 of 112 Pages 3-2.2.2 Increases of More Than 25 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, exceed the Bid quantity by more than 25 percent, payment for the quantity in excess of 125 percent of the Bid quantity will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per 3-3. The Extra Work per 3-3, basis of payment, shall not include fixed costs. Fixed costs shall be deemed to have been recovered by the Contractor through payment for 125 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. 3-2.2.3 Decreases of More Than 25 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, be less than 75 percent of the Bid quantity, an adjustment in payment will not be made unless so requested in writing by the Contractor. If the Contractor so requests, payment will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per 3.3; however, in no case will payment be less than would be made for the actual quantity at the Contract Unit Price nor more than would be made for 75 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. 3-2.3 Stipulated Unit Prices. Stipulated Unit Prices are unit prices established by the Agency in the Contract Documents. Stipulated Unit Prices may be used for the adjustment of Contract changes when so specified in the Special Provisions. 3-2.4 Agreed Prices. Agreed Prices are prices for new or unforeseen work, or adjustments in Contract Unit Prices per 3-2.2, established by mutual agreement between the Contractor and the Agency. If mutual agreement can not be reached, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to proceed on the basis of Extra Work in accordance per 3-3, except as otherwise specified in 3-2.2.2 and 3-2.2.3. 3.2.5 Eliminated Items. Should any Bid item be eliminated in its entirety, payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs incurred in connection with the eliminated item prior to notification in writing from the Engineer so stating its elimination. If material conforming to the Plans and Specifications is ordered by the Contractor for use in the eliminated item prior to the date of notification of elimination by the Engineer, and if the order for that material can not be canceled, payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of the material. In this case, the material shall become the property of the Agency. Payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs for any further handling. If the material is returnable, the material shall be returned and payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of charges made by the supplier for returning the material and for handling by the Contractor. Actual costs, as used herein, shall be computed on the basis of Extra Work per 3-3. 3-2.2.2 Stipulated Unit Prices. Stipulated unit prices are those established by the Agency in the Contract Documents, as distinguished from Contract Unit Prices submitted by the Contractor. Stipulated unit prices may be used for the adjustment of Contract changes. 3-2.2.3 Agreed Prices. Adjustments in payments for changes other than those set forth in 3-2.2.1 and 3-2.2.2 will be determined by agreement between Contractor and Agency. If unable to reach agreement, the Agency may direct the Contractor to proceed on the basis of Extra Work in accordance with 3-3. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 62 of 112 Pages 3-3 EXTRA WORK. 3-3.1 General. New or unforeseen work will be classified as "extra work" when the Engineer determines that it is not covered by Contract Unit Prices or stipulated unit prices. 3-3.2 Payment for Extra Work. 3-3.2.1 General. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Agency will pay for the extra work based on the accumulation of costs as provided herein. 3-3.2.2 Basis for Establishing Costs. (a) Labor. The costs of labor will be the actual cost for wages of workers performing the extra work at the time the extra work is done, plus employer payments of payroll taxes, workers compensation insurance, liability insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation, apprenticeship funds, and other direct costs, resulting from Federal, State, or local laws, as well as assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements. The use of a labor classification which would increase the extra work cost will not be permitted unless the Contractor establishes the necessity for such additional costs. Labor costs for equipment operators and helpers shall be reported only when such costs are not included in the invoice for equipment rental. The labor cost for foremen shall be proportioned to all of their assigned work and only that applicable to extra work will be paid. Nondirect labor costs, including superintendence, shall be considered the markup of 3-3.2.3 (a). (b) Materials. The cost of materials reported shall be at invoice or lowest current price at which such materials are locally available and delivered to the job site in the quantities involved, plus sales tax, freight, and delivery. The Agency reserves the right to approve materials and sources of supply, or to supply materials to the Contractor if necessary for the progress of the Work. No markup shall be applied to any material provided by the Agency. (c) Tool and Equipment Rental. No payment will be made for the use of tools which have a replacement value of $200 or less. Regardless of ownership, the rates and right-of-way delay factors to be used in determining rental and delay costs shall be the edition of the, "Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates" published by CALTRANS, current at the time of the actual use of the tool or equipment. The right-of-way delay factors therein shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determining the value of costs for delay to the Contractor and subcontractors, if any. The labor surcharge rates published therein are not a part of this contract. The rental rates paid shall include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, necessary attachments, repairs and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance, and all incidentals. Necessary loading and transportation costs for equipment used on the extra work shall be included. o Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 63 of 112 Pages If equipment is used intermittently and, when not in use, could be returned to its rental source at less expense to the Agency than holding it at the Work site, it shall be returned, unless the Contractor elects to keep it at the Work site, at no expense to the Agency. All equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer, in good working condition, and suitable for the purpose for which it is to be used. Manufacturer's ratings and approved modifications shall be used to classify equipment and it shall be powered by a unit of at least the minimum rating recommended by the manufacturer. The reported rental time for equipment already at the Work site shall be the duration of its use on the extra work. This time begins when equipment is first put into actual operation on the extra work, plus the time required to move it from its previous site and back, or to a closer site. (d) Other Items. The Agency may authorize other items which may be required on the extra work, including labor, services, material, and equipment. These items must be different in their nature from those required for the Work, and be of a type not ordinarily available from the Contractor or Subcontractors. Invoices covering all such items in detail shall be submitted with the request for payment. (e) Invoices. Vendors' invoices for material, equipment rental and other expenditures shall be submitted with the request for payment. If the request for payment is not substantiated by invoices or other documentation, the Agency may establish the cost of the item involved at the lowest price which was current at the time of the report. 3-3.2.3 Markup. (a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1) Labor 20 2) Materials 15 3) Equipment Rental 15 4) Other Items and Expenditures ..15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as compensation for bonding. (b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in section 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. 3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Contractor shall submit a daily report to the Engineer on forms approved by the Agency. Included are applicable delivery tickets, listing all labor, materials, and equipment involved for that day, and other services and expenditures when authorized. Payment for extra work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and all supporting documents to the Engineer. Failure to submit the daily report by the close of the next working day may waive any rights for that day. An attempt shall be made to reconcile the report daily, and it shall be signed by the Engineer and the Contractor. In the event of disagreement, pertinent notes shall be entered by each party to explain points which cannot be resolved immediately. Each party shall retain a signed copy of the report. Reports by Subcontractors or others shall be submitted through the Contractor. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 64 of 112 Pages The report shall: 1. Show names of workers, classifications, and hours worked. 2. Describe and list quantities of materials used. 3. Show type of equipment, size, identification number, and hours of operation, including loading and transportation, if applicable. 4. Describe other services and expenditures in such detail as the Agency may require. 3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of the following Work site conditions (hereinafter called changed conditions), in writing, upon their discovery and before they are disturbed: 1. Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those represented in the Contract; 2. Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character being performed; and 3. Material differing from that represented in the Contract which the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. The Engineer will promptly investigate conditions which appear to be changed conditions. If the Engineer determines that conditions are changed conditions and they will materially affect performance time, the Contractor, upon submitting a written request, will be granted an extension of time subject to the provisions of 6-6. If the Engineer determines that the conditions do not justify an adjustment in compensation, the Contractor will be notified in writing. This notice will also advise the Contractor of its obligation to notify the Engineer in writing if the Contractor disagrees. The Contractor's failure to give notice of changed conditions promptly upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a change order, or for the happening of any event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified. Compliance with this section shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors of computation as to contract quantities. The written notice of potential claim for changed conditions shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer upon their discovery and prior to the time that the Contractor performs the work giving rise to the potential claim. The Contractor's failure to give written notice of potential claim for changed conditions to the agency upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 65 of 112 Pages The Contractor shall provide the City with a written document containing a description of the particular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the Contractor believes additional compensation may be due and nature of any and all costs involved within 20 working days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim for changed conditions. Verbal notifications are disallowed. The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. "The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full cognizance of the California False Claims Act, Government Code sections 12650-12655. The undersigned further understands and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in response to the City's proposed final estimate in order for it to be further considered." By: Title: Date: Company Name: The Contractor's estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The Contractor shall submit substantiation of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 working days after the affected work is completed. Failure to do so shall be sufficient cause for denial of any claim subsequently filed on the basis of said notice of potential claim. It is the intention of this section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue of the contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time in order that such matters be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken. 3-5 DISPUTED WORK. The Contractor shall give the agency written notice of potential claim prior to commencing any disputed work. Failure to give said notice shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. Prior to proceeding with dispute resolution pursuant to Public Contract Code provisions specified hereinafter, the contractor shall attempt to resolve all disputes informally through the following dispute resolution chain of command: 1. Project Inspector 2. Construction Manager 3. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection 4. City Engineer 5. City Manager The Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 working days after completion of the disputed work stating its position on the claim, the contractual basis for the claim, along with all documentation supporting the costs and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of claim or appeal of claim the City will, within 10 working days of receipt of said claim or appeal of claim, review the Contractor's report and respond with a position, request additional information or request that the Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a meeting is requested the City will provide its position within 10 working days of receipt of said additional information or Contractor's presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal each level's position up to the City Manager after which the Contractor may proceed under the provisions of the Public Contract Code. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 66 of 112 Pages The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a resolution to a claim to the City Manager. Actual approval of the claim is subject to the change order provisions in the contract. All claims by the contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) which is set forth below: ARTICLE 1.5 RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS 20104. (a)(1) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a contractor and a local agency. (2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between a contractor and a public agency when the public agency has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to Article 7.1 (commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2. (b)(1) "Public work" has the same meaning as in Sections 3100 and 3106 of the Civil Code, except that "public work" does not include any work or improvement contracted for by the state or the Regents of the University of California. (2) "Claim" means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the local agency. (c) The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the plans or specifications for any work which may give rise to a claim under this article. (d) This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1,1991. 20104.2. For any claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply: (a) The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of claims. (b)(1) For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater. (c)(1) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or requested documentation, whichever is greater. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 67 of 112 Pages (d) If the claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to respond within the time prescribed, the claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the claimant may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer process. (f) This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. 20104.4. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims subject to this article: (a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court shall submit the matter to non-binding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time requirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator. (b)(1) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3 (commencing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil procedure) shall apply to any proceeding brought under the subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration. (2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators appointed for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a different division. In no event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds. (3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter, pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo. (c) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation or arbitration process. 20104.6. (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim which is undisputed except as otherwise provided in the contract. (b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court of law. Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor shall keep and furnish records of disputed work in accordance with 3-3. Revised 11/01 /06 Contract No. 39361 Page 68 of 112 Pages SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. 4-1.1. General. All materials, parts, and equipment furnished by the Contractor in the Work shall be new, high grade, and free from defects. Quality of work shall be in accordance with the generally accepted standards. Material and work quality shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Materials and work quality not conforming to the requirements of the Specifications shall be considered defective and will be subject to rejection. Defective work or material, whether in place or not, shall be removed immediately from the site by the Contractor, at its expense, when so directed by the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to replace any defective or damaged work or material after reasonable notice, the Engineer may cause such work or materials to be replaced by another. The replacement expense will be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor. Used or secondhand materials, parts, and equipment may be used only if permitted by the Specifications. 4-1.2 Protection of Work and Materials. The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage facilities and employ such measures as will preserve the specified quality and fitness of materials to be used in the Work. Stored materials shall be reasonably accessible for inspection. The Contractor shall also adequately protect new and existing work and all items of equipment for the duration of the Contract. The Contractor shall not, without the Agency's consent, assign, sell, mortgage, hypothecate, or remove equipment or materials which have been installed or delivered and which may be necessary for the completion of the Contract. Contractor shall provide and maintain, to the satisfaction of the Owner Representative or Engineer, all temporary fencing, gates and locks, around work limits for the project to protect the work area and ensure public safety at both park sites during the construction operations. Contractor and Bidders shall have included expenses for the labor, materials and equipment in the original bid submitted, for such fencing. Additional payment will not be provided to contractor for providing project temporary fencing after bid opening. Work site shall be locked at the end of each working day or upon leaving the site unsupervised during normal construction working hours. 4-1.3 Inspection Requirements. 4-1.3.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, inspection is required at the source for such typical materials and fabricated items as bituminous paving mixtures, structural concrete, metal fabrication, metal casting, welding, concrete pipe manufacture, protective coating application, and similar shop or plant operations. Steel pipe in sizes less than 450 mm (18 inches) and vitrified clay and cast iron pipe in all sizes are acceptable upon certification as to compliance with the Specifications, subject to sampling and testing by the Agency. Standard items of equipment such as electric motors, conveyors, elevators, plumbing fixtures, etc., are subject to inspection at the job site only. Special items of equipment such as designed electrical panel boards, large pumps, sewage plant equipment, etc., are subject to inspection at the source, normally only for performance testing. The Specifications may require inspection at the source for other items not typical of those listed in this section. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 69 of 112 Pages The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe access to any and all parts of work at any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of safe access and egress, ventilation, lighting, shoring, dewatering and all elements pertaining to the safety of persons as contained in the State of California, California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter4, Construction Safety Orders and such other safety regulations as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such information as may be necessary to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and manner of work and character of materials. Inspection or testing of the whole or any portion of the work or materials incorporated in the work shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this Contract. 4-1.3.2 Inspection of Materials Not Locally Produced. When the Contractor intends to purchase materials, fabricated products, or equipment from sources located more than 80 km (50 miles) outside the geographical limits of the Agency, an inspector or accredited testing laboratory (approved by the Engineer), shall be engaged by the Contractor at its expense, to inspect the materials, equipment or process. This approval shall be obtained before producing any material or equipment. The inspector or representative of the testing laboratory shall judge the materials by the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall forward reports required by the Engineer. No material or equipment shall be shipped nor shall any processing, fabrication or treatment of such materials be done without proper inspection by the approved agent. Approval by said agent shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for complying with the Contract requirements. 4-1.3.3 Inspection by the Agency. The Agency will provide all inspection and testing laboratory services within 80 km (50 miles) of the geographical limits of the Agency. For private contracts, all costs of inspection at the source, including salaries and mileage costs, shall be paid by the permittee. 4-1.4 Test of Material. Before incorporation in the Work, the Contractor shall submit samples of materials, as the Engineer may require, at no cost to the Agency. The Contractor, at its expense, shall deliver the materials for testing to the place and at the time designated by the Engineer. Unless otherwise provided, all initial testing will be performed under the direction of the Engineer, and at no expense to the Contractor. If the Contractor is to provide and pay for testing, it will be stated in the Specifications. For private contracts, the testing expense shall be borne by the permittee. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, at least 15 days in advance, of its intention to use materials for which tests are specified, to allow sufficient time to perform the tests. The notice shall name the proposed supplier and source of material. If the notice of intent to use is sent before the materials are available for testing or inspection, or is sent so far in advance that the materials on hand at the time will not last but will be replaced by a new lot prior to use on the Work, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to renotify the Engineer when samples which are representative may be obtained. Except as specified in these Supplemental Provisions, the Agency will bear the cost of testing of locally produced materials and/or on-site workmanship where the results of such tests meet or exceed the requirements indicated in the Standard Specifications and the Supplemental Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor. At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected or tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such materials into the Work, it is found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish approved material from other approved sources. If any product proves unacceptable after improper storage, handling or for any other reason it shall be rejected, not incorporated into the work and shall be removed from the project site all at the Contractor's expense. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 70 of 112 Pages Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed the ^~\ requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. Said tests may be made at any _J place along the work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests made necessary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor. 4-1.5 Certification. The Engineer may waive materials testing requirements of the Specifications and accept the manufacturer's written certification that the materials to be supplied meet those requirements. Material test data may be required as part of the certification. 4-1.6 Trade Names or Equals. The Contractor may supply any of the materials specified or offer an equivalent. The Engineer shall determine whether the material offered is equivalent to that specified. Adequate time shall be allowed for the Engineer to make this determination. Whenever any particular material, process, or equipment is indicated by patent, proprietary or brand name, or by name of manufacturer, such wording is used for the purpose of facilitating its description and shall be deemed to be followed by the words or equal. A listing of materials is not intended to be comprehensive, or in order of preference. The Contractor may offer any material, process, or equipment considered to be equivalent to that indicated. The substantiation of offers shall be submitted as provided in the contract documents. The Contractor shall, at its expense, furnish data concerning items offered by it as equivalent to those specified. The Contractor shall have the material tested as required by the Engineer to determine that the quality, strength, physical, chemical, or other characteristics, including durability, finish, efficiency, dimensions, service, and suitability are such that the item will fulfill its intended function. <~\ Test methods shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Test results shall be reported ***r promptly to the Engineer, who will evaluate the results and determine if the substitute item is equivalent. The Engineer's findings shall be final. Installation and use of a substitute item shall not be made until approved by the Engineer. If a substitute offered by the Contractor is not found to be equal to the specified material, the Contractor shall furnish and install the specified material. The specified Contract completion time shall not be affected by any circumstance developing from the provisions of this section. The Contractor is responsible for the satisfactory performance of substituted items. If, in the sole opinion of the Engineer, the substitution is determined to be unsatisfactory in performance, appearance, durability, compatibility with associated items, availability of repair parts and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove the substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency. 4-1.7 Weighing and Metering Equipment. All scales and metering equipment used for proportioning materials shall be inspected for accuracy and certified within the past 12 months by the State of California Bureau of Weights and Measures, by the County Director or Sealer of Weights and Measures, or by a scale mechanic registered with or licensed by the County. The accuracy of the work of a scale service agency, except as stated herein, shall meet the standards of the California Business and Professions Code and the California Code of Regulations pertaining to weighing devices. A certificate of compliance shall be presented, prior to operation, to the Engineer for approval and shall be renewed whenever required by the Engineer at no cost to the Agency. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 71 of 112 Pages All scales shall be arranged so they may be read easily from the operator's platform or area. They shall indicate the true net weight without the application of any factor. The figures of the scales shall be clearly legible. Scales shall be accurate to within 1 percent when tested with the plant shut down. Weighing equipment shall be so insulated against vibration or moving of other operating equipment in the plant area that the error in weighing with the entire plant running will not exceed 2 percent for any setting nor 1.5 percent for any batch. 4-1.8 Calibration of Testing Equipment. Testing equipment, such as, but not limited to pressure gages, metering devices, hydraulic systems, force (load) measuring instruments, and strain- measuring devices shall be calibrated by a testing agency acceptable to the Engineer at intervals not to exceed 12 months and following repairs, modification, or relocation of the equipment. Calibration certificates shall be provided when requested by the Engineer. 4-1.9 Construction Materials Dispute Resolution (Soils, Rock Materials, Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials, Masonry Materials, Bituminous Materials, Rock Products, and Modified Asphalts). In the interest of safety and public value, whenever credible evidence arises to contradict the test values of materials, the Agency and the Contractor will initiate an immediate and cooperative investigation. Test values of materials are results of the materials' tests, as defined by these Specifications or by the special provisions, required to accept the Work. Credible evidence is process observations or test values gathered using industry accepted practices. A contradiction exists whenever test values or process observations of the same or similar materials are diverse enough such that the work acceptance or performance becomes suspect. The investigation shall allow access to all test results, procedures, and facilities relevant to the disputed work and consider all available information and, when necessary, gather new and additional information in an attempt to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. If the cooperative investigation reaches any resolution mechanism acceptable to both the Agency and the Contractor, the contradiction shall be considered resolved and the cooperative investigation concluded. Whenever the cooperative investigation is unable to reach resolution, the investigation may then either conclude without resolution or continue by written notification of one party to the other requesting the implementation of a resolution process by committee. The continuance of the investigation shall be contingent upon recipient's agreement and acknowledged in writing within 3 calendar days after receiving a request. Without acknowledgement, the investigation shall conclude without resolution. The committee shall consist of three State of California Registered Civil Engineers. Within 7 calendar days after the written request notification, the Agency and the Contractor will each select one engineer. Within 14 calendar days of the written request notification, the two selected engineers will select a third engineer. The goal in selection of the third member is to complement the professional experience of the first two engineers. Should the two engineers fail to select the third engineer, the Agency and the Contractor shall each propose 2 engineers to be the third member within 21 calendar days after the written request notification. The first two engineers previously selected shall then select one of the four proposed engineers in a blind draw. The committee shall be a continuance of the cooperative investigation and will re-consider all available information and if necessary gather new and additional information to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. The committee will focus upon the performance adequacy of the material(s) using standard engineering principles and practices and to ensure public value, the committee may provide engineering recommendations as necessary. Unless otherwise agreed, the committee will have 30 calendar days from its formation to complete their review and submit their findings. The final resolution of the committee shall be by majority opinion, in writing, stamped and signed. Should the final resolution not be unanimous, the dissenter may attach a written, stamped, and signed minority opinion. Once started, the resolution process by committee shall continue to full conclusion unless: 1. Within 7 days of the formation of the committee, the Agency and the Contractor reach an acceptable resolution mechanism; or Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 72 of 112 Pages 2. Within 14 days of the formation of the committee, the initiating party withdraws its written notification and agrees to bear all investigative related costs thus far incurred; or 3. At any point by the mutual agreement of the Agency and the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed, the Contractor shall bear and maintain a record for all the investigative costs until resolution. Should the investigation discover assignable causes for the contradiction, the assignable party, the Agency or the Contractor, shall bear all costs associated with the investigation. Should assignable causes for the contradiction extended to both parties, the investigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation substantiate a contradiction without assignable cause, the investigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation be unable to substantiate a contradiction, the initiator of the investigation shall bear all investigative costs. All claim notification requirements of the contract pertaining to the contradiction shall be suspended until the investigation is concluded. 4-2 MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE. The Contractor shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm the quantity and quality received, prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move, relocate, remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work. Materials shall be delivered to the site of the work only during working hours, as defined in section 6-7.2, and shall be accompanied by bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the Contractor as consignee, the project name and number, address of delivery and name of consignor and a description of the material(s) shipped. Prior to storage of any materials which have been shipped to or by the Contractor to any location within the Agency's boundaries the Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of lease agreements for each property where such materials are stored. The lease agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease, the description of materials allowed to be stored and shall provide for the removal of the materials and restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the Work. All such storage shall conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to the materials stored and to preparation of the storage site and the location of the site on which the materials are stored. Loss, damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Conformance to the requirements of this section, both within and outside the limits of work are a part of the Work. The Engineer shall have the right to verify the suitability of materials and their proper storage at any time during the Work. SECTION 5 - UTILITIES 5-1 LOCATION. The Agency and affected utility companies have, by a search of known records, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities which exist within the limits of the work. However, the accuracy and/or completeness of the nature, size and/or location of utilities indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed. Where underground main distribution conduits such as water, gas, sewer, electric power, telephone, or cable television are shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall assume that every property parcel will be served by a service connection for each type of utility. As provided in Section 4216 of the California Government Code, at least 2 working days prior to commencing any excavation, the Contractor shall contact the regional notification center (Underground Service Alert of Southern California) and obtain an inquiry identification number. The California Department of Transportation is not required by Section 4216 to become a member of the regional notification center. The Contractor shall contact it for location of its subsurface installations. Am¥ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 73 of 112 Pages The Contractor shall determine the location and depth of all utilities, including service connections, which have been marked by the respective owners and which may affect or be affected by its operations. If no pay item is provided in the Contract for this work, full compensation for such work shall be considered as included in the prices bid for other items of work. 5-2 PROTECTION. The Contractor shall not interrupt the service function or disturb the support of any utility without authority from the owner or order from the Agency. All valves, switches, vaults, and meters shall be maintained readily accessible for emergency shutoff. Where protection is required to ensure support of utilities located as shown on the Plans or in accordance with 5-1, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided, furnish and place the necessary protection at its expense. Upon learning of the existence and location of any utility omitted from or shown incorrectly on the Plans, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. When authorized by the Engineer, support or protection of the utility will be paid for as provided in 3-2.2.3 or 3-3. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the utility owner if any utility is disturbed or damaged. The Contractor shall bear the costs of repair or replacement of any utility damaged if located as noted in 5-1. When placing concrete around or contiguous to any non-metallic utility installation, the Contractor shall at its expense: 1. Furnish and install a 50 mm (2 inch) cushion of expansion joint material or other similar resilient material; or 2. Provide a sleeve or other opening which will result in a 50 mm (2 inch) minimum-clear annular space between the concrete and the utility; or 3. Provide other acceptable means to prevent embedment in or bonding to the concrete. Where concrete is used for backfill or for structures which would result in embedment, or partial embedment, of a metallic utility installation; or where the coating, bedding or other cathodic protection system is exposed or damaged by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and arrange to secure the advice of the affected utility owner regarding the procedures required to maintain or restore the integrity of the system. 5-3 REMOVAL. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall remove all interfering portions of utilities shown on the Plans or indicated in the Bid documents as "abandoned" or "to be abandoned in place". Before starting removal operations, the Contractor shall ascertain from the Agency whether the abandonment is complete, and the costs involved in the removal and disposal shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such removals. 5-4 RELOCATION. When feasible, the owners responsible for utilities within the area affected by the Work will complete their necessary installations, relocations, repairs, or replacements before commencement of work by the Contractor. When the Plans or Specifications indicate that a utility installation is to be relocated, altered, or constructed by others, the Agency will conduct all negotiations with the owners and work will be done at no cost to the Contractor, except as provided in 301-1.6. Utilities which are relocated in order to avoid interference shall be protected in their position and the cost of such protection shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such relocation. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 74 of 112 Pages After award of the Contract, portions of utilities which are found to interfere with the Work will be relocated, altered or reconstructed by the owners, or the Engineer may order changes in the Work to avoid interference. Such changes will be paid for in accordance with 3-2. When the Plans or Specifications provide for the Contractor to alter, relocate, or reconstruct a utility, all costs for such work shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such work. Temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilities requested by the Contractor for its convenience shall be its responsibility and it shall make all arrangements and bear all costs. The utility owner will relocate service connections as necessary within the limits of the Work or within temporary construction or slope easements. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for the relocation of service connections as necessary between the meter and property line, or between a meter and the limits of temporary construction or slope easements. The relocation of such service connections will be paid for in accordance with provisions of 3-3. Payment will include the restoration of all existing improvements which may be affected thereby. The Contractor may agree with the owner of any utility to disconnect and reconnect interfering service connections. The Agency will not be involved in any such agreement. In conformance with section 5-6 the Contractor shall coordinate the work with utility agencies and companies. Prior to the installation of any and all utility structures within the limits of work by any utility agency or company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or curb and gutter that is a part of the work and adjacent to the location where such utility structures are shown on the plans and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as installed by others. In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the Engineer's approval, may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion of work affected by the utility. If such temporary omission is approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall place survey or other physical control markers sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of the utility agency or company. Such temporary omission shall be for the Contractor's convenience and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore or for additional work, materials or delay associated with the temporary omission. The portion thus omitted shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately following the relocation of the utility involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 5-5 DELAYS. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of its construction schedule insofar as it affects the protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. Said notification shall be included as a part of the construction schedule required in 6-1. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any subsequent changes in the construction schedule which will affect the time available for protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to utility relocations or alterations if correctly located, noted, and completed in accordance with 5-1. The Contractor may be given an extension of time for unforeseen delays attributable to unreasonably protracted interference by utilities in performing work correctly shown on the Plans. The Agency will assume responsibility for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunkline utility facilities within the area affected by the Work if such utilities are not identified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated damages for any delay caused by failure of Agency to provide for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of such existing facilities. If the Contractor sustains loss due to delays attributable to interferences, relocations, or alterations not covered by 5-1, which could not have been avoided by the judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant, there shall be paid to the Contractor such amount as the Engineer may find to be fair and reasonable compensation for such part of the Contractor's actual loss as was unavoidable and the Contractor may be granted an extension of time. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 75 of 112 Pages 5-6 COOPERATION. When necessary, the Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to permit access to the Work site and provide time for utility work to be accomplished during the progress of the Work. 5-7 METER COORDINATION. The Contractor shall purchase and coordinate installation of all temporary and permanent utility meters as part of the total project lump sum bid. SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION, PROGRESS AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Except as otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise prohibited by permits from other agencies as may be required by law the Contractor shall begin work within 10 calendar days after receipt of the "Notice to Proceed". 6-1.1 Pre-Construction Meeting. After, or upon, notification of contract award, the Engineer will set the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor's management personnel responsible for the management, administration, and execution of the project is mandatory for the meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the Contractor's responsible project personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for default by Contractor per section 6-4. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor's attendance at the meeting. The notice to proceed will only be issued on or after the completion of the preconstruction meeting. 6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK. 6-2.1 Order of Work. The work to be done shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials, and performing all operations necessary to complete the Project Work as shown on the Project Plans and as specified in the Specifications. The work includes, but is not limited to: demolition, installation of wood trellis shade structure (Stagecoach Community Park), concrete paving, landscape irrigation and planting and installation of pre-fabricated shade fabric structure( Calavera Hills Community Park) placement of picnic tables, bbq grills, trash receptacle and other amenities associated with picnic facilities as shown on plans. 6-2.3 Project Meetings. The Engineer will establish the time and location of bi-weekly Project Meetings. Each Project Meeting shall be attended by the Contractor's Representative. The Project Representative shall be the individual determined under section 7-6, "The Contractor's Representative". No separate payment for attendance of the Contractor, the Contractor's Representative or any other employee or subcontractor or subcontractor's employee at these meetings will be made. 6-3 SUSPENSION OF WORK. 6-3.1 General. The Work may be suspended in whole or in part when determined by the Engineer that the suspension is necessary in the interest of the Agency. The Contractor shall comply immediately with any written order of the Engineer. Such suspension shall be without liability to the Contractor on the part of the Agency except as otherwise specified in 6-6.3. 6-3.2 Archaeological and Paleontological Discoveries. If discovery is made of items of archaeological or paleontological interest, the Contractor shall immediately cease excavation in the area of discovery and shall not continue until ordered by the Engineer. When resumed, excavation operations within the area of discovery shall be as directed by the Engineer. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 76 of 112 Pages Discoveries which may be encountered may include, but not be limited to, dwelling sites, stone implements or other artifacts, animal bones, human bones, and fossils. The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time and compensation in accordance with the provisions of 6-6. 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. If the Contractor fails to begin delivery of material and equipment, to commence the Work within the time specified, to maintain the rate of delivery of material, to execute the Work in the manner and at such locations as specified, or fails to maintain the Work schedule which will insure the Agency's interest, or, if the Contractor is not carrying out the intent of the Contract, the Agency may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract. The Contract may be canceled by the Board without liability for damage, when in the Board's opinion the Contractor is not complying in good faith, has become insolvent, or has assigned or subcontracted any part of the Work without the Board's consent. In the event of such cancellation, the Contractor will be paid the actual amount due based on Contract Unit Prices or lump sums bid and the quantity of the Work completed at the time of cancellation, less damages caused to the Agency by acts of the Contractor. The Contractor, in having tendered a Bid, shall be deemed to have waived any and all claims for damages because of cancellation of Contract for any such reason. If the Agency declares the Contract canceled for any of the above reasons, written notice to that effect shall be served upon the Surety. The Surety shall, within five (5) days, assume control and perform the Work as successor to the Contractor. If the Surety assumes any part of the Work, it shall take the Contractor's place in all respects for that part, and shall be paid by the Agency for all work performed by it in accordance with the Contract. If the Surety assumes the entire Contract, all money due the Contractor at the time of its default shall be payable to the Surety as the Work progresses, subject to the terms of the Contract. If the Surety does not assume control and perform the Work within 5 days after receiving notice of cancellation, or fails to continue to comply, the Agency may exclude the Surety from the premises. The Agency may then take possession of all material and equipment and complete the Work by Agency forces, by letting the unfinished Work to another Contractor, or by a combination of such methods. In any event, the cost of completing the Work shall be charged against the Contractor and its Surety and may be deducted from any money due or becoming due from the Agency. If the sums due under the Contract are insufficient for completion, the Contractor or Surety shall pay to the Agency within 5 days after the completion, all costs in excess of the sums due. The provisions of this subsection shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the Agency under law. 6-5 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The Agency may terminate the Contract at its own discretion or when conditions encountered during the Work make it impossible or impracticable to proceed, or when the Agency is prevented from proceeding with the Contract by act of God, by law, or by official action of a public authority. 6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME. 6-6.1 General. If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of the Contractor, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein, but the Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided in 6-6.3. Such unforeseen events may include: war, government regulations, labor disputes, strikes, fires, floods, adverse weather or elements necessitating cessation of work, inability to obtain materials, labor or equipment, required extra work, or other specific events as may be further described in the Specifications. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 77 of 112 Pages No extension of time will be granted for a delay caused by the Contractor's inability to obtain materials unless the Contractor furnishes to the Engineer documentary proof, the proof must be provided in a timely manner in accordance with the sequence of the Contractor's operations and the approved construction schedule. If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused by events other than those mentioned above, the Engineer may deem an extension of time to be in the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided in 6-6.3. If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused solely by action or inaction by the Agency, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided in 6-6.2. 6-6.2 Extensions of Time. Extensions of time, when granted, will be based upon the effect of delays to the Work. They will not be granted for noncontrolling delays to minor portions of the Work unless it can be shown that such delays did or will delay the progress of the Work. 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor. The Contractor will be compensated for damages incurred due to delays for which the Agency is responsible. Such actual costs will be determined by the Engineer. The Agency will not be liable for damages which the Contractor could have avoided by any reasonable means, such as judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant. The determination of what damages the Contractor could have avoided will be made by the Engineer. 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report. Modify as follows: The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer within two hours of the beginning of any period that the Contractor has placed any workers or equipment on standby for any reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by the Agency or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor shall provide continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each working day, throughout the duration of such period of delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the classification of each workman and supervisor and the make and model of each piece of equipment placed on standby, the cumulative duration of the standby, the Contractor's opinion of the cause of the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reasonable means. Should the Contractor fail to provide the notice(s) required by this section the Contractor agrees that no delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim(s) therefor. 6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION. 6-7.1 General. The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion within 120 working days after the starting date specified in the Notice to Proceed. 6-7.2 Working Day. A working day is any day within the period between the start of the Contract time as defined in Section 6-1 and the date provided for completion, or upon field acceptance by the Engineer for all work provided for in the Contract, whichever occurs first, other than: 1. Saturday, 2. Sunday, 3. any day designated as a holiday by the Agency, 4. any other day designated as a holiday in a Master Labor Agreement entered into by the Contractor or on behalf of the Contractor as an eligible member of a contractor association, 5. any day the Contractor is prevented from working at the beginning of the workday for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1, 6. any day the Contractor is prevented from working during the first 5 hours with at least 60 percent of the normal work force for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 78 of 112 Pages Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the hours of work shall be between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. on Mondays through Fridays, excluding Agency holidays. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the Contractor desires to work outside said hours or at any time during weekends and/or holidays. This written permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work The Engineer may approve work outside the hours and/or days stated herein when, in his/her sole opinion, such work conducted by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the inspection costs of such work. 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting. The Engineer will make a daily determination of each working day to be charged against the Contract time. These determinations will be discussed and the Contractor will be furnished a periodic statement showing allowable number of working days of Contract time, as adjusted, at the beginning of the reporting period. The statement will also indicate the number of working days charged during the reporting period and the number of working days of Contract time remaining. If the Contractor does not agree with the statement, it shall file a written protest within 15 days after receipt, setting forth the facts of the protest. Otherwise, the statement will be deemed to have been accepted. 6-8 COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE. The Work will be inspected by the Engineer for acceptance upon receipt of the Contractor's written assertion that the Work has been completed. The Engineer will not accept the Work or any portion of the Work before all of the Work is completed and all outstanding deficiencies that may exist are corrected by the Contractor and the Engineer is satisfied that all the materials and workmanship, and all other features of the Work, meet the requirements of all of the specifications for the Work. Use, temporary, interim or permanent, of all, or portions of, the Work does not constitute acceptance of the Work. If, in the Engineer's judgment, the Work has been completed and is ready for acceptance the Engineer will so certify to the Board. Upon such certification by the Engineer the Board may accept the completed Work. Upon the Board's acceptance of the Work the Engineer will cause a "Notice of Completion" to be filed in the office of the San Diego County Recorder. The date of recordation shall be the date of completion of the Work. All work shall be warranted for one (1) year after recordation of the "Notice of Completion" and any faulty work or materials discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at its expense. Twenty-five percent of the faithful performance bond shall be retained as a warranty bond for the one year warranty period The Contractor shall replace or repair any such defective work in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, after notice to do so from the Engineer, and within the time specified in the notice. If the Contractor fails to make such replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the Agency may perform this work and the Contractor's sureties shall be liable for the cost thereof. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the time allowed will result in damages being sustained by the Agency. For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the completion date as adjusted in accordance with 6-6, the Contractor shall pay the Agency, or have withheld monies due it, the sum of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00). Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that $500.00 per calendar day is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. Any progress payments made after the specified completion date shall not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any damages. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 79 of 112 Pages SECTION 7 - RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7-1 CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain in good condition all equipment and facilities as required for the proper execution and inspection of the Work. Such equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of applicable ordinances and laws. 7-2 LABOR. 7-2.1 General. Only competent workers shall be employed on the Work. Any person employed who is found to be incompetent, intemperate, troublesome, disorderly, or otherwise objectionable, or who fails or refuses to perform work properly and acceptably, shall be immediately removed from the Work by the Contractor and not be reemployed on the Work. 7-2.2 Laws. The Contractor, its agents, and employees shall be bound by and comply with applicable provisions of the Labor Code and Federal, State, and local laws related to labor. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the provisions of the Labor Code regarding minimum wages; the 8-hour day and 40-hour week; overtime; Saturday, Sunday, and holiday work; and nondiscrimination because of race, color, national origin, sex, or religion. The Contractor shall forfeit to the Agency the penalties prescribed in the Labor Code for violations. In accordance with the Labor Code, the Board has on file and will publish a schedule of prevailing wage rates for the types of work to be done under the Contract. The Contractor shall not pay less than these rates. Each worker shall be paid subsistence and travel as required by the collective bargaining agreement on file with the State of California Department of Industrial Relations. The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 1776 of the Labor Code which imposes responsibility upon the Contractor for the maintenance, certification, and availability for inspection of such records for all persons employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in connection with the project. The Contractor shall agree through the Contract to comply with this Section and the remaining provisions of the Labor Code. 7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE. The Contractor shall furnish the Agency a policy or certificate of liability insurance in which the Agency is the named insured or is named as an additional insured with the Contractor. All insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:V and are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California. Notwithstanding any inconsistent statement in the policy or any subsequent endorsement, the Agency shall be the insured or as an additional insured covering the Work, whether liability is attributable to the Contractor or the Agency. The policy shall insure the Agency, its officers, employees, and agents, while acting within the scope of their duties on the Work, against all claims arising out of or in connection with the Work, except as provided in 6-10. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 80 of 112 Pages The Contractor may file insurance acceptable to the Agency covering more than one project. The coverage shall provide the following minimum limits: Bodily Injury $250,000 each person $500,000 each occurrence $500,000 aggregate products and completed operations Property Damage $100,000 each occurrence $250,000 aggregate A combined single limit policy with aggregate limits in the amount of $1,000,000 will be considered equivalent to the required minimum limits. Except as provided in 6-10, the Contractor shall save, keep, and hold harmless the Agency, its officers and agents from all damages, costs or expenses in law or equity that may at any time arise or be set up because of damages to property, or of personal injury received by reason of or in the course of performing work, which may be caused by any willful or negligent act or omission by the Contractor, any of the Contractor's employees, or any Subcontractor. The Agency will not be liable for any accident, loss or damage to the Work prior to its completion and acceptance, except as provided in 6-10. All liability insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that, in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the Agency shall be notified by registered mail, return receipt requested, giving a sufficient time before the date thereof to comply with any applicable law or statute, but in no event less than 30 days before expiration or cancellation is effective. The cost of this insurance shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. 7-4 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE. Before execution of the Contract by the Board, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer the following signed certification: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract." The Contractor shall also comply with Section 3800 of the Labor Code by securing, paying for, and maintaining in full force and effect for the duration of the contract, complete Workers' Compensation Insurance, and shall furnish a Certificate of Insurance to the Engineer before execution of the Contract. The Agency, its officers, or employees, will not be responsible for any claims in law or equity occasioned by failure of the Contractor to comply with this paragraph. All compensation insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that, in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the Agency shall be notified by registered mail not less than 30 days before expiration or cancellation is effective. All insurance is to be placed with insurers that are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California. Policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meet the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 81 of 112 Pages 7-5 PERMITS. Except as specified herein the Contractor will obtain, at no cost to the Contractor all City of Carlsbad encroachment, right-of-way, grading and building permits necessary to perform **>***' Work for this contract on Agency property, streets, or other rights-of-way. Contractor shall not begin work until all permits incidental to the work are obtained. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits for the disposal of all materials removed from the project. The cost of said permit(s) shall be included in the price bid for the appropriate bid item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all costs incurred for permits necessitated by its operations such as, but not limited to, those permits required for night work, overload, blasting, and demolition. For private contracts, the Contractor shall obtain all permits incidental to the Work or made necessary by its operations, and pay all costs incurred by the permit requirements. The Contractor shall pay all business taxes or license fees that are required for the work. 7-6 THE CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE. Before starting work, the Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have complete authority to act for it. An alternative representative may be designated as well. The representative or alternate shall be present at the Work site whenever work is in progress or whenever actions of the elements necessitate its presence to take measures necessary to protect the Work, persons, or property. Any order or communication given to this representative shall be deemed delivered to the Contractor. A joint venture shall designate only one representative and alternate. In the absence of the Contractor or its representative, instructions or directions may be given by the Engineer to the superintendent or person in charge of the specific work to which the order applies. Such order shall be complied with promptly and referred to the Contractor or its representative. In order to communicate with the Agency, the Contractor's representative, superintendent, or person in charge of specific work shall be able to speak, read, and write the English language in an effective manner that will not hinder or alter the result or performance of carrying out the project in accordance with the project plans, specifications and documents herein. 7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. The Contractor shall be responsible for ascertaining the nature and extent of any simultaneous, collateral, and essential work by others. The Agency, its workers and contractors and others, shall have the right to operate within or adjacent to the Work site during the performance of such work. The Agency, the Contractor, and each of such workers, contractors and others, shall coordinate their operations and cooperate to minimize interference. The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs involved as a result of coordinating its work with others. The Contractor will not be entitled to additional compensation from the Agency for damages resulting from such simultaneous, collateral, and essential work. If necessary to avoid or minimize such damage or delay, the Contractor shall redeploy its work force to other parts of the Work. Should the Contractor be delayed by the Agency, and such delay could not have been reasonably foreseen or prevented by the Contractor, the Engineer will determine the extent of the delay, the effect on the project, and any extension of time. A complete set of plans and specifications for the project shall be available at the construction site during any and all construction operations. The Agency and Engineer may request the Contractor to provide the field set for review and coordination meetings at any time during the project. 7-7.1 Coordination. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility companies during the relocation or construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granted a time extension if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay. V Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 82 of 112 Pages 7-8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE. 7-8.1 Cleanup and Dust Control. Throughout all phases of construction, including suspension of work, and until the final acceptance, the Contractor shall keep the site clean and free from rubbish and debris. The Contractor shall also abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping and sprinkling with water, or other means as necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on public streets or parking areas will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods. When required by the Plans or Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish and operate a self-loading motor sweeper with spray nozzles at least once each working day for the purpose of keeping paved areas acceptably clean wherever construction, including restoration, is incomplete. Materials and equipment shall be removed from the site as soon as they are no longer necessary. Before the final inspection, the site shall be cleared of equipment, unused materials, and rubbish so as to present a satisfactory clean and neat appearance. All cleanup costs shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on haul routes. Any such spillage shall be removed immediately and the area cleaned. Excess excavation material from catch basins or similar structures shall be removed from the site immediately. Sufficient material may remain for use as backfill if permitted by the Specifications. Forms and form lumber shall be removed from the site as soon as practicable after stripping. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Engineer's cleanup orders may result in an order to suspend work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed as a result of such suspension. Cleanup and dust control required herein shall also be executed on weekends and other non-working days when needed to preserve the health safety or welfare of the public. The Contractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust control throughout the duration of the Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of cleanup and dust control that, in his/her sole discretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety and welfare of the public. Cleanup and dust control shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. 7-8.2 Air Pollution Control. The Contractor shall not discharge smoke, dust, or any other air contaminants into the atmosphere in such quantity as will violate the regulations of any legally constituted authority. 7-8.3 Vermin Control. At the time of acceptance, structures entirely constructed under the Contract shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time, and shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. The Contractor shall be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for the elimination of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations. 7-8.4 Sanitation. The Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for the use of employees engaged in the Work. These accommodations shall be maintained in a neat and sanitary condition. They shall also comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps. Wastewater shall not be interrupted. Should the Contractor disrupt existing sewer facilities, sewage shall be conveyed in closed conduits and disposed of in a sanitary sewer system. Sewage shall not be permitted to flow in trenches or be covered by backfill. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 83 of 112 Pages 7-8.5 Temporary Light, Power, and Water. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all temporary light, power, and water at its own expense. These include piping, wiring, lamps, and other equipment necessary for the Work. The Contractor shall not draw water from any fire hydrant (except to extinguish a fire), without obtaining permission from the water agency concerned. The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used for the construction, plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup, testing and all other work requiring water related to this contract. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate water agency for requirements. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup, service, meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees therefore. Said costs shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. 7-8.6 Water Pollution Control. The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution to protect channels, storm drains, and bodies of water from pollution. It shall conduct and schedule operations so as to minimize or avoid muddying and silting of said channels, drains, and waters. Water pollution control work shall consist of constructing those facilities which may be required to provide prevention, control, and abatement of water pollution. The Contractor shall comply with the California State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) Order Number 99-08-DWQ, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit Number CAS000002, Waste Discharge Requirements (WDR's) for Discharges of Stormwater Runoff associated with Construction Activity (General Permit) and subsequent adopted modifications and with all requirements of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention and Monitoring Plans for this project in accordance with these regulations. 7-8.7 Drainage Control. The Contractor shall maintain drainage within and through the work areas. Earth dams will not be permitted in paved areas. Temporary dams of sandbags, asphaltic concrete, or other acceptable material will be permitted when necessary. Such dams shall be removed from the site as soon as their use is no longer necessary. 7-8.8 Noise Control. All internal combustion engines used in the construction shall be equipped with mufflers in good repair when in use on the project with special attention to the City Noise Control Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48. 7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of public and private property adjacent to the Work and shall exercise due caution to avoid damage to such property. The Contractor shall repair or replace all existing improvements within the right-of-way which are not designated for removal (e.g., curbs, sidewalks, driveways, fences, walls, signs, utility installations, pavement, structures, etc.) which are damaged or removed as a result of its operations. When a portion of a sprinkler system within the right-of-way must be removed, the remaining lines shall be capped. Repairs and replacements shall be at least equal to existing improvements and shall match them in finish and dimension. Maintenance of street and traffic signal systems that are damaged, temporarily removed or relocated shall be done in conformance with 307-1.5. Trees, lawns, and shrubbery that are not to be removed shall be protected from damage or injury. If damaged or removed due to Contractor's operations, they shall be restored or replaced in as nearly the original condition and location as is reasonably possible. Lawns shall be reseeded and covered with suitable mulch. A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 84 of 112 Pages The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to occupants or owners of adjacent property to permit them to salvage or relocate plants, trees, fences, sprinklers, and other improvements, within the right-of-way which are designated for removal and would be destroyed because of the Work. All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, and restoring existing improvements shall be included in the Bid. 7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. 7-10.1 Traffic and Access. The Contractor's operations shall cause no unnecessary inconvenience. The access rights of the public shall be considered at all times. Unless otherwise authorized, traffic shall be permitted to pass through the Work, or an approved detour shall be provided. Safe and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access shall be provided and maintained to: all park facilities not associated with the immediate work area, fire hydrants; remaining parking spaces not set aside for the construction staging areas; tot lots, passive play areas and ball fields and all park park amenities shall remain accessible at all times. Access to these facilities shall be continuous and unobstructed unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall cooperate with the various parties involved in the delivery of mail and the collection and removal of trash and garbage to maintain existing schedules for these services. The contractor shall post no parking signs 48 hours in advance of the work being performed at the park site parking lots adjacent to the work areas. The no parking signs shall state the date and time of parking restriction for a duration not to exceed the time necessary to complete the work at that location. Failure of the contractor to meet the posted date requires re-posting the no parking signs 48 hours in advance of the rescheduled work. If the work is delayed or rescheduled the no parking signs shall be removed and re-posted 48 hours in advance of the rescheduled work. The preparation, materials, printing and distribution of the notifications shall be included in the contract price bid for traffic control and the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional compensation for printing and distributing these notices. The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs for the above requirements. 7-10.2 Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Areas. Construction materials shall be stored in a manner that is agreeable with Owner or Owner Representative and the Recreation Area Mangager for the park. All materials or equipment not installed or used in construction within 5 days after unloading shall be stored elsewhere by the Contractor at its expense unless authorized additional storage time is granted by the Owner's Representative. Construction equipment shall not be stored at the Work site before its actual use on the Work nor after it is no longer needed. Time necessary for repair or assembly of equipment may be authorized by the Engineer. Excavated material, except that which is to be used as backfill in the adjacent trench, shall not be stored outside of the construction limits unless otherwise permitted. After placing backfill, all excess material shall be removed immediately from the site. For import, export, and hauling of earthwork materials and use of public streets, Contractor shall obtain a Haul Route Permit, available at the City of Carlsbad Construction Management and Inspection office located at 5950 El Camino Real, (760) 602-2780. All costs involved shall be included in the Bid. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 85 of 112 Pages 7-10.4 Safety. 7-10.4.1 Safety Orders. The Contractor shall have at the Work site, copies or suitable extracts of: Construction Safety Orders, Tunnel Safety Orders and General Industry Safety Orders issued by the State Division of Industrial Safety. The Contractor shall comply with provisions of these and all other applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations. Before excavating any trench 1.5 m (5 feet) or more in depth, the Contractor shall submit a detailed plan to the Agency showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for the workers' protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench. If the plan varies from the shoring system standards, the plan shall be prepared by a registered Civil Engineer. No excavation shall start until the Engineer has accepted the plan and the Contractor has obtained a permit from the State Division of Industrial Safety. A copy of the permit shall be submitted to the Engineer. Payment for performing all work necessary to provide safety measures shall be included in the prices bid for other items of work except where separate bid items for excavation safety are provided, or required by law. 7-10.4.2 Use of Explosives. Explosives may be used only when authorized in writing by the Engineer, or as otherwise stated in the Specifications. Explosives shall be handled, used, and stored in accordance with all applicable regulations. The Engineer's approval of the use of explosives shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for claims caused by blasting operations. 7-10.4.3 Special Hazardous Substances and Processes. Materials that contain hazardous substances or mixtures may be required on the Work. A Material Safety Data Sheet as described in Section 5194 of the California Code of Regulations shall be requested by the Contractor from the manufacturer of any hazardous products used. Material usage shall be accomplished with strict adherence to California Division of Industrial Safety requirements and all manufacturer warnings and application instructions listed on the Material Safety Data Sheet and on the product container label. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer if a specified product cannot be used under safe conditions. 7-10.4.4 Safety and Protection of Workers and Public. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of Federal, State and Municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons on, about, or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public, and shall use danger signs warning against hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, and falling materials. 7-10.5 Adjacent Public Use. Add the following: This project is within public park facilities that will continue to operate on a daily basis. Prior to the Notice to Proceed, the contractor shall submit a written plan outlining how their work will be performed so as not to conflict with the adjacent activities of Stagecoach Community Park and Calavera Hills Community Park so as not to conflict with the adjacent activities of the park community centers and other facilities. Access to the community centers at both parks shall be maintained at all times. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 86 of 112 Pages 7-11 PATENT FEES OR ROYALTIES. The Contractor shall absorb in its Bid the patent fees or royalties on any patented article or process furnished or used in the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from any legal action that may be brought for infringement of patents. 7-12 ADVERTISING. The names, addresses and specialties of Contractors, Subcontractors, architects, or engineers may be displayed on removable signs. The size and location shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Commercial advertising matter shall not be attached to or painted on the surfaces of buildings, fences, canopies, or barricades. 7-13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of State and National laws and County and Municipal ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect those employed in the Work or the materials used in the Work or in any way affect the conduct of the Work. The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with such laws, ordinances, and regulations. Municipal ordinances that affect this work include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grading. If this notice specifies locations or possible materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for use in the proposed construction project which would be subject to Section 1601 or Section 1603 of the Fish and Game Code, the conditions established pursuant to Section 1601 et seq. of the Fish and Game Code shall become conditions of the contract. 7-14 ANTITRUST CLAIMS. Section 7103.5 of the Public Contract Code provides: "In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec 15) or Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or subcontract. The assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment of the parties." SECTION 9 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 9-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK. 9-1.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, quantities of work shall be determined from measurements or dimensions in horizontal planes. However, linear quantities of pipe, piling, fencing and timber shall be considered as being the true length measured along longitudinal axis. Unless otherwise provided in Specifications, volumetric quantities shall be the product of the mean area of vertical or horizontal sections and the intervening horizontal or vertical dimension. The planimeter shall be considered an instrument of precision adapted to measurement of all areas. 9-1.2 Methods of Measurement. Materials and items of work which are to be paid for on basis of measurement shall be measured in accordance with methods stipulated in the particular sections involved. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 87 of 112 Pages 9-1.3 Certified Weights. When payment is to be made on the basis of weight, the weighing shall be done on certified platform scales or, when approved by the Engineer, on a completely automated weighing and recording system. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with duplicate licensed weighmaster's certificates showing actual net weights. The Agency will accept the certificates as evidence of weights delivered. 9-1.4 Units of Measurement. The system of measure for this contract shall be the U.S. Standard Measures. 9-2 LUMP SUM WORK. Items for which quantities are indicated "Lump Sum", "L.S.", or "Job", shall be paid for at the price indicated in the Bid. Such payment shall be full compensation for the items of work and all work appurtenant thereto. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer within 15 days after award of Contract, a detailed schedule in triplicate, to be used only as a basis for determining progress payments on a lump sum contract or designated lump sum bid item. This schedule shall equal the lump sum bid and shall be in such form and sufficiently detailed as to satisfy the Engineer that it correctly represents a reasonable apportionment of the lump sum. 9-3 PAYMENT 9-3.1 General. The quantities listed in the Bid schedule will not govern final payment. Payment to the Contractor will be made only for actual quantities of Contract items constructed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Upon completion of construction, if the actual quantities show either an increase or decrease from the quantities given in the Bid schedule, the Contract Unit Prices will prevail subject to the provisions of 3-2.2.1. The unit and lump sum prices to be paid shall be full compensation for the items of work and all appurtenant work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals. Payment will not be made for materials wasted or disposed of in a manner not called for under the Contract. This includes rejected material not unloaded from vehicles, material rejected after it has been placed, and material placed outside of the Plan lines. No compensation will be allowed for disposing of rejected or excess material. Payment for work performed or materials furnished under an Assessment Act Contract will be made as provided in particular proceedings or legislative act under which such contract was awarded. Whenever any portion of the Work is performed by the Agency at the Contractor's request, the cost thereof shall be charged against the Contractor, and may be deducted from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Whenever immediate action is required to prevent injury, death, or property damage, and precautions which are the Contractor's responsibility have not been taken and are not reasonably expected to be taken, the Agency may, after reasonable attempt to notify the Contractor, cause such precautions to be taken and shall charge the cost thereof against the Contractor, or may deduct such cost from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Agency action or inaction under such circumstances shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor or its Surety from liability. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 88 of 112 Pages Payment shall not relieve the Contractor from its obligations under the Contract; nor shall such payment be construed to be acceptance of any of the Work. Payment shall not be construed as the transfer of ownership of any equipment or materials to the Agency. Responsibility of ownership shall remain with the Contractor who shall be obligated to store any fully or partially completed work or structure for which payment has been made; or replace any materials or equipment required to be provided under the Contract which may be damaged, lost, stolen or otherwise degraded in any way prior to acceptance of the Work, except as provided in 6-10. Guarantee periods shall not be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of recordation of the "Notice of Completion" If, within the time fixed by law, a properly executed notice to stop payment is filed with the Agency, due to the Contractor's failure to pay for labor or materials used in the Work, all money due for such labor or materials will be withheld from payment to the Contractor in accordance with applicable laws. At the expiration of 35 days from the date of acceptance of the Work by the Board, or as prescribed by law, the amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the Agency will be paid to the Contractor except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the Contract to be further retained. 9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. The Engineer will, after award of Contract, establish a closure date for the purpose of making monthly progress payments. The Contractor may request in writing that such monthly closure date be changed. The Engineer may approve such request when it is compatible with the Agency's payment procedure. Each month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the work performed to the closure date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be based on contract unit prices, completed change order work and as provided for in Section 9-2 of the Standard Specifications (SSPWC). Progress payments shall be made no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the closure date. Five (5) working days following the closure date, the Engineer shall complete the detailed progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the Contractor's information. Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the Contractor shall within ten (10) days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental payment request to the Engineer with adequate justification supporting the amount of supplemental payment request. Upon receipt of the supplemental payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon as practicable after receipt, determine whether the supplemental payment request is a proper payment request. If the Engineer determines that the supplemental payment request is not proper, then the request shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than seven (7) days after receipt. The returned request shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the reasons why the supplemental payment request was not proper. In conformance with Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the City shall make payments within thirty (30) days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted supplemental payment request from the Contractor. If payment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is not made within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Engineer, then the City shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rate set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 685.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure. From each progress estimate, 10 percent will be deducted and retained by the Agency, and the remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid. After 50 percent of the Work has been completed and if progress on the Work is satisfactory, the deduction to be made from remaining progress estimates and from the final estimate may be limited to $500 or 10 percent of the first half of total Contract amount, whichever is greater. A•^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 89 of 112 Pages No progress payment made to the Contractor or its sureties will constitute a waiver of the liquidated damages under 6-9. As provided in Section 22300 of the California Public Contract Code, the Contractor may substitute securities for any monies withheld by the Agency to ensure performance under the Contract. After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a corresponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the contract bid item and change order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of the contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final Payment Estimate. The Contractor shall have 30 calendar days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make written statement disputing any bid item or change order item quantity or payment amount. The Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all contract bid items and change order items. If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned time, the Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 calendar days and make any appropriate adjustments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in subsection 3-5, Disputed Work. The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of the Contractor's claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying payment for the disputed items. 9-3.2.1 Payment for Claims. Add the following: Except for those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in subsection 9-3.2 all claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted in a written statement by the Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment estimate. Those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in subsection 9-3.2 shall be submitted no later than 30 days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No claim will be considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any claim be allowed for which written notice or protest is required under any provision of this contract including sections 3-4 Changed Conditions, 3-5 Disputed Work, 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor, 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report, or 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, unless the Contractor has complied with notice or protest requirements. The claims filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said claims. The Engineer will consider and determine the Contractor's claims and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying the claims. Payment for claims shall be processed within 30 calendar days of their resolution for those claims approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution under subsection 3-5, Disputed Work, for those claims remaining in dispute. Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 90 of 1 12 Pages 9-3.3 Delivered Materials. When provided for in the Specifications, and subject to the limitation and conditions therein, the cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the Work will be included in the progress estimate. 9-3.3.1 Delivered Materials. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the work will not be included in the progress estimate. 9-3.4 Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Payment for mobilization and preparatory Work will be included in the various items of work and no other payment will be made. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 91 of 112 Pages SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO "GREEN BOOK" STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 2, CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SECTION 200 - ROCK MATERIALS 200-1 ROCK PRODUCTS Add the following section: 200-1.2.2 Permeable Material. Permeable material shall consist of hard, durable, clean sand, gravel, or crushed stone, and shall be free from organic material, clay balls, or other deleterious substances. Class 1 and Class 2 permeable material shall have a Durability Index of not less than 40. Class 2 Permeable material shall have a Sand Equivalent value of not less than 75. Class 1 permeable material shall conform to the requirements in this section and Table 200-1.2.2(A). Class 2 permeable material shall conform to the requirements in this section and Table 200-1.2.2(6). When permeable material is required and the class or kind is not specified, Class 1 permeable material shall be used. The alternative gradings within Class 1 permeable material are identified by types. Unless otherwise shown on the plans the Contractor will be permitted to furnish and place anyone of the types provided for this class. The percentage composition by mass of permeable material in place shall conform to the gradings in Tables 200-1.2.2(A) and 200-1.2.2(6). TABLE 200-1.2.2(A) CLASS 1 PERMEABLE MATERIAL Sieve Sizes 50-mm (2") 37.5-mm(11/2") 19-mm(3/4") 12.5-mm C/2n) 9.5-mm (V) 4.75-mm (No. 4) 2.36-mm (No. 8) 75-um (no. 200) Percen Type A — — 100 95-100 70-100 0-55 0-10 0-3 tage Passing Type 6 100 95-100 50-100 — 15-55 0-25 0-5 0-3 TABLE 200-1.2.2(8) CLASS 2 PERMEABLE MATERIAL Sieve Sizes 25-mm (1") 19-mm (V) 9.5-mm (V) 4.75-mm (No. 4) 2.36-mm (No. 8) 600-pm (No. 30) 300-um (No. 50J 75-um (no. 200) Percentage Passing 100 90-100 40-100 25-40 18-33 5-15 0-7 0-3 Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 92 of 112 Pages 200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS 200-2.1 General. Add the following: Aggregate base shall be Class 2 Aggregate Base per Caltrans Standard Specification, July 1999, Section 26: Aggregate Bases, Subsection 26-1.02A Class 2 Aggregate Base and as specified herein. Add the following section: 200-2.7 Class 2 Aggregate Base. Aggregate for Class 2 aggregate base shall be free from organic matter and other deleterious substances, and shall be of such nature that it can be compacted readily under watering and rolling to form a firm, stable base. Aggregate may include material processed from reclaimed asphalt concrete, portland cement concrete, lean concrete base, cement treated base or a combination of any of these materials. Aggregate shall conform to the grading and quality requirements shown in the following tables. At the option of the Contractor, the grading for either the 11/2-inch maximum or 3/4 inch maximum shall be used, except that once a grading is selected it shall not be changed without the Engineer's written approval. AGGREGATE GRADING REQUIREMENTS Percentage Passing 11/2" Maximum 3/4" Maximum Operating Operating Sieve Sizes Range Range 2" 100 — 11/2" 90-100 — 1" — 100 3/4" 50-85 90-100 No. 4 25-45 35-60 No. 30 10-25 10-30 No. 200 2-9 2-9 — ""•"^ QUALITY REQUIREMENTS N^* Operating Tests Range Resistance (R-value) 78 Mm. Sand Equivalent 25 Min. Durability Index 35 Min. The aggregate shall not be treated with lime, cement or other chemical material before the Durability Index test is performed. If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Operating Range" but meet the "Contract Compliance" requirements, placement of the aggregate base may be continued for the remainder of that day. However, another day's work may not be started until tests, or other information, indicate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the next material to be used in the work will comply with the requirements specified for "Operating Range." If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Contract Compliance," the aggregate base which is represented by these tests shall be removed. However, if requested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, the aggregate base may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $2.25 per cubic yard for such aggregate base left in place. The City may deduct this amount from any moneys due, or that may become due, the Contractor under the contract. If both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent do not conform to the "Contract Compliance" requirements, only one adjustment shall apply. No single aggregate grading or Sand Equivalent test shall represent more than 500 cubic yards or one day's production, whichever is smaller.o Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 93 of 112 Pages SECTION 201 - CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS 201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE TABLE 201-1.1.2(A) Modify as follows: TABLE 201-1.1.2(A)(3) PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE Type of Construction All Concrete Used Within the Right-of-Way Trench Backfill Slurry Street Light Foundations and Survey Monuments Traffic Signal Foundations Concreted-Rock Erosion Protection Concrete Class 330-C-23 (560-C-3250) (1) 115-E-3 (190-E-400) 330-C-23 (560-C-3250) 350-C-27 (590-C-3750) 310-C-17 (520-C-2500P) Maximum Slump mm (Inches) (2) 200 (8") 100 (4") 100 (4") per Table 300-1 1.3.1 (1) Except that concrete required to be of higher strength by Table 201-1.1.2(A) SSPWC shall be as per Table 201-1.1.2(A) SSPWC. (2) As per Table 201-1.1.2(A) SSPWC. (3) Portions of Table 201-1.1.2(A) of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction not shown herein as changed are not affected by this table. 201-1.2 Materials. 201-1.2.4(a) Integral Colored Concrete. Add the following: Integral color shall consist of colored admixtures developed for use in ready mixed concrete. The product shall be made of the highest quality pigments, as well as other ingredients designed to enhance the color and improve the pigment dispersion, workability and finishing performance of the concrete. Integral color pigments shall meet or exceed ASTM-C-979. The coloring method shall be designed for concrete flatwork applications (salt finished, broom finishes, rotary finishes), as well as vertical surfaces, and other types of architectural concrete. Pigment shall be a permanent coloration, uniform throughout the concrete surface and interior, and shall be highly UV and fade resistant. Integral colored concrete shall be cured with QC Color Cure color matched to the concrete (see product information bulletin). Provide sample panel submittals of all colors to be used in the installation on identical surfaces for approval by Resident Engineer. Contractor shall provide a maintenance schedule for integral colored concrete. Add the following: 201-1.7 Miscellaneous Concrete Finishing Products. 201-1.7.1 Water Base Penetrating Sealer for Integral Colored Concrete. (Scofield Colorcure Concrete Sealer or approved equal) Water base penetrating sealer shall be a sealer designed for the protection of imprinted and natural concrete. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 94 of 112 Pages Water base penetrating sealer shall be a sealer designed for the protection of imprinted, colored and natural concrete, and other masonry surfaces to preserve the natural appearance of the masonry without darkening or adding gloss to the surface. It shall preserve the natural slip resistance of the concrete, etc. Sealer shall repel spills and soils, minimizing staining and maintenance. Seal shall leave no visible material on the surface and shall be absorbed and locked into the pores of the masonry, repelling liquids and soils but leaving the top surface natural in appearance. Install per manufacturer's directions. Seal shall be compatible with the surfaces and materials which it is applied. Concrete sealer shall conform to the following specifications: Color: Clear, non-yellowing Odor: Mild Flash Point: None (C.O.C. method) Specific Grav.: 1.03 Density: 8.6 pounds per gallon Drying Time: 30 minutes to 60 minutes Cure Time: 24 to 48 hours VOC Content: None (0 g/l) excluding water Polymer Type: Proprietary Reactive Resin System Coverages (approximate): Smooth Concrete: 300 to 400 square feet per gallon Rough Concrete: 200 to 300 square feet per gallon Note: Coverages vary depending on porosity and condition of surface and method of application. Method of: Airless sprayer. Application Manufacturer: Scofield Chromix Admixtures for color-conditioned concrete, or approved equal L.M. Scofield Company 6533 Bandini Boulevard Los Angeles, CA 90040 1-800-800-9900 All materials shall be furnished, prepared, applied, cured, and stored according to the product manufacturer's direction. 201-1.2.4 Chemical Admixtures, (e) Air-entraining Admixtures. Substitute the following: The air content shall not deviate from the percentage specified or permitted by more than 1-1/2 percentage points. The air content of freshly mixed concrete will be determined by California Test Method No. 504. 201-3 EXPANSION JOINT FILLER AND JOINT SEALANTS. Add the following: 201-3.4 Type "A" Sealant (Two-Part Polyurethane Sealant). Add the following: All finished concrete surfaces shall have a Va" continuous expansion joint at locations indicated on the plans and notes and shall be located either parallel to perpendicular to the curb line. When not otherwise indicated, all expansion joints located adjacent to colored concrete shall be sealant Type "A" and colored to match the color of the concrete surface. Contractor shall provide joint sealants that have been produced and installed to establish and to maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals without causing staining or deterioration of joint substrates. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 95 of 112 Pages Contractor shall submit product data from the manufacturer of each joint sealant product required, including instructions for joint preparation and joint sealer application. Contractor shall also submit samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's standard bead samples, consisting of strips of actual products showing full range of colors available, for each product exposed to view. Samples shall be submitted to Engineer. Submit complete schedule of type (and location where type is to be used) of each sealant. Contractor shall engage an experienced installer who has completed joint sealant applications similar in material, design and extent to that indicated for Project that have resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. Provide color selections made by Engineer from manufacturer's full range of standard colors for products of type indicated. Sealant color parallel to curbline shall match color of Paving Treatment Type "A" as specified in Section 201-1.2.4(a) of these Special Provisions. Joint sealants shall be multi-component polyurethane sealant. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard, non-modified, 2-or-more-part, polyurethane-based, elastomeric sealant; complying with either ASTM-C-920-87, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, or FS TT-S 0227E Class A, non-sag, Type II. Acceptable Products: "Sonneborn NPH"; Sonneborn Building Products Division; "Scofield Lithoseal Trafficalk 3-G", L.M. Scofield Company; or equivalent, as approved by the Engineer. Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. Plastic foam joint fillers shall be preformed, compressible, resilient, nonstaining, nonwaxing, nonextruding strips of flexible plastic foam either open-cell polyurethane foam or closed-cell polyethylene foam, subject to approval of sealant manufacturer, for cold-applied sealants only. Polystyrene foam is not acceptable. 207-25 UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE. Add the following section: 207-25.1 Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape: Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall have a minimum 0.13 mm (0.005") overall thickness, with no less than a 35 gauge (AWG), 0.14 mm aluminum foil core. The foil must be visible from both sides. The layers shall be laminated together with the extrusion lamination process, not adhesives. No inks or printing shall extend to the edges of the tape. All printing shall be encased to avoid ink rub-off. Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall conform to the properties listed in Tables 207-25(A) and 207-25 (B). Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 96 of 112 Pages TABLE 207-25.1 (A) DETECTABLE UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE PROPERTIES Property Thickness Tensile strength Elongation Printability Flexibility Inks Message repeat Foil Top layer Bottom layer Adhesives Bond strength Colors Method ASTMD2103 ASTM D882 ASTM D882-88 ASTM D2578 ASTM D671-81 Manufacturing specifications Manufacturing specifications Manufacturing specifications Manufacturing specifications Manufacturing specifications Manufacturing specifications Boiling H2O at 100 degrees Celsius APWA Code Value 01 14 mm (0.0056") 4500g/cm (25 Ibs/inch) (5,500 PSI) <50 percent at break >50 dynes/square centimeter Pliable hand Heat-set Mylex Every 500 mm(20") Dead soft/annealed Virgin PET Virgin LDPE >30 percent, solid 1 .5#/R Five hours without peel See Table 207-25.1 (B) TABLE 207-25.1(8) DETECTABLE UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE COLORS Color Red Yellow Orange Blue Green Brown Purple Utility Marked Electric power, distribution, transmission, and municipal electric Gas and oil distribution and transmission, dangerous materials, systems. product and steam. Telephone and telegraph systems, police and fire communications, and cable television. Water systems. Sanitary and storm sewer systems, nonpotable. ^ Force mains. ^ Reclaimed water lines. Add the following section: 207-25.2 Materials Approvals. Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall meet the requirements of each of the following agency/association publications. A. Department of Transportation, Materials Transportation Bureau, Office of Pipeline Safety. USAS code for pressure piping B31.8, paragraph 192.321 (e). B. National Transportation Safety Board, Washington, DC, Special Study Prevention of Damage to Pipelines. Adopted June 7,1974. Report NTSB-PSS-73-1. C. American Petroleum Institute (API). Recommended practice for marking buried liquid petroleum pipelines - APR RP 1109. D. General Services Administration, Washington, DC, Public Buildings Service Guide Specification for Mechanical and Electrical Equipment - PBS 4-1501, Amendment 2, Page 501-14, Paragraph 18, Subparagraph 18.1, Clause 18.1.1. E. Rural Electrification Authority (REA), U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC, National Electrical Safety Code for Underground Construction for remote and immediate hazards. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 97 of 112 Pages SECTION 212 - LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION MATERIALS 212-1 LANDSCAPE MATERIALS. CSI Specifications Division 2 Section 02810 and Section 02900 shall take precedence over the following specifications. SECTION 213 - ENGINEERING FABRICS 213-2GEOTEXTILES. 213-2.1 General. Table 213-2.1 (A) Table 213-2.1 (A) Add the following: Geotextile types shall be used for the applications listed in GEOTEXTILE APPLICATIONS Application of Geotextile Separation of Soil and Street Structural Section Separation of Soil and Subsurface Aggregate Drain Reinforcement of Street Structural Section Remediation and Separation of Soil Reinforcement of Soil Drainage at the Interface of Soil Structures Drainage at the Interface of Soil and Structures Rock Slope Protection Fabric for Rock Sizes Below 225 kg (% Ton) Rock Slope Protection Fabric for Rock Sizes Including and Above 225 kg (1/4 Ton) Plant Protection Covering Erosion Control Fence with 14 AWG - 150 mm x 150 mm (6"x6") Wire and 3 m (10') Post Spacing Erosion Control Fence with 1 .8 m (61) Post Spacing and No Wire Fencing Type Designation 90WS 180N 200WS 270WS 270WS N/A N/A 180N 250N 90N 90WS 200WS Add the following section: 213-3 EROSION CONTROL SPECIALTIES. Add the following section: 213-3 Gravel bags. Gravel bags for the use of temporary erosion control shall be burlap type, filled with no less than 23kg (50 Ibs) of 19 mm (3/4") crushed rock and securely tied closed. Plastic bags are not acceptable. I Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 98 of 112 Pages SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 3, CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK 300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING. 300-1.1 General, add the following to the third paragraph: During surface clearing operations, the Contractor shall not cover or bury any plant growth or other objectionable materials. If the Contractor cannot successfully separate the plant growth from the surface soil and advertently or inadvertently mixes organic or other objectionable materials with the soil, the soil so contaminated shall be removed from the site by the Contractor. All costs, if any, associated with removing the soil mixed with organic or other objectionable materials and importing soil to replace said contaminated soil shall be borne by the Contractor and no additional payment therefor shall be made to the Contractor. 300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials, add the following: Also included in clearing and grubbing shall be removal and disposal of existing street poles and lights, metal guard rail, fences, asphalt concrete and aggregate base, concrete curb and gutter, concrete sidewalk, existing gate, existing headwalls, rip-rap, traffic signs, and other existing features which interfere with the work. Whether or not such items are shown on the plans they shall be removed as a part of clearing and grubbing. Existing underground pipes and conduits that are shown on the plans and designated to be removed shall be removed by the Contractor as a part of clearing and grubbing. 300-1.4 Payment, modify as follows: Payment for clearing and grubbing shall be made at the contract lump sum price for clearing and grubbing within the project limits and at stockpile locations and no other payments will be made. Unless otherwise noted on plans, the Contractor shall remove all existing abandoned pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, and pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, that are abandoned during the course of the work and shall replace said pipelines and conduits with properly compacted soils. Payment for removal and disposal of abandoned utilities shall be included in the lump-sum bid for Clearing and Grubbing, and no additional payment will be made. 300-2 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION. 300-2.1 General, add the following: Unclassified excavation shall include removal and stockpile of suitable material, recompaction, mixing, grading for mitigation work, trenching and backfilling of storm drains, sewers, other utilities, disposal of unsuitable materials not included in the bid item for clearing and grubbing, all cut and fill including removal and recompaction of unsuitable soil, salvaging clean excavated material and filling areas to the required grades and cross section. Unclassified excavation shall be utilized onsite to make all fills shown on the plans. Unclassified excavation shall also include scarification and moisture adjustment and compaction of the top 300 mm (1') of the subgrade in the roadway prism in cut areas to 95 percent relative compaction, wetland mitigation grading and attendant work, export of remaining excess material to a disposal site or spoil area acquired by the Contractor and pumping and disposal of storm and ground water. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 99 of 112 Pages 300-2.2.1 General, add the following: Alluvial and colluvial removal and recompaction shall consist of excavating, blending and recompacting loose soils in areas that are designated to receive fills. '*"*"' The existing loose soils shall be removed by the Contractor until a firm unyielding surface is exposed or to a depth determined by the Engineer. If the excavated material contains 4%, or more, water than the optimum moisture content the Contractor shall blend the wet soil with soils having a lower moisture content and/or spread the excavated material in a manner that enables the material to dry to optimum moisture content. The cost of spreading and/or drying shall be included in the contract unit price for removal and recompaction. The excavated material shall be placed and compacted in accordance with section 300-4 of the specifications except that section 300-4.9, Measurement and Payment, shall not apply. 300-2.2.1 General, add the following to the first paragraph: Such direction may include, but is not limited to, directing the Contractor to blend, adjust moisture content of, rework, and place unsuitable soils at specific locations or elevations on the site. 300-2.2.3 Compressible Soil. Compressible soils such as existing uncontrolled or unacceptable fill, alluvium, and colluvium may exist within portions of the Project site. Where required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove such compressible soils from areas to receive fill or from areas upon which surface improvements are to be placed. The removal and disposal of such compressible soils shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price for unclassified excavation unless it is considered otherwise unsuitable by the Engineer in which case it may be paid for in accordance with section 300-2.2.1. 300-2.2.4 Instability of Cuts. Add the following: The Contractor shall remove additional material as directed by the Engineer to improve the stability of excavated cuts. The removal of such excavated material shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price for unclassified excavation unless it is considered otherwise unsuitable by the Engineer, in which case it will be paid for in accordance with Subsection 300-2.2.1. 300-2.5 Slopes, add the following: The hinge points (the top and bottom) of slopes shall be located within 75 mm (0.25') of the locations shown on the plans. 300-2.5 Slopes, add the following: after the first sentence of the first paragraph: A slope shall be defined as any area steeper than three horizontal to one vertical. 300-2.6 Surplus Material, add the following: The Contractor shall haul and dispose of all surplus material from the project. The Contractor shall utilize highway legal haul trucks for this export of material from the project site and to a site secured by the Contractor. No earth moving equipment or special construction equipment, as defined in section 565 of the California Vehicle Code, will be allowed for hauling material on public streets. 300-2.8 Measurement, delete the second paragraph relating to materials removed from stockpiles and add the following: Unclassified Excavation shall be measured based on the volume it occupies in its original position before excavating. The measurement shall be from the original ground contours after clearing and grubbing and the bottom of areas of excavation to the design elevations shown on the plans or actual ground contours existing in borrow sites after excavation or those for removal and recompaction of alluvial and colluvial materials or those for materials excavated to improve the stability of cuts, whichever is lower in elevation. No excavated material which is re-excavated will be measured for payment. Materials excavated or otherwise removed as all or part of any other bid item shall not be measured as Unclassified Excavation. •^ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 100 of 112 Pages 300-2.8 Measurement, delete the second paragraph relating to materials removed from stockpiles and add the following: Unclassified Excavation shall be measured based on the volume it occupies in its original position before excavating. The measurement shall be from the original ground contours after clearing and grubbing and the bottom of areas of excavation to the design elevations shown on the plans or actual ground contours existing in borrow sites after excavation. No excavated material which is re-excavated will be measured for payment. Materials excavated or otherwise removed as all or part of any other bid item shall not be measured as Unclassified Excavation. The measurement of work performed under sections 300-2.2.1 and 300-2.2.2, 300-2.2.3 and 300-2.2.4 when the Engineer determines that the soils are unsuitable shall be the actual labor, materials and equipment used to accomplish the work as per section 3-3 EXTRA WORK of the specifications. 300-2.9 Payment, add the following: Payment for work performed under sections 300-2.2.1, 300-2.2.2, 300-2.2.3 and 300-2.2.4, when the Engineer determines that the soils are unsuitable, shall be made for the actual labor, materials and equipment used to accomplish the work as per section 3-3 EXTRA WORK of the specifications. Lump Sum Price Bid 300-2.9 Payment, substitute the following: Payment for all unclassified excavation will be made at the Contract Lump Sum price bid for unclassified excavation and shall include compensation for excavation, sloping, rounding tops and ends of excavation, matching existing graded slopes, loading, exporting and disposing of surplus material and unsuitable material shown on the plans or specified herein to be removed, stockpiling, hauling to designated sites, placing and compacting, mixing, grading of mitigation site, salvaging clean and suitable material and filling areas to the required grades and cross sections. Unclassified fill, slope rounding, all work incidental to Section 300-4.8 and construction of transitions will be paid for as a part of unclassified excavation, and no additional payment will be made therefor. When required by the plans or specifications or where directed by the Engineer, the excavation and stockpiling of selected material will be paid for at the Contract Lump Sum price for unclassified excavation. Removing such selected material from the stockpile and placing it in its final position will also be paid for at the Contract Lump Sump Price for unclassified excavation and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Add the following section: 300-2.10 Grading Tolerance. The Contractor shall finish excavated areas other than slopes and subgrade below structures, within the roadway and sidewalk areas within 30 mm (0.1') of the grades shown on the plans. Subgrade tolerances shall conform to the requirements of section 301-1.4 SSPWC. 300-3 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 300-3.1 General, add the following: The Contractor shall excavate to the lines and levels required and/or shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall provide all shoring, bracing, cribbing, pumping, and planking required. The Contractor shall excavate and maintain the bottom of all trenches in a condition that is level, firm, clean and free from all debris or foreign matter. Excavations shall be kept free from water at all times. The Contractor shall remove any unsuitable material encountered below grade as directed by the Engineer 300-3.6 Payment. Add the following: Dewatering shall be paid for as an incidental to unclassified excavation and no additional compensation will be made therefor. Except for unsuitable materials removed as part of the clearing and grubbing item unsuitable material encountered below grade will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for unclassified excavation. Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 101 of 1 12 Pages 300-4 UNCLASSIFIED FILL 300-4.2 Preparation of Fill Areas, add the following: Except as provided in section 300-4.7, "Compaction", areas proposed for improvements all fill (including backfill and scarified ground surfaces) shall be compacted by the Contractor to no less than 90 percent of maximum dry density as determined in accordance with ASTM Test Procedure D1557-91. 300-4.4 Benching, add the following: Benching shall conform to The (City of Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawing GS-14. 300-4.5 Placing Materials for Fills, add the following: The Contractor shall perform grading such that the upper 900 mm (31) of fill placed in the roadway pavement area is composed of properly compacted low expansive soils. The more highly expansive soils shall be placed in the deeper fill areas and properly compacted or exported from the site. Low expansive soils are defined as those soils that have an Expansion Index of 50 or less when tested in accordance with 1994 UBC Standard 18-2 as published by the International Conference of Building Officials. Should insufficient soils meeting the requirement of an expansion index of 50 or less be present within the limits of work, soils of the least expansion index that are available within the limits of work shall be incorporated in the upper 900 mm (3') of fill placed in the roadway. The Contractor shall break rock encountered in the excavation into particles of less than 75 mm (3"). Particles with dimensions greater than 75 mm (3") shall be uniformly distributed over the area to be filled so that construction equipment can be operated in such a manner that the larger pieces will be broken into smaller particles and become incorporated with the other materials in the layer. This requirement for particle size reduction does not apply to cobbles, small boulders, and small hard rocks found within the surface soils and formational materials. Rocks having any dimension greater than 460mm (18") shall not be incorporated into the fill. Rock exceeding 150 mm (6") in diameter shall not be placed in the upper 900 mm (3') of any fill. When there are large quantities of rock to be placed in the fill, rocks shall not be nested, but shall be spread with sufficient room between them so that intervening voids can be adequately filled with fine material to form a dense, compact mass. Oversize material which cannot be utilized for erosion mitigation or landscaping onsite shall be broken to acceptable sizes or removed from the site by the Contractor. If disposed of within the City of Carlsbad, a separate grading permit will be required for disposal of rock. 300-4.6 Application of Water, add the following: The Contractor shall place all fill soil at a moisture content no less than one (1) percent below optimum moisture as determined by ASTM test D-1557-91. 300-4.7 Compaction, add the following: The Contractor shall compact all fill soils placed within the top 1 m (3') of roadway subgrade to a minimum of 95 percent relative compaction. On all areas to receive planting, the top 150 mm (6") shall be compacted to 85%, +2% -5%, to allow for plant growth. 300-4.8 Slopes, add the following: Feathering of fill over the tops of slopes will not be permitted. The Contractor shall compact the faces of fill slopes with a sheep's foot roller at vertical intervals no greater than 600 mm (2') or shall be built and cut back to finish grade. In addition, if not over built and cut back, the face of the slope shall be track walked upon completion. 300-4.9 Measurement and Payment, delete and substitute the following: Unclassified fill, grading, shaping, compacting or consolidating, slope rounding, construction of transitions and all work included in and incidental to Section 300-4, "Unclassified Fill" will be paid for as a part of unclassified excavation, and no additional payment will be made therefor. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 102 of 112 Pages 300-5 BORROW EXCAVATION. Add the following section: 300-5.2.1 Imported Borrow Properties. The Contractor shall provide imported borrow that is clean well graded soil consisting of material conforming to all of the requirements in Table 300-5.2.1 (A) and the following requirements. Rock included in the top 1 m (31) of imported borrow shall be particles of less than 75 mm (3"). Rock included below the top 1 m (31) of imported borrow shall be particles of less than 150 mm (6"). TABLE 300-5.2.1 (A) IMPORTED BORROW PROPERTIES Tests R-Value Expansion Index Plasticity Index Sieve Analysis Test Method No. Calif. 301 UBC Standard 18-2 ASTM D 424 ASTM D 422 Requirements 40 Min. 10 Max. 4 Max. Percent Passing 75\i (No. 200) 15 Max. 300-9 GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL. Modify as follows: 300-9 GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL. Add the following section: 300-9.2 General. The Contractor shall provide erosion control and water pollution control conforming to the requirements shown on the plans, as specified herein, and as elsewhere required by the Contract Documents. Erosion control and water pollution control shall include the work specified herein, and such additional measures, as may be directed by the Engineer, to meet Best Management Practices, as defined herein, and to properly control erosion and storm water damage of the limits of work and construction impacts upon areas receiving drainage flows from within the limits of work. Add the following section: 300-9.2.1 Grading Controls. The Contractor shall protect all areas that have been graded and/or cleared and grubbed as well as areas that have not been graded and/or cleared and grubbed within the limits of work from erosion. The Contractor shall provide temporary earth berms, gravel bags, silt fences, stabilized construction entrances and similar measures, coordinated with its construction procedures, as necessary and as shown on the plans to control on site and off site erosion during the construction period. The Contractor will be required to protect areas which have been cleared and grubbed prior to excavation or embankment operations, and which are subject to runoff during the duration of the contract. The criteria used to determine the appropriate erosion control measures shall be the "Best Management Practices", hereinafter BMP, defined and described in the, "California Storm Water Best Management Handbook, Construction Activity11, January 2003 edition as published by the Storm Water Quality Task Force. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of the "California Storm Water Best Management Handbook, Construction Activity11, January 2003 on the project site and shall conduct its operations in conformity to said Handbook. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 103 of 112 Pages Temporary erosion control measures provided by the Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a) Embankment areas, while being brought up to grade and during periods of completion prior to final roadbed construction, shall be graded so as to direct runoff into impoundment areas within the limits of work where such runoff shall have pollutants removed by BMP methods . b) The Contractor shall provide protection by BMP measures to eliminate erosion and the siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent areas. These measures shall include, but shall not be limited to: temporary down drains, either in the form of pipes or paved ditches with protected outfall berms; graded berms around areas to eliminate erosion of embankment slopes by surface runoff; confined ponding areas to desilt runoff; and to desilt runoff. c) Excavation areas, while being brought to grade, shall be protected from erosion and the resulting siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent areas by the use of BMP measures. These measures shall include, but shall not be limited to, methods shown on the plans and described herein. Add the following section: 300-9.2.2 Payment. Full compensation for performing erosion control and water pollution control, conforming to the operational requirements herein, of the BMP and conforming to the requirements of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, including the latest amendments thereto, which is not a part of the planned permanent work or included as a separate bid item shall be considered as included in the contract price bid for unclassified excavation, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 300-11 STONEWORK FOR EROSION CONTROL. 300-1 1 .4 Payment, delete and replace as follows: Rock protection will be paid for at the lump sum contract Price Bid for rock protection, complete and in place, in accordance with the details and requirements of the plans and specifications. 300-13 ROCK SLOPE PROTECTION FABRIC. Add the following section: 300-13.1 Preparation of Subgrade. Prior to placing rock slope protection fabric the Contractor shall clear the surfaces upon or against which rock slope protection fabric is to be placed of loose or extraneous material and sharp objects that may damage the fabric during installation. Equipment or vehicles shall not be operated or driven directly on the rock slope protection fabric. Rock slope protection fabric damaged during placement shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at its expense as directed by the Engineer. Add the following section: 300-13.2 Placement. The Contractor shall place rock slope protection fabric prior to placing rock slope protection. The Contractor shall grade surfaces to be covered by rock slope protection so as to provide full support for the fabric. Rock slope protection fabric shall conform to the provisions in Section 213-2, "Geotextiles," and shall be placed by the Contractor in accordance with the details shown on the plans and as specified herein. The Contractor shall handle rock slope protection fabric with care that it is not torn or stretched and place it in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, these specifications and as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall place and fit rock slope protection fabric loosely upon or against the surface to receive the fabric so that the fabric conforms to the surface without damage when the cover material is placed. Rock slope protection fabrics shall be joined, at the option of the Contractor, either with overlapped joints or stitched seams. When fabric is joined with overlapped joints, all adjacent borders of the fabric shall be overlapped not less than 610 mm (24"). The fabric shall be placed such that the fabric being placed shall overlap the adjacent section of fabric in the direction the cover material is being placed. Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 104 of 1 12 Pages When the fabric is joined by stitched seams, the fabric shall be stitched with yarn of a contrasting color. The size and composition of the yarn shall be as recommended by the fabric manufacturer. The number of stitches per 25 mm (1") of seam shall be 6 ± 1. The strength of stitched seams shall be the same as specified for the fabric, except when stitched seams are oriented up and down a slope the strength shall be a minimum of 80 percent of that specified for the fabric. Fabric damaged beyond repair, as determined by the Engineer, shall be replaced by the Contractor and no additional payment will be made therefor. Repairing damaged fabric shall consist of placing new fabric over the damaged area. The minimum fabric overlap from the edge of the damaged area shall be 1 m (3') for overlap joints. If the new fabric joints at the damaged areas are joined by stitching, the stitched joints shall conform to the requirements specified herein. Damaged fabric that is suitable for repair, as determined by the Engineer, shall be repaired by the Contractor and no additional payment will be made therefor. Add the following section: 300.13.3 Measurement and Payment. Payment for rock slope protection fabric will be included in the lump sum prices for items which have said fabric in their design and no additional payment will be made therefore. SECTION 301 -TREATED SOIL, SUBGRADE PREPARATION AND PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS 301-1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION. 301-1.2 Preparation of Subgrade. Modify the second and third paragraphs as follows: Change each instance reading "150mm (6 inches)" to "300 mm (12")". 301-1.3 Relative Compaction. Delete the first paragraph and substitute the following: The Contractor shall compact the upper 300 mm (12") of subgrade beneath areas to be paved, have base or subbase material placed on them, or curb, gutter, curb and gutter, alley pavement, driveway or sidewalk constructed over them to no less than 95 percent maximum dry density as determined by >^' ASTM test D-1557-91. 301-1.7 Payment. Modify the first paragraph as follows: Payment for subgrade preparation shall be included in the contract bid price for which the subgrade is prepared and shall include all labor, materials; including water, operations and equipment to scarify, adjust moisture, compact or recompact the subgrade, both in cut areas and in fill areas, and no further compensation will be allowed. SECTION 303 CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION. 303-1 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 303-1.6.2 Falsework Design, add the following: The Contractor shall provide all temporary bracing necessary to withstand all imposed loads during erection, construction, and removal of any falsework.The Contractor shall provide falsework drawings and calculations prepared by a registered professional engineer, civil or structural, that show provisions for resolution of all loads that may be imposed upon the falsework. Such plans and calculations shall include: 1. Resolution of all live, dead, wind, construction and impact loads that may be imposed on the falsework. 2. Temporary bracing or methods to be used during each phase of erection and removal of the falsework. 3. Concrete placement sequence. 4. Erection and removal sequence. 5. Deflection values for the falsework that include recommended methods to compensate for falsework deflections, vertical alignment, and anticipated falsework deflection. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 105 of 112 Pages 303-5 AIR-PLACED CONCRETE. 303-5.1 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS, AND DRIVEWAYS. 303-5.5.2 Curb, add the following: The Contractor shall stamp the curb face with 75 mm (3") high block letters directly above the point that it is crossed by underground facilities with the marking specified in Table 303-5.5.2(A) TABLE 303-5.5.2(A) Curb Face Markings Type of underground facilities Water Service Lateral Sewer Service Lateral Irrigation Water Lateral or Sleeve Marking W S RW 303-5.9 Measurement and Payment, add the following: Curb and gutter, and curb, shall be considered as continuing across driveways and access ramps when constructed adjacent thereto. Neither curb and gutter nor curb will be paid for across the length of local depressions, except that which occurs in gutter transitions at each side of an inlet. Add the following section: 303-6.6 Payment. Payment for stamped concrete shall be made on the basis of the contract unit price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, including sand bed, tools, equipment, and installing complete and in place, and no further compensation will be allowed. SECTION 308 LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION INSTALLATION This project includes CSI Formatted Specifications for Landscape and Irrigation. The CSI Formatted Specification Sections 02810 Irrigation and 02900 for Landscaping shall also be included with these Supplemental Provisions as part of the contract. 308-2 EARTHWORK AND TOPSOIL PLACEMENT 308-2.3.2 Fertilization and Conditioning Procedures, add the following: The Contractor shall cultivate the surface of all areas to be planted or hydro seeded by disking, ripping or scarifying the finish grade. After cultivation the Contractor shall clear the planting areas of stones to the depth of cultivation and shall rake the planting areas to a smooth friable and plantable surface. The Contractor shall cultivate all planting areas, except slopes steeper than 3-1/2:1 (horizontal to vertical), to a depth of 300 mm (12"). The planting areas where slopes are steeper than 3-1/2:1, shall be cultivated to a depth of 150 mm (6"). After cultivation, the soil amendments shall be provided per the CSI Formatted Specifications, Landscape Section 02900. The Contractor shall certify, in writing, that the ground surface has been prepared in accordance with this section and shall request inspection by the Engineer prior to any planting or seeding. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval before any planting or hydroseeding. 308-2.4 Finish Grading, add the following: The Contractor shall prepare the finish grade in hydroseeded slope areas with a moderately rough texture to provide a suitable surface for adherence of the hydroseed mix. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 106 of 112 Pages 308-4 PLANTING. 308-4.1 General, add the following: The Contractor shall perform actual planting during those periods when weather and soil conditions are suitable and in accordance with locally accepted horticultural practice and as approved by the Engineer. No planting shall be done in any area until it has been satisfactorily prepared in accordance with these specifications. Soil moisture level prior to planting shall be no less than 75 percent of field capacity. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval of planting pits before planting operations begin. For pit planted vegetation when the soil moisture level is found to be insufficient for planting, the Contractor shall fill the planting pits with water and allow them to drain before starting planting operations. No more plants shall be distributed in the planting area on any day than can be planted and watered on that day. The Contractor shall plant and water all plants as herein specified immediately after removal from their containers. Containers shall not be cut prior to placing the plants in the planting area. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide continuous horticultural services and temporary and/or permanent irrigation to all planted and hydroseeded areas so that the planted and hydroseeded vegetation is 100 percent healthy and thriving prior to, and throughout the, landscape maintenance period. 308-4.2 Protection and Storage, add the following: The Contractor shall submit a sheltered and secure location for on-site plant storage area for the Engineer's approval prior to the delivery of any plant materials. Any plant determined by the Engineer to be wilted, broken, or otherwise damaged shall be rejected at any time during the project, whether in the ground or not. All plants shall be handled by their containers. Any plant that has been handled by its trunk or stem shall be rejected. All rejected plants shall be removed from the site immediately. 308-4.3 Layout and Plant Location, modify as follows: Planting areas shall be staked by the Contractor and the Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval of the planting layout before planting operations begin. 308-4.5 Tree and Shrub Planting, add the following: The Contractor shall amend the backfill for planting holes to a thoroughly blended mixture of clean loamy soil meeting the requirements of the CSI Formatted Specifications, Specification Section 02900 Landscape Planting. Pruning shall be limited to the minimum necessary to remove injured twigs and branches, and to compensate for loss of roots during transplanting, but never to exceed one-tenth the branching structure. Pruning may be done only with the approval of, and in the presence of, the Engineer. Cuts over 19 mm (%") shall be painted with an approved tree wound paint. 308-4.6 Plant Staking and Guying, add the following: The Contractor shall install all boxed trees per drawings L-6 of the Plans and in accordance with the CSI Formatted Specifications, Section 02900, Landscape Planting & Maintenance. Add the following section: 308-4.8.3.1 Weed Eradication. The Contractor shall water all irrigated areas to be hydroseeded for three (3) weeks prior to hydroseeding to allow for germination of the weed seeds. The Contractor shall spray all weeds with a post emergent herbicide immediately after the completion of the three week irrigation period. After two (2) weeks, the Contractor shall again eradicate the weeds and complete the preparation of the soil prior to the application of the hydroseed mixes. Add the following section, 308-4.10 Erosion Control Matting Installation Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 107 of 112 Pages Add the following section, 308-4.10.1 General. Before installation of erosion control matting the Contractor shall complete all "*""" soil preparation, fine grading, and hydroseeding of the areas to receive erosion control matting. Add the following section: 308-4.10.2 Coordination with Hydroseeding. Erosion control matting shall be installed by the Contractor immediately after the first application of hydroseed materials. In all cases the Contractor shall place the erosion control matting within three days after the first hydroseed material application. Should any seed in the hydroseed materials begin to germinate within the three-day period after application or before the installation of the erosion control matting, the installation of the erosion control matting shall be considered as late and the Contractor shall disc the hydroseed materials into the top 100m (4") of the underlying soil, condition the soil for hydroseeding, apply hydroseeding materials at the rates and of the type specified and then install the erosion control matting. No additional payment will be made for second or subsequent hydroseed applications resulting from late installation of erosion control matting. Add the following section: 308-4.10.3 Installation. The Contractor shall install erosion control matting using the following techniques: 1. Begin at the top of the slope by placing the erosion control matting into a 150 mm (6") wide by 150 mm (6") deep trench with the end of the matting laid flat in the bottom of the trench 2. Anchor the end of the erosion control matting with erosion control mat staples spaced no more than 300 mm (12") on centers placed at the intersection of the bottom and the downhill vertical face of the trench. 3. Roll the erosion control matting down the slope. 4. Staple the erosion control matting on an alternating grid consisting of three across and two across lines of staples in horizontal lines spaced 900mm (3') on centers. 5. Erosion control mat so stapled shall be spaced such that no less than 1 % staples per square meter (114 staples per square yard) are provided to anchor the erosion control mat- ting. 6. Start the adjacent erosion control mat as in Item 1. of this section, overlapping the previ- ously placed mat by no less than 50 mm (2"). 7. Staple placement may be such as to use the staples used to secure the adjacent mat to secure both mats along their edges. 308-5 IRRIGATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION. This project includes CSI Formatted Specifications for Irrigation. The CSI Formatted Specification Section 02810 shall also apply to work for this contract. 308-5.1 General. add the following: The Contractor shall apply irrigation water as often and in sufficient amounts, as conditions may require, to germinate and establish the seed and keep the container plants healthy and growing. The Contractor shall lay out lines, valves, and other underground utilities and receive the approval of the Engineer before digging trenches. The Contractor shall be responsible for damages caused by its operations. Connections shall be made at approximately the locations shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for unapproved changes. Permission to shut off any existing in-use water lines must be obtained 48 hours in advance, as to the date, time and exact length of time of each shut-off. The Contractor shall demonstrate that the entire irrigation system is under full automatic operation for a period of seven days prior to any planting. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 108 of 112 Pages 308-5.2 Irrigation Pipeline Installation, add the following: The Contractor shall install all pressure main line piping from the irrigation system so as to maintain 3.1 m (10') minimum horizontal separation from all potable water piping. Where reclaimed and potable water pressure mainline piping cross, the reclaimed water piping shall be installed below the potable water piping, sleeved in a pressure rating of 200 PSI SDR 21 "Alertline" PVC sleeve which extends a minimum of 3.1 m (10') on either side of the potable water piping and be located to provide a minimum vertical clearance of 300 mm (12") between the reclaimed and potable water lines. Conventional (white) PVC pipe Schedule 40 may be used for sleeving material if it is taped along its entire length with 75 mm (3") wide purple warning tape which reads "Caution Reclaimed Water". For trenching through areas where topsoil has been spread, the Contractor shall deposit topsoil on one side of trench and subsoil on opposite side. Subsoil shall be free of all rocks 13 mm (%") in diameter or larger, debris, and litter, prior to use as backfill. The Contractor shall repair any leaks and replace all defective pipe or fittings until lines meet test requirements. The Contractor shall not cover any lines until they have been inspected and approved by the Engineer for tightness, quality of workmanship, and materials. The Contractor shall not be backfill trenches until all required tests and observations are performed. Observations include sprinkler heads, all fittings, lateral and mainline pipe, valves, and direct burial wire. 308-5.2.3 Plastic Pipeline, add the following: The Contractor shall store all pipe and fittings under cover until used, and all pipe and fittings shall transported in a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow the length of pipe to lay flat so as not to be subjected to undue bending or concentrated external load at any point. Pipe ends and fittings shall be wiped with MEK, or equal, before welding solvent is applied. Welded joints shall be given a minimum of 15 minutes to set before moving or handling. All field cuts shall be beveled to remove burrs and excess before fitting and gluing together. The Contractor shall center load pipe with small amount of backfill to prevent arching and slipping under pressure. Joints shall be exposed for inspection during testing. Plastic-to-plastic joints shall be solvent-welded, using only solvent recommended by pipe manufacturer. Add the following section: 308-5.2.6 Installation of Brass Pipe. The Contractor shall cut brass piping by power hacksaw, circular cutting machine using an abrasive wheel, or hand hacksaw. No piping shall be cut with metallic wheel cutter of any description. The Contractor shall ream and remove rough edges or burrs on all pipe so that smooth and unobstructed flow is obtained, place Teflon tape, Teflon dope, or approved equal on male threads only, and tighten to prevent any leakage. The Contractor shall tighten screwed joints with tongs or wrenches. Caulking is not permitted. Add the following section: 308-5.3.1 Valves, add the following: The Contractor shall install each control valve in a separate valve box with a minimum of 300 mm (12") separation between valves and 150 mm (6") from any fixed object or structure. Add the following section 308-5.3.2 Valve Boxes. The Contractor shall install no more than one valve per box. All boxes are to be marked as to the type of valve. Remote control valve boxes shall also indicate control station number. Add the following section: 308-5.3.3 Backflow Preventer. The Contractor shall install backflow preventer assembly in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and as directed on drawings. Exact location and positioning shall be verified on the site by the Engineer. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 109 of 112 Pages 308-5.4.4 Sprinkler Head Adjustment, add the following: The Contractor shall flush and adjust all irrigation heads and valves for optimum performance and to prevent overspray onto walks, roadways buildings, walls, and other structures. 308-5.5 Automatic Control System Installation, add the following: The Contractor shall install all portions of the electrical installation with materials and methods conforming to the requirements of the 1996 National Electrical Code. The Contractor shall provide no less than one control wire and one common ground wire to service each valve in system. 308-5.6.3 Sprinkler Coverage Test, add the following: This test shall be accomplished before any ground cover is planted. 308-6 MAINTENANCE AND PLANT ESTABLISHMENT. See CSI Formatted Specification Section 02900. 308-7 GUARANTEE. Add following: 308-7.1 The Contractor shall guarantee all 600 mm (24") box trees installed under the contract to live and grow for one year from the day of final acceptance of the contract work. The Contractor shall guarantee all other plant material, including ground covers to live and grow for a period of 30 days from the last day of the maintenance period or final acceptance of the contract work, whichever is the later. The Contractor shall replace, at its expense, all plant material found to be dead, missing, or in poor condition during the maintenance period within 5 days of discovery of such plant material. The Engineer shall be the sole judge as to the condition of the plant material. Plant material found to be dead or in poor condition within the guarantee period shall be replaced by the Contractor, at its expense, within 15 days of written notification. Replacements shall be made to the same specifications required for the original plantings. 308-7.2 The Contractor shall submit written vegetation, planting and irrigation guarantee in approved form that all work showing defects in materials or workmanship will be repaired or replaced at no cost to the Engineer for a period of one year from the date of acceptance by the Engineer. The Guarantee form shall be retyped on the Contractor's letterhead and contain the following verbiage: "Guarantee For Vegetation, Planting and Irrigation System For (Project Name) We hereby guarantee that the vegetation, planting and irrigation system we have furnished and installed for (project name) is free from defects in materials and workmanship, and the work has been completed in accordance with the drawings and specifications. We agree to repair or replace any defect in vegetation, material or workmanship, including that due to ordinary wear and tear, which may develop during the periods specified in section 308-7 of the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions of said project from date of completion of the Work or termination of any maintenance period, whichever is the later, and also to repair or replace any damage resulting from the repairing or replacing of such defects at no additional cost to the Agency. This guarantee does not extend to unusual abuse or neglect that may occur subsequent to the date of completion of the Work or termination of any maintenance period, whichever is the later. We shall make such repairs or replacements within a reasonable time, as determined by the Engineer, after receipt of written notice. In the event of failure to make such repairs or replacements within a reasonable time after receipt of written notice from the Engineer, we authorize the Engineer to proceed to have said repairs or replacements made at our expense, and we will pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 110 of 112 Pages Project: (Project Name) Location: (Legal Description of Project Property) Name of Contractor: Address: (Of Contractor) Telephone:: (Of Contractor) By: (Typed or printed names of signing Officers) of the Contractor authorized to bind the Contractor in legal matters) Title: (Of said officers)) Signature(s) Date of Execution" Add the following section: 308-7.3 Record Drawings. In addition to the requirements of section 2-5.4, herein, the Contractor shall prepare record drawings that show all changes in the work constituting departures from the original contract drawings, including those involving both constant-pressure and intermittent-pressure lines and appurtenances. The Contractor shall accurately record, on a daily basis, on one set of blue line prints of the irrigation drawings, all changes in work constituting departures from the original contract drawings, including changes in both pressure and nonpressure line. The Contractor shall post information on record drawings no later than the next working day after the work is installed. The Contractor shall record changes and dimensions in a legible and professional manner. When the drawings are approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall transfer all information to a set of reproducible photo mylar drawings. Items required to be shown shall be dimensioned by the Contractor from two permanent points of reference (buildings, monuments, sidewalks, curbs, pavement). The accuracy of location of all items to be shown on the drawings shall be 150 mm (6") in both the vertical and horizontal planes. All text and numerals placed on drawings shall be 0.30 mm (V) in size. Facilities and items to be located in their horizontal and vertical positions and shown on the record drawings include all: a) Point(s) of connection, for water and electrical services b) Routing of irrigation pressure mainlines c) Backflow preventers d) Ball, gate and check valves e) Irrigation control valves. f) Quick coupler valves g) Routing of service wires h) Routing of control wires i) Electrical service equipment j) Electrical junction boxes k) Irrigation controllers I) Sleeves for future connections m) Other equipment of a similar nature (as directed by the Engineer). The Contractor shall keep the blue print drawings available for the Engineer's inspection at any time. The Contractor shall make all changes to reproducible drawings in waterproof black ink (no ball point pen). Changes in dimensions shall be recorded in a legible and professional manner. Record construction drawings shall be maintained at the job site during construction. The Contractor shall provide one set of mylar "record" drawings to the Engineer after submitting blue-line prints of the proposed "record" drawings for, and obtaining their approval by, the Engineer. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 111 of 112 Pages Add the following section: 308-7.4 Check List. The Contractor shall complete and forward signed and dated checklist to the Engineer before final acceptance of project. the following checklist at the end of the project, using the format shown: a) Plumbing permits (if none required, so note) b) Materials approval c) Pressure mainline test (by whom, and date) d) Record drawings completed (received by, and date) e) Controller chart completed (received by, and date) f) Materials furnished (received by, and date) g) Operation and maintenance manuals furnished (received by, and date) h) System and equipment operation instructions (received by, and date) i) Manufacturer warranties (received by, and date) j) Written guarantee by Contractor (received by, and date) 308-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT, add the following: The lump-sum or unit prices set forth in the contract documents shall include, but not be limited to, full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment and performing all work necessary to complete, maintain, and guarantee the planting and irrigation work described or specified in the contract documents, including soils testing and recommended soil amendments, seed and hydroseed slurry, tree stakes, bark mulch, erosion control matting, plant materials, temporary irrigation and permanent irrigation, including reduced-pressure back-flow preventer, ball valves, drip valve assembly, electric control valves, quick couplers, control wires, pull boxes, valve boxes, all piping and sleeves, electrical conduits, irrigation heads, drip emitters, bubblers, drip irrigation equipment, connection from electrical service to irrigation electrical meter, connection from meter to irrigation controller(s), installation of controller enclosure, concrete pads, preparation, correction, reproduction and lamination of "as-built" drawings, controller charts, assembly and submittal of the check list and operation and maintenance manuals and all appurtenances to the aforementioned items, as well as 120 days' maintenance and project guarantees. After completion of the project, the Engineer will retain $10,000 of the total contract amount, and will subsequently disburse the $10,000 to the Contractor on a monthly basis of $5,000 per month. The Engineer reserves the right to stop payment until all punch list submitted to the Contractor every month are completed. Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. 39361 Page 112 of 112 Pages SECTION 02010 DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY This Section includes requirements for Demolition and Removal of existing concrete pavements, clearing and grubbing, and removal of all other existing improvements within the limits of work as indicated on the drawings. This Section also includes the installation of temporary construction fencing. 1.02 REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent refer- enced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. A. Standard Specifications 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI), ANSI A10.6, 1983 Demolition Operations-Safety Requirements. 2. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Latest Edition) (Greenbook or Standard Specifications), including the Latest Regional and Latest County of San Diego Supplemental Amendments. 3. State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) Standard Specifications, Latest Edition. 4. State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) "Manual of Traffic Control for Construction and Maintenance Works Zones" (Latest Edition). B. Standard Drawings 1. San Diego Regional Standard Drawings, as last amended, shall apply to the work to the extent referenced on the draw- ings. 2. City of Carlsbad Standard Drawings. 3. State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) Standard Plans, Latest Edition. 4. Standard Plans for Public Works Construction, as last amended, prepared by Southern California Chapter of the American Public Works Association. Page 1 1.03 SITE INSPECTION AND LOCATION OF EXISTING ON-SITE UTILITIES: A. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the entire site and all existing items to be demolished and removed or to be left intact, and determine an orderly sequence for the performance of this work. Exact locations and alignment of existing buried utility lines are not known. Locate all existing utility lines and determine the requirements for dis- connection and capping. Locate all active utilities traversing the area of work to be retained and determine the requirements for protection. B. Locate all overhead utilities and powerlines and determine height restrictions. Do not operate equipment in the vicinity of overhead utili- ties and power lines, which may create a safety hazard. 1.04 PROTECTION A. The contractor shall notify DIG ALERT at 1-800-227-2600 at least two days prior to starting work and shall coordinate all work with utility com- pany representatives. The contractor shall take precautionary meas- ures to protect any existing facility shown on the drawings, and any other which is not of record or not shown on the drawings. The Con- tractor shall determine the exact location of all existing utilities before commencing the work, and shall be fully responsible for any and all damages which might be occasioned by the Contractor's failure to ex- actly locate and preserve any and all underground utilities. B. Prior to commencing the work, the Contractor shall pothole all existing utilities at all crossing points and points of connection. The Contractor shall record exact horizontal and vertical locations of all pot-holed un- derground facilities. If potholes do not reveal the location of certain ex- isting utilities, or if potholes reveal locations of existing utilities other than expected, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing, and shall not proceed further until the Owner provides direction. C. Shoring: The California Division Occupational Safety and Health Enforces the requirement that building and construction contractors ob- tain a permit prior to commencing certain types of hazardous activity, as specified in Section 65000 of the State Labor Code and Section 341 of Title 8 of the California Code of Regulations. These activities include construction of trenches or excavations which are five feet or deeper and into which a person is required to descend, the construction or demolition of any building, structure, falsework, or scaffolding more than three stories high or the equivalent height, and the underground use of diesel engines in work in mines and tunnels. Construction per- mits are issued by district offices of the division. The San Diego office is located at: State of California Department of Industrial Relations Division of Occupational Safety and Health 7575 Metropolitan Drive, Suite 204 San Diego, CA 92108 (619)767-2060 Page 2 Should the project require excavatons 5' or greater in depth, the Contractor shall submit a shoring plan prepared in accor- dance with CAL-OSHA requirements, to the Owner for review prior to commencing the work. D. Dewatering: Provide for the disposal of surface and subsurface water, which may accumulate in open excavations, unfinished fills, or other low areas. Remove water by trenching where approved, pumping, or other methods to prevent softening of exposed surfaces. Contractor is respon- sible for obtaining and paying for any permits for dewatering through all jurisdictional agencies, including the local Regional Water Quality Control Board. Surface dewatering plan shall include the rerouting of any storm water runoff or natural drainage, if necessary, and shall comply with re- quirements of the City and the California State Water Resources Control Board. Construction water from dewatering or any other construction source shall not be allowed to discharge untreated to the public right-of- way, public or private storm drain systems, creeks/streams/lakes/ponds, other surface waters, flood control facilities, or onto adjacent properties. California Storm Water Best Management Practices and the guidance provisions set forth in the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan shall be complied with for all phases of the work. E. Protection and Restoration of Surface: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, erosion, and settlements. Repair and reestablish damaged or eroded slopes, elevations or grades and restore surface construction prior to acceptance. Provide appropriate erosion control and sediment control measures to prevent water-borne soil from leaving the site. A Storm Wa- ter Pollution Prevention Plan is not included with these plans; however, the contractor shall be responsible to use the most appropriate Best Management Practices as necessary to ensure pollution and/or illegal discharges of storm water and non-storm water do not occur from the site. The contractor shall be responsible to clean up any soil deposited in the public right-of-way, public or private storm drain systems, creeks/streams/lakes/ponds and other surface waters, flood control facili- ties, or on adjacent properties. The contractor shall be responsible to protect storm drain catch basins and to prevent sediment from entering the public or private storm drain system during construction. 1.05 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS The following work specified in other sections applies to the work of this Section, including but not limited to: A. Section 02110, "Site Clearing" B. Section 02200, "Earthwork". 1.06 SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION The Contractor shall assume sole and complete responsibility for job site condi- tions during the course of construction of the project, including safety of all persons and property. This requirement shall be made to apply continuously and PageS not be limited to normal working hours. Refer to General Provisions for additional requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FENCING 1.1.1. Temporary construction fencing shall consist of chain link fencing. Fence height shall be 6', with appropriate access gates, which shall be lockable and secured when construction is not in progress. A du- plicate key for access shall be provided to the Project Inspector for emergency access and use only. 1.1.2. Chain Link Fence: Metallic-coated steel chain link fence fabric, 0.120- inch- diameter wire size; 6' high, minimum; line posts, 1.9 inches in diameter; terminal and corner posts, 2-3/8 inches in diameter; top rail, 1-5/8 inches in diameter; bottom tension wire, 0.177 inch in diameter; with tie wires, hog ring ties, and other accessories for a complete fence system. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Perform all demolition and removals as described in this Section. B. Protect all facilities to remain. C. Comply with Federal, State, and local hauling and disposal regulations. D. Coordinate demolition and removal operations with the requirements of Section 02110, "Site Clearing", and Section 02200, "Earthwork for Structures and Pavement". E. Coordinate demolition and removal operations for on-site work with demolition and removal required for construction of improvements. Comply with all traffic control requirements required by the Owner and the City of Carlsbad for construction traffic. F. Prevent the spread of dust and debris, and avoid the creation of a nuisance or hazard in the surrounding area. G. Provide weather protection during the construction period to prevent erosion of the site or deposition of sediment onto adjacent property. H. Noise shall be kept at a reasonable level (in the opinion of Owner) as related to specific items of equipment used, and their hours of use. This does not preclude the use of mechanical equipment, i.e., jack- hammers, etc. Page 4 I. Provide temporary construction fencing, in accordance with Section 2.01 above. Exact location of temporary construction fencing shall be approved by the Owner prior to construction. 3.02 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS A. Demolish and remove existing improvements, including but not limited to the following: 1. Site improvements, including concrete paving, curb, sand in sand volley ball court, irrigation piping, and associated appur- tenances, and miscellaneous equipment of various materials and construction. 2. Cut and cap existing buried piping where indicated to be abandoned in place. Cap shall be the same size and made of the same material as the pipe being abandoned. END OF SECTION Pages SECTION 02110 SITE CLEARING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY This Section covers the requirements for site clearing, including clearing and grubbing, removal of existing sand at sand volleyball court at Stagecoach Park, and other items as specified below in preparation for earthwork operations. 1.02 REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent refer- enced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. A. Standard Specifications 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI), ANSI A10.6, 1983 Demolition Operations-Safety Requirements. 2. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Latest Edition) (Greenbook or Standard Specifications), including the Latest Regional and Latest County of San Diego Supplemental Amendments. 3. State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) Standard Specifications, 1992 Edition. B. Standard Drawings 1. San Diego Regional Standard Drawings, as last amended, shall apply to the work to the extent referenced on the draw- ings. 2. City of Carlsbad Standard Drawings. 4. State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) Standard Plans, July 1992 Edition. 5. Standard Plans for Public Works Construction, as last amended, prepared by Southern California Chapter of the American Public Works Association. 1 .03 SITE INSPECTION AND LOCATION OF EXISTING ON-SITE UTILITIES: A. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the entire site and all existing items to be demolished and removed or to be left intact, and determine an orderly sequence for the performance of this work. Exact Page 6 locations and alignment of existing buried utility lines are not known. Locate all existing utility lines and determine the requirements for dis- connection and capping. Locate all active utilities traversing the area of work to be retained and determine the requirements for protection. B. Locate all overhead utilities and powerlines and determine height restrictions. Do not operate equipment in the vicinity of overhead utili- ties and powerlines which may create a safety hazard. 1.04 PROTECTION A. The contractor shall notify DIG ALERT at 1-800-227-2600 at least two days prior to starting work and shall coordinate all work with utility com- pany representatives. The existence and locations of existing under- ground facilities shown on the drawings were obtained from a search of available records. The contractor shall take precautionary measures to protect any existing facility shown on the drawings, and any other which is not of record or not shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall determine the exact location of all existing utilities before com- mencing the work, and shall be fully responsible for any and all dam- ages which might be occasioned by the Contractor's failure to exactly locate and preserve any and all underground utilities. B. The Contractor shall pothole all existing utilities at all crossing points and points of connection. The Contractor shall record exact horizontal and vertical locations of all pot-holed underground facilities. Notify the Owner of any conflicts or differences from positions indicated on the drawings. If potholes do not reveal the location of certain existing utili- ties, or if potholes reveal locations of existing utilities other than ex- pected, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing, and shall not proceed further until the Owner provided direction. 1.05 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS The following work specified in other sections applies to the work of this Section, including but not limited to: A. Section 02010, "Demolition and Removal" B. Section 02200, "Earthwork for Structures and Pavements" C. Division 1. 1.06 SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION The Contractor shall assume sole and complete responsibility for job site condi- tions during the course of construction of the project, including safety of all persons and property. This requirement shall be made to apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. Refer to General Provisions for additional requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not applicable to this section. Page? PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The contractor shall notify DIG ALERT at 1-800-227-2600 at least two days prior to starting work and shall coordinate all work with utility com- pany representatives. The existence and locations of existing under- ground facilities shown on the drawings were obtained from a search of available records. The contractor shall take precautionary measures to protect any existing facility shown on the drawings, and any other which is not of record or not shown on the drawings. B. The Contractor shall pothole all existing utilities at all crossing points and points of connection. The Contractor shall record exact horizontal and vertical locations of all pot-holed underground facilities. Notify the Owner of any conflicts or differences from positions indicated on the drawings. If potholes do not reveal the location of certain existing utili- ties, or if potholes reveal locations of existing utilities other than ex- pected, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing, and shall not proceed further until the Owner provided direction. C. Perform all clearing and grubbing as defined in Section 300-1.1, 300- 1 .2, 300-1 .3 Items A, B and C, of the Standard Specifications, and as described in this Section. D. Coordinate clearing and grubbing with the requirements of Section 02010, "Demolition and Removal", and Section 02200, "Earthwork for Structures and Pavement". E. The Contractor shall protect existing facilities and landscape outside the limits of work and shall exercise care to avoid damage to existing facilities to remain. G. The Contractor shall take all means to avoid the spread of dust to adjacent property or the public right-of-way. The Contractor shall be responsible for street sweeping and cleaning of the public right-of-way and adjacent property. H. Provide weather protection during the construction period to prevent erosion or sedimentation onto the public right-of-way or adjacent prop- erty. I. Disconnection and protection of utilities: Preserve in operating condi- tion all active utilities traversing the site and servicing adjacent struc- tures. Protect all property including, but not necessarily limited to mains, manholes, catch basins, valve boxes, poles, guys, and other appurtenances. END OF SECTION Page8 SECTION 02115 TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.2. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.2.1. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. 1.3. SUMMARY 1.3.1. This Section includes the protection and trimming of trees that inter- fere with, or are affected by, execution of the Work, whether tempo- rary or new construction. 1.3.2. Related Sections include the following: 1.3.2.1. Division 1 Section "Summary of Work" for limits placed on Contractor's use of the site. 1.3.2.2. Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for removal limits of trees, shrubs, and other plantings affected by new con- struction. 1.3.2.3. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for building and utility trench excavation, backfilling, compacting and grading require- ments, and soil materials. 1.3.2.4. Division 2 Section "Landscaping" for tree and shrub plant- ing and transplanting, tree support systems, and soil mate- rials. 1.4. SUBMITTALS 1.4.1. Certification: From a qualified arborist that trees indicated to remain have been protected during construction according to recognized standards and that trees were promptly and properly treated and re- paired when damaged. 1.4.2. Imported Topsoil: Submit agricultural suitability soil test from an accredited soils testing laboratory. 1.5. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.5.1. Arborist Qualifications: An arborist certified by the International Society of Arboriculture or licensed in the jurisdiction where Project is located. Page 9 1.5.2. Tree Pruning Standards: Comply with ANSIA300, "Trees, Shrubs, and Other Woody Plant Maintenance-Standard Practices," unless more stringent requirements are indicated. 2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1. MATERIALS 2.1.1. Drainage Fill: Selected crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel, washed, ASTM D 448, Size 24, with 90 to 100 percent passing a 2-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 10 percent passing a 3/4-inch sieve. 2.1.2. Topsoil: Fertile, friable, surface soil, containing natural loam and complying with ASTM D 5268. Provide topsoil that is free of stones larger than 1 inch in any dimension and free of other extraneous or toxic matter harmful to plant growth. Obtain topsoil only from well- drained sites where soil occurs in depth of 4 inches or more; do not obtain from bogs or marshes. 2.1.3. Filter Fabric: Manufacturer's standard, nonwoven, pervious, geotex- tile fabric of polypropylene, nylon, or polyester fibers. 2.1.4. Chain Link Fence: Metallic-coated steel chain link fence fabric, 0.120- inch- diameter wire size; 6' high, minimum; line posts, 1.9 inches in diameter; terminal and corner posts, 2-3/8 inches in diameter; top rail, 1-5/8 inches in diameter; bottom tension wire, 0.177 inch in diameter; with tie wires, hog ring ties, and other accessories for a complete fence system. 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1. PREPARATION 3.1.1. Protect tree root systems from damage due to noxious materials caused by runoff or spillage while mixing, placing, or storing construc- tion materials. Protect root systems from flooding, eroding, or exces- sive wetting caused by dewatering operations. 3.1.2. Do not store construction materials, debris, or excavated material within the drip line of remaining trees. Do not permit vehicles or foot traffic within the drip line; prevent soil compaction over root systems. 3.1.3. Do not allow fires under or adjacent to remaining trees or other plants. 3.2. EXCAVATION 3.2.1. Install shoring or other protective support systems to minimize sloping or benching of excavations. 3.2.2. Do not excavate within drip line of trees, unless otherwise indicated. Page 10 3.2.3. Where excavation for new construction is required within drip line of trees, hand clear and excavate to minimize damage to root systems. Use narrow-tine spading forks and comb soil to expose roots. 3.2.3.1. Relocate roots in backfill areas where possible. If encoun- tering large, main lateral roots, expose roots beyond exca- vation limits as required to bend and relocate them without breaking. If encountered immediately adjacent to location of new construction and relocation is not practical, cut roots approximately 3 inches back from new construction. 3.2.3.2. Do not allow exposed roots to dry out before placing per- manent backfill. Provide temporary earth cover or pack with peat moss and wrap with burlap. Water and maintain in a moist condition. Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently relocated and covered with soil. 3.2.4. Where utility trenches are required within drip line of trees, tunnel under or around roots by drilling, auger boring, pipe jacking, or digging by hand. 3.2.4.1. Root Pruning: Do not cut main lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with installation of utilities. Cut roots with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop. 3.3. REGRADING 3.3.1. Grade Lowering: Where new finish grade is indicated below existing grade around trees, slope grade away from trees as recommended by qualified arborist, unless otherwise indicated. 3.3.1.1. Root Pruning: Prune tree roots exposed during grade low- ering. Do not cut main lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots. Cut roots with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop. 3.3.2. Minor Fill: Where existing grade is 6 inches or less below elevation of finish grade, fill with topsoil. Place topsoil in a single uncompacted layer and hand grade to required finish elevations. 3.3.3. Moderate Fill: Where existing grade is more than 6 inches, but less than 12 inches, below elevation of finish grade, place drainage fill, fil- ter fabric, and topsoil on existing grade as follows: 3.3.3.1. Carefully place drainage fill against tree trunk approxi- mately 2 inches above elevation of finish grade and extend not less than 18 inches from tree trunk on all sides. For balance of area within drip-line perimeter, place drainage fill up to 6 inches below elevation of grade. 3.3.3.2. Place filter fabric with edges overlapping 6 inches mini- mum. Page 11 3.3.3.3. Place fill layer of topsoil to finish grade. Do not compact drainage fill or topsoil. Hand grade to required finish eleva- tions. 3.4. TREE PRUNING When repairing trees damaged during construction operations follow Pruning Standards in accordance with ANSI A300. 3.4.1. Cut branches with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop. 3.4.2. Dispose of removed tree limbs off site. 3.5. TREE REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT 3.5.1. Promptly repair trees damaged by construction operations within 24 hours. Treat damaged trunks, limbs, and roots according to written instructions of the qualified arborist. 3.5.2. Remove and replace dead and damaged trees that the qualified arborist determines to be incapable of restoring to a normal growth pattern. 3.5.2.1. Provide new trees of 4-inch caliper size and of a species selected by Owner. When trees more than 4 inches in cali- per size, measured 12 inches above grade, are required to be replaced. 3.5.3. Aerate surface soil, compacted during construction, 10 feet beyond drip line and no closer than 36 inches to tree trunk. Drill 2-inch- di- ameter holes a minimum of 12 inches deep at 24 inches o.c. Backfill holes with an equal mix of amended soil and approved compost hu- mus material. 3.6. DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS 3.6.1. Burning is not permitted. END OF SECTION Page 12 SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The work of this Section includes all earthwork required for construction of the WORK. Such earthwork shall include, but not be limited to, the loosening, removing, loading, transporting, depositing, and compacting in its final location of all materials wet and dry, as required for the purposes of completing the work specified in the Contract Documents. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 02110, "Site Clearing" B. Section 02200, "Earthwork". 1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. Comply with the applicable reference specifications as specified in the GENERAL PROVISIONS. B. Comply with the current provisions of the following Codes and Standards: 1. Commercial Standards: ASTM C 136 Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. ASTM D 422 Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils. ASTM D 1556 Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method. ASTM D 1557 Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mix- tures Using 10-lb (4.54-kg) Rammer and 18-in (457-mm) Drop. ASTM D 1633 Test Method for Compressive Strength of Molded Soil-Cement Cylinders. ASTM D 2166 Test Method for Unconfined Compressive Strength of Soils. ASTM D 2419 Test Method for Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate. ASTM D 2435 Test Method for One-Dimensional Consolidation Properties of Soils. Page 13 ASTM D 2487 Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes. ASTM D 2901 Test Method for Cement Content of Freshly-Mixed Soil-Cement. ASTM D 2922 Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). ASTM D 301 7 Test Methods for Moisture Content of Soil & Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shal- low Depth). UBC No. 29-2 Test Method for Expansion Index of Soils. 2. Standard Specifications: SSPWC Sections 203-1, 203-2, 203-3 - Bituminous Materials SSPWC Section 21 1 - Soil and Aggregate Tests SSPWC Section 300 - Earthwork SSPWC Section 306-1 - Open Trench Operations 3. Uniform Building Code: 4. California Labor Code. 1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Submittals, including samples of materials, shall be in accordance with the GENERAL PROVISIONS. 1 .5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: All soils testing will be done by a testing laboratory of the ENGINEER'S choice at the AGENCY'S expense except as specified in Paragraph 1 .5C below. B. Where soil material is required to be compacted to a percentage of maximum dry density, the maximum dry density at optimum moisture content will be deter- mined in accordance with the latest version of ASTM D 1557. In-place field density tests will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1 556, (sand cone) and/or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017 (nuclear gauge). The number and location of field density tests will be determined by the ENGINEER. At least one sand-cone test (ASTM D 1556) will be taken for every [four] nuclear tests (ASTM D 2922 and 301 7). C. In case the tests of the fill or backfill show non-compliance with the required density, the CONTRACTOR shall accomplish such remedy as may be required to ensure compliance. Subsequent testing to show compliance shall be by a Page 14 testing laboratory selected by the ENGINEER and shall be at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. All imported fill material not specified in the contract shall be tested at the CONTRACTOR'S expense and approved by the ENGINEER. D. Where imported fill material is required to possess certain gradation, strength, and settlement properties, the grain size distribution of soils will be determined using ASTM D 422, the gradation of concrete aggregate and base materials will be determined using ASTM C 136, the sand equivalent of soils will be deter- mined using ASTM D 2419, the consolidation of soils will be determined using ASTM D 2435, the unconfined compressive strength of soils will be determined using ASTM D 2166, and the expansion index of soils will be determined using UBC No. 29-2. 2.1 SUITABLE FILL AND BACKFILL MATERIAL REQUIREMENT A. General: Fill, and backfill materials shall be suitable selected or processed clean, fine earth, rock, or sand, and free from grass, roots, brush, or other vegetation; contamination; or deleterious material. The following types of suitable materials are designated and defined as follows: 1. Crushed Aggregate Base (CAB) shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section 200-2.2. 2. Crushed Miscellaneous Base (CMB) shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section 200-2.4. Drainrock shall be crushed rock or gravel, durable and free from slaking or decomposition under the action of alternate wetting or drying. The material shall be uniformly graded and shall meet the following gradation requirements: Sieve Size 1-inch 3/4-inch 3/8-inch No. 4 No. 8 No. 30 No. 50 No. 200 Percentage Passing 100 90-100 40-100 25-40 18-33 5-15 0-7 0-3 Structure Backfill material shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section 300-3.5.1 Pervious Backfill material shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section 300-3.5.2 and the requirements in the recommendations stated in the recom- mendations of the Geotechnical Report. Type A Bedding material shall conform to the requirements for 3/4-inch Crushed Rock, 1/2-inch Crushed Rock, No. 3 Concrete Aggregate, No. 4 Concrete Page 15 Aggregate, or Portland Cement Concrete Sand in SSPWC Section 200-1 for pipes larger than 24 inches in diameter. Type A Bedding material shall conform to the requirements for Type B Bedding material or the requirements for Portland Cement Concrete Sand in SSPWC Section 200-1 for pipes 24 inches or smaller in diameter. Type B Bedding material shall conform to the requirements for 1/2-inch Crushed Rock or No. 4 Concrete Aggregate in SSPWC Section 200-1 . Concrete Pipe Bedding material shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section 201-1. Sand-Cement Slurry material shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section 201-1 for Trench Backfill Slurry. Soil Cement material shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section 301- 3.1. Topsoil material shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section 212-1.1. USE OF FILL, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIAL TYPES A. The CONTRACTOR shall use the types of materials as designated herein for all required fill, backfill, and embankment construction hereunder. B. Where these Specifications conflict with the requirements of any local agency having jurisdiction, or with the requirements of a material manufacturer, the ENGINEER shall be immediately notified. In case of conflict therewith, the CONTRACTOR shall use the most stringent requirement, as determined by the ENGINEER. 1 . Aggregate base materials under pavements shall be Crushed Aggregate Base (CAB) material constructed to the thickness shown or specified. 2. Backfill around or behind structures shall consist of Structure Backfill as defined herein unless indicated otherwise in the Contract Documents. 3. Fill materials beneath structures shall be as follows: a. Fill beneath hydraulic structures or other water retaining structures with underdrain systems shall be drainrock material, as defined herein, constructed to the limits and thicknesses shown or speci- fied. b. Fill beneath structures without underdrain systems shall be Primary Structural Fill as defined herein. c. Fill beneath structures where groundwater must be removed to allow placement of concrete shall be Primary Structural Fill as de- fined herein. 4. Backfill used to replace pipeline trench over-excavation shall consist of Type B Bedding material as defined herein. Page 16 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. Notification of ENGINEER; The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER at least 2 working days in advance of completion of any structure excavation and shall allow the ENGINEER a review period of at least one day before the ex- posed foundation is scarified and compacted or is covered with backfill or with any construction materials. 3.2 PIPELINE AND UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION A. General: Unless otherwise shown or ordered, excavation for pipelines and utilities shall be open-cut trenches conforming to SSPWC Section 306-1.1. Trench widths shall be kept as narrow as is practical for the method of pipe zone densification selected by the CONTRACTOR, but shall have a minimum width at the bottom of the trench equal to the outside diameter of the pipe plus 18 inches. The maximum width at the top of the pipe shall be in accordance with Table A of Standard Plan S-251. If the maximum trench width is exceeded, the Contractor shall provide substitute installation in accordance with Table B of Standard Plan S-251. B. Trench Bottom: Except when pipe bedding is required, the bottom of the trench shall be excavated uniformly to the grade of the bottom of the pipe. The trench bottom shall be given a final trim, using a string line for establishing grade, such that each pipe section when first laid will be continually in contact with the ground along the extreme bottom of the pipe. Rounding out the trench to form a cradle for the pipe will not be allowed. C. Open Trench: the maximum amount of open trench permitted in any one location shall be 500 feet, or the length necessary to accommodate the amount of pipe installed in a single day, whichever is greater. All trenches shall be fully backfilled at the end of each day or, in lieu thereof, shall be covered by heavy steel plates adequately braced and capable of supporting vehicular traffic in those locations where it is impractical to backfill at the end of each day. The above requirements for backfilling or use of steel plate will be waived in cases where the trench is located further than 100 feet from any traveled roadway or occupied structure. In such cases, however, barricades and warning lights meeting OS HA requirements shall be provided and maintained. D. Trench Over-Excavation: Where the Drawings indicate that trenches shall be over-excavated, they shall be excavated to the depth shown, and then backfilled to the grade of the bottom of the pipe. E. Over-Excavation: When ordered by the ENGINEER, whether indicated on the Drawings or not, trenches shall be over-excavated beyond the depth shown. Such over-excavation shall be to the depth ordered. The trench shall then be backfilled to the grade of the bottom of the pipe. All work specified in this Section shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR when the over-excavation ordered by the ENGINEER is less than 6 inches below the limits shown. When the over- excavation ordered by the ENGINEER is over 6 inches below the limits shown, Page 17 additional payment will be made to the CONTRACTOR for that portion of the work which is located below said 6 inch distance. Said additional payment will be made under separate unit price bid items for over-excavation and bedding if such bid items have been established; otherwise payment will be made in accordance with a negotiated price. F. Where pipelines are to be installed in embankment or structure fills, the fill shall be constructed to a level at least one foot above the top of the pipe before the trench is excavated. F. Obtain ENGINEER'S approval before beginning excavation. Complete clearing and grubbing prior to the start of trenching. Do not permit excavated materials to cover brush or trees prior to disposal. 3.3 OVER-EXCAVATION NOT ORDERED, SPECIFIED, OR SHOWN A. Any over-excavation carried below the grade ordered, specified, or shown, shall be backfilled to the required grade with the specified material and compaction. Such work shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR at its own expense. 3.4 EXCAVATION IN VICINITY OF TREES A. Except where trees are shown to be removed, trees shall be protected from injury during construction operations. No tree roots over 2 inches in diameter shall be cut without express permission of the ENGINEER. Trees shall be supported during excavation by any means previously reviewed by the ENGINEER. 3.9 PROTECTION OF SUBGRADE A. After preparing the subgrade as specified, all traffic on the subgrade shall be avoided. Should it be necessary to haul over the prepared subgrade, the CONTRACTOR shall drag and roll the traveled way as frequently as may be necessary to remove ruts, cuts, and breaks in the surface. All cuts, ruts, and breaks in the surface of the subgrade that are not removed by the above opera- tions shall be raked and hand tamped. All equipment used for transporting materials over the prepared subgrade shall be equipped with pneumatic tires. B. Continued use of sections of prepared subgrade for hauling, so as to cut up or deform it from the true cross-section, will not be permitted. The CONTRACTOR shall protect the prepared subgrade from all traffic. C. The CONTRACTOR will be required to plank the subgrade before hauling materials or equipment over it. D. The subgrade shall be maintained in the finished condition until the first succeeding course or steel or concrete is placed. E. The ENGINEER has the right to test the reworked subgrade and approve or disapprove the subgrade depending on its condition. Page 18 3.10 BACKFILL - GENERAL A. Backfill shall not be dropped directly upon any structure or pipe. Backfill shall not be placed around or upon any structure until the concrete has attained specified strength to withstand the loads imposed. Backfill around water retaining struc- tures shall not be placed until the structures have been tested, and the structures shall be full of water while backfill is being placed. B. Except for drainrock materials being placed in over-excavated areas or trenches, backfill shall be placed after all water is removed from the excavation. 3.11 PLACING AND SPREADING OF BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Backfill materials shall be placed and spread evenly in layers. When compaction is achieved using mechanical equipment, the layers shall be evenly spread in loose lifts not exceeding 8 inches in thickness so that when compacted each layer shall not exceed 6 inches in thickness. B. During spreading, each layer shall be thoroughly mixed as necessary to promote uniformity of material in each layer. Pipe zone backfill materials shall be manually spread around the pipe so that when compacted, the pipe zone backfill will provide uniform bearing and side support. C. Where the backfill material moisture content is below the optimum moisture content, water shall be added before or during spreading until the proper mois- ture content is achieved. D. Where the backfill material moisture content is too high to permit the specified degree of compaction, the material shall be dried until the moisture content is satisfactory, at or slightly above optimum moisture content. 3.12 COMPACTION OF FILL, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS A. Each layer or fill shall be mechanically compacted using proper compaction equipment (not rubber tire or wheel rolling) to the specified percentage of maxi- mum dry density. Equipment that is consistently capable of achieving the re- quired degree of compaction shall be used and each layer shall be compacted over its entire area while the material is at the required moisture content. B. Fill on reservoir and structure roofs shall be deposited at least 30 days after the concrete roof slab has been placed. Equipment weighing more than 10,000 pounds when loaded shall not be used on a roof. A roller weighing not more than 8,000 pounds shall be used to compact fill on a roof. C. Flooding, ponding, or jetting shall not be used to densify and fill materials. D. Equipment weighing more than 10,000 pounds shall not be used closer to walls than a horizontal distance equal to the depth of the fill at that time, but not less than 5 feet. Hand operated power compaction equipment shall be used where use of heavier equipment is impractical or restricted due to weight limitations. E. Compaction Requirements: The following compaction test requirements shall be in accordance with ASTM D 1557. Where agency or utility company require- ments govern, the highest compaction standards shall apply. Page 19 Location or Use of Fill Pipe zone backfill portion above bedding for flexible pipe. Pipe zone backfill bedding and over-excavated zones under bedding/pipe for flexible pipe. Pipe zone backfill portion above bedding for rigid pipe. Pipe zone backfill bedding and over-excavated zones under bedding/pipe for rigid pipe. Final backfill, beneath paved areas or structures. Final backfill, not beneath paved areas or structures. Trench zone backfill. Embankments, beneath paved areas or structures. Topsoil Aggregate base Percentage of Maximum Density 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 85 95 F. Trench Backfill Requirements: The pipe has been structurally designed based upon the trench configuration specified herein. G. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain the indicated trench cross section up to a horizontal plane lying 6 inches above the top of the pipe. H. If, at any location under said horizontal plane, the CONTRACTOR slopes the trench walls or exceeds the maximum trench widths indicated in the Contract Documents, the pipe zone backfill shall be "improved" or the pipe class increased as specified herein, at no additional cost to the AGENCY. "Improved" backfill shall mean sand-cement backfill containing at least 188 pounds of cement per cubic yard or equal materials acceptable to the ENGINEER. I. If the allowable vertical deflection specified for flexible pipe is exceeded, the CONTRACTOR shall expose and re-round or replace the pipe, repair all dam- aged lining and coating, and reinstall the pipe zone material and trench backfill as specified at no additional expense to the AGENCY. 3.13 PIPE AND UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL A. Pipe Zone Backfill: The pipe zone is defined as that portion of the vertical trench cross-section lying between a plane 6 inches below the bottom surface of the pipe, i.e., the trench subgrade, and a plane at a point 6 inches above the top surface of the pipe. The bedding for flexible pipe is defined as that portion of pipe zone backfill material between the trench subgrade and the bottom of the pipe. The bedding for rigid pipe is defined as that portion of the pipe zone backfill material between the trench subgrade and a level line which varies from the bottom of the pipe to the spring line as shown. B. Bedding shall be provided for all sewers, drainage pipelines, and other gravity flow pipelines. Unless otherwise specified or shown, for other pipelines the bedding may be omitted if all the following conditions exist. 1. The pipe bears on firm, undisturbed native soil which contains only particles that will pass a one-inch sieve. 2. The trench excavation is not through rock or stones. o Page 20 3. The trench subgrade soils are classified as suitable fill and backfill materials, 4. The trench subgrade soils have, as a maximum, a moisture content that allows compaction. C. Where bedding is required, after compacting the bedding the CONTRACTOR shall perform a final trim using a string line for establishing grade, such that each pipe section when first laid will be continually in contact with the bedding along the extreme bottom of the pipe. D. The pipe zone shall be backfilled with the specified backfill material. The CONTRACTOR shall exercise care to prevent damage to the pipeline coating, cathodic bonds, or the pipe itself during the installation and backfill operations. E. Trench Zone Backfill: After the pipe zone backfill has been placed as specified above, and after all excess water has completely drained from the trench, backfilling of the trench zone may proceed. The trench zone is defined as that portion of the vertical trench cross-section lying between a plane 6 inches above the top surface of the pipe and a plane at a point 18 inches below the finished surface grade, or if the trench is under pavement, 18 inches below the roadway subgrade. If concrete or sand-cement slurry backfill are used, the pipe shall be filled with water to prevent flotation. Page 21 SECTION 02233 GRADED CRUSHED AGGREGATE BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY The work includes placement of aggregate base course for pavements, concrete curb and gutter, and as indicated on the drawings. 1.02 REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent refer- enced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. A. Standard Specifications 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI), ANSI A10.6, 1983 Demolition Operations-Safety Requirements. 2. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Latest Edition) (Greenbook or Standard Specifications), including the Latest Regional and Latest County of San Diego Supplemental Amendments. 3. State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) Standard Specifications, 1992 Edition. 4. State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) "Manual of Traffic Control for Construction and Maintenance Works Zones" (1991 Edition). B. Standard Drawings 1. San Diego Regional Standard Drawings, as last amended, shall apply to the work to the extent referenced on the draw- ings. 2. City of Carlsbad Standard Drawings. 4. State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) Standard Plans, July 1992 Edition. 5. Standard Plans for Public Works Construction, as last amended, prepared by Southern California Chapter of the American Public Works Association. C. Geotechnical Report: A Geotechnical Report has been prepared for this project and is available for the Contractor's review. The Geotech- nical Report is entitled, "Preliminary Geotechnical Evaluation Report Pine School Community Park", dated June 12, 2002. The Geotechnical Page 22 Report is believed accurate, however, neither the information contained therein, nor conditions indicated to exist at the test hole locations or other site locations is guaranteed to prevail throughout the job site. D. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) ASTM C136 Sieve Analysis of Fine and Course Aggregates ASTM D1556 Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method ASTM D1557 Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-lb (4.54 kg) Rammer and 18-inch (457 mm) Drop ASTM D2172 Quantitative Extraction of Bitumen from Bitumi- nous Paving Mixtures 1.03 SITE INSPECTION AND LOCATION OF EXISTING ON-SITE UTILITIES: A. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the entire site and all existing items to be demolished and removed or to be left intact, and determine an orderly sequence for the performance of this work. Exact locations and alignment of existing buried utility lines are not known. Locate all existing utility lines and determine the requirements for dis- connection and capping. Locate all active utilities traversing the area of work to be retained and determine the requirements for protection. B. Locate all overhead utilities and powerlines and determine height restrictions. Do not operate equipment in the vicinity of overhead utili- ties and powerlines, which may create a safety hazard. 1.04 SUBMITTALS Certificates of Compliance for Class 2 Aggregate Base Course. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE Materials and workmanship specified herein with the referenced CalTrans Standard Specifications shall be in accordance with the referenced articles, sections and paragraphs of the standard except that contractual and payment provisions do not apply. 1.06 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS The following work specified in other sections applies to the work of this Section, including but not limited to: A. Section 02010, "Demolition and Removal". B. Section 02110, "Site Clearing". C. Section 02200, "Earthwork for Structures and Pavements". D. Section 02514, "Portland Cement Concrete Paving". Page 23 1.07 PROTECTION A. The contractor shall notify DIG ALERT at 1-800-227-2600 at least two days prior to starting work and shall coordinate all work with utility com- pany representatives. The existence and locations of existing under- ground facilities shown on the drawings were obtained from a search of available records. The contractor shall take precautionary measures to protect any existing facility shown on the drawings, and any other which is not of record or not shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall determine the exact location of all existing utilities before com- mencing the work, and shall be fully responsible for any and all dam- ages which might be occasioned by the Contractor's failure to exactly locate and preserve any and all underground utilities. B. Prior to commencing the work, the Contractor shall pothole all existing utilities at all crossing points and points of connection. The Contractor shall record exact horizontal and vertical locations of all pot-holed un- derground facilities. Notify the Owner of any conflicts or differences from positions indicated on the drawings. If potholes do not reveal the location of certain existing utilities, or if potholes reveal locations of ex- isting utilities other than expected, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing, and shall not proceed further until the Owner provides direc- tion. C. Shoring: The California Division Occupational Safety and Health Enforces the requirement that building and construction contractors ob- tain a permit prior to commencing certain types of hazardous activity, as specified in Section 65000 of the State Labor Code and Section 341 of Title 8 of the California Code of Regulations. These activities include construction of trenches or excavations which are five feet or deeper and into which a person is required to descend, the construction or demolition of any building, structure, falsework, or scaffolding more than three stories high or the equivalent height, and the underground use of diesel engines in work in mines and tunnels. Construction per- mits are issued by district offices of the division. The San Diego office is located at: State of California Department of Industrial Relations Division of Occupational Safety and Health 7575 Metropolitan Drive, Suite 204 San Diego, CA92108 (619)767-2060 1. This project may include trenching in excess of 5 feet in depth which will require a permit from the California Division of Oc- cupational Safety and Health (CAL-OSHA). The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining the appropriate permit, and shall comply with the requirements of the permit, and with CAL-OSHA law. Page 24 The Contractor shall submit a shoring plan prepared in accor- dance with CAL-OSHA requirements, to the Owner for review prior to commencing the work. D. Dewatering: Provide for the disposal of surface and subsurface water, which may accumulate in open excavations, unfinished fills, or other low areas. Remove water by trenching where approved, pumping, or other methods to prevent softening of exposed surfaces. Contractor is respon- sible for obtaining and paying for any permits for dewatering through all jurisdictional agencies, including the local Regional Water Quality Control Board. Surface dewatering plan shall include the rerouting of any storm water runoff or natural drainage, if necessary, and shall comply with re- quirements of the City and the California State Water Resources Control Board. Construction water from dewatering or any other construction source shall not be allowed to discharge untreated to the public right-of- way, public or private storm drain systems, creeks/streams/lakes/ponds, other surface waters, flood control facilities, or onto adjacent properties. California Storm Water Best Management Practices and the guidance provisions set forth in the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan shall be complied with for all phases of the work. E. Protection and Restoration of Surface: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, erosion, and settlements. Repair and reestablish damaged or eroded slopes, elevations or grades and restore surface construction prior to acceptance. Provide appropriate erosion control and sediment control measures to prevent water-borne soil from leaving the site. The Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan will provide erosion and sedimentation control guidance to the contractor; however, the contractor shall be re- sponsible to use the most appropriate Best Management Practices as necessary to ensure pollution and/or illegal discharges of storm water and non-storm water do not occur from the site. The contractor shall be re- sponsible to clean up any soil deposited in the public right-of-way, public or private storm drain systems, creeks/streams/lakes/ponds and other surface waters, flood control facilities, or on adjacent properties. The contractor shall be responsible to protect storm drain catch basins and to prevent sediment from entering the public or private storm drain system during construction. 1.08 SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION The Contractor shall assume sole and complete responsibility for job site condi- tions during the course of construction of the project, including safety of all persons and property. This requirement shall be made to apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. Refer to General Provisions for additional requirements. Page 25 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Aggregates Base Course 1. Aggregate Base Course Materials shall comply with Section 26 of SS-2, Class 2, for 3/4" maximum size gradation of the CalTrans Standard Specifications. 2. Herbicide: Herbicide shall be barrier 50W-PBI Gordon, Du- Pont "Oust", or approved alternate. As with all chemicals, the contractors shall be responsible for following appropriate ma- terials handling and good housekeeping measures when stor- ing and applying the materials. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION Subgrade: Requirements for subgrade are specified in Section 02200, "Earth- work for Structures and Pavements". Prior to construction of base course, clean previously constructed subgrade of foreign substances. Apply herbicide to subgrade in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Aggregate Base Course (Class 2) Installation: Place aggregate base in accordance with requirements of Section 26 of the CalTrans Standard Specifications. Grade and compact in layers to at least 95 percent of maximum density (ASTM D-1557). Maintain base course in proper condition until asphaltic concrete is in place, including drainage, rolling, shaping, and watering. Maintain sufficient moisture at the surface to prevent a dusty condition by light sprinkling with water. Recondition, reshape, and recompact areas of completed base course damaged in accordance with the specified requirements. B. Aggregate Base Course thickness shall be as indicated on the draw- ings. Pavement structural sections shall be confirmed by R-Value test results performed on theSub grade soil at the completion of grading by the Geotechnical Engineer. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Soil testing during construction shall be performed by a Geotechnical Testing Laboratory engaged and paid for by the Owner. All material testing shall be performed by the Geotechnical Engineer. The following tests shall be performed: Page 26 A. Base Course Finish Surface: Surface tolerance shall conform to Section 26 of the CalTrans Standard Specifications. When base course is constructed in more than one layer, specified smoothness require- ments apply only to top surface. B. Gradation: Perform base course gradation test in accordance with ASTM C136. Make one test for each 3,000 tons of material. C. Base Course Density: Perform in place density tests in accordance with ASTM D1557. Make one maximum density test for each grada- tion. Make one set of two tests each for in place density for each 2,000 square yards of surface area, or as determined by the Geotechnical Engineer. In place density of aggregate base course shall be at least 95 percent of the laboratory maximum density. END OF SECTION Page 27 SECTION 02315 FILLING AND BACKFILLING 1. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1. SECTION INCLUDES 1.1.1. Shelter structure fill and backfilling to required elevations. 1.1.2. Fill at paving surfaces, landscaped areas, and shelter paving sur- faces. 1.1.3. Consolidation and compaction. 1.1.4. Site Contouring. 1.2. RELATED SECTIONS 1.2.1. Section 02235 - Site Clearing, Demolition, and Renovation. 1.2.2. Section 02200 - Grading and Excavation. 1.3. REFERENCES 1.3.1. ASTM C136 - Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Course Aggre- gates. 1.3.2. ASTM D 1196-64(77) - Standard Method for Static Plate Load Test. 1.3.3. ASTM D1556-90 - Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand - Cone Method. 1.3.4. ASTM D1557-91 - Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Charac- teristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3). 1.3.5. ASTM D2922-91 - Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 1.3.6. ASTM D3017-96 - Moisture Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 1.3.7. Green Book - Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, latest edition, as adopted by jurisdictional authority, including amend- ments. 1.4. PUBLIC AGENCY STANDARDS 1.4.1. Perform all earthwork and related structures and devices indicated as public agency standards in accordance with the standard plans and specifications of that agency. Page 28 1.4.2. Secure and pay for all necessary permits for work performed under conditions which exist in 1.4.2 above. The Owner will pay for associ- ated inspection fees. 1.4.3. Upon completion of the work, provide the Owner with written certifica- tion of acceptance of work by the governing agency having jurisdic- tion. 1.5. SUBMITTALS 1.5.1. Material Certification: Prior to delivery of import soil materials to site, provide written certification in acceptable form to Project Engineer that all soil materials comply with, or exceeds, specified requirements. 1.6. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1.6.1. Contractor Qualifications 1.6.1.1. Installing Company: Company specializing in grading work, with minimum 5 years documented experience in projects of similar scale and scope. 1.6.1.2. Installing Foreman: Individual specializing in grading work, with minimum 5 years documented experience in projects of similar scale and scope. 2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1. FILL MATERIAL 2.1.1. On-Site Fill Materials: 2.1.1.1. On site, granular, low-expansive soil or soil-rock fill mate- rial free of vegetation, organic material, debris and other deleterious material, and complying with the following crite- ria. 2.1.1.2. Grading: 2.1.1.2.1. Soil Fill: 2.1.1.2.1.1 Provide fill soil containing no rocks or hard lumps larger than 12 inches in maximum dimension and as specified. 2.1.1.2.1.2 Provide soil fill with minimum 60 percent by weight material smaller than 3/4 inch. 2.1.1.2.1.3 Provide soil fill with no more than 30 percent passing the #200 sieve. 2.1.1.2.1.4 At all fills placed under structures, limit maximum dimension of rock to 3 inch in any dimension within 12 inches of finished grade. Page 29 2.1.1.2.1.5 At all fills placed under structures, limit maximum dimension of rock to 6 inch in any dimension within a zone of 12 inches to 3 feet below finished grade. 2.1.1.2.1.6 At all fills placed under structures, limit maximum dimension of rock to 12 inches in any dimension greater than 3 feet below finished grade. 2.1.1.2.1.7 At all fills placed under structures, rock exceeding 12 inches in maximum dimension in any dimension is not permitted. 2.1.1.2.1.8 Limit maximum dimension of rock to 1 inch in any dimension at all fills located in landscaped areas within 12 inches of finished grade. 2.1.2. Import Soils 2.1.2.1. Comply with criteria specified in 2.1.1 above, and the fol- lowing additional requirements. 2.1.2.2. Expansion Index: Classified as "Low", with a maximum value of 50 per UBC Table 18-1-B. 2.1.2.3. Sulphate Content: Limit to maximum 1,000 PPM and as approved by Geotechnical Engineer. 2.1.2.4. Electrical Resistivity: Minimum value in excess of 2,000 ohm cm when saturated with distilled water, in accordance with California Test Method 643 or soil resistivity box pro- cedure per ASTM G 57. 2.1.2.5. Agricultural Suitability: Obtain approval of Architect of all fill materials used in landscaped areas prior to placing, includ- ing providing soil test/analysis results. 2.1 .2.6. Use of clay or adobe soil is not acceptable. 2.1.3. Concrete: Lean concrete, with a compressive strength of 1000 psi. 2.2. DESIGN CRITERIA 2.2.1. General 2.2.1.1. All improvements shall be constructed per the referenced standards, the contract documents, and as specified in this section. 2.2.1.2. Where criteria shown on drawings or specified in this specification exceed that of the referenced standards, the more stringent criteria shall apply. 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1. SURFACE CONDITIONS 3.1.1. Inspection Page 30 3.1.1.1. Prior to work of this section, carefully inspect previously in- stalled work. Verify all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 3.1.1.2. Verify that work of this section may be installed in strict ac- cordance with the original design, all pertinent codes and regulations, and all pertinent portions of the referenced standards. 3.1.1.2.1. Verify fill materials to be reused are accept- able. 3.1.1.3. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Archi- tect. 3.1.1.4. Oo not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy un- til all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.1.2. Preparation 3.1.2.1. Provide all staking and field engineering required to im- plement the work as shown on the drawings. 3.1.2.2. Protect all stakes and benchmarks. Replace all stakes and benchmarks damaged during the course of construction at no cost to Owner. 3.2. PREPARATION 3.2.1. Verify existing subgrade complies with requirements specified in Section 02311 for subsequent fill placement. 3.2.2. When the existing soils in excavated areas do not provide sufficient bearing capacity or are otherwise unacceptable, remove such soils as necessary to expose soils with adequate capacity and characteristics, as recommended by the Geotechnical Engineer. 3.3. FILL PLACEMENT 3.3.1. Place fill with specified materials at locations as scheduled below. 3.3.1.1. Provide all cribbing, shoring, and sheathing required to perform work. Comply with all applicable regulations for design, installation, maintenance and removal of such construction products, including obtaining any required permits. 3.3.2. Use equipment and procedures outlined in Green Book Section 300- 4. 3.3.2.1. Place and compact materials in continuous layers not ex- ceeding 6 inches compacted depth using methods which do not disturb or damage foundations, perimeter drainage and waterproofing systems, or utilities in trenches. Page 31 3.3.2.2. Rock encountered may be broken into material complying with fill characteristics, at Contractors option. Otherwise remove all rock exceeding specified fill dimensions from site. 3.3.2.3. Compact all fill material as scheduled in this Section per ASTMD 1557-91. 3.3.3. Select Soil Fills: Provide low expansive soil fill as specified 3.3.3.1. Provide select soil fills within upper 2 feet of soils beneath exterior portland cement concrete flatwork. 3.3.4. Where occurs, place fill concurrently on both sides of foundation elements in maximum 6 inch compacted layers. Compact to a mini- mum of 90 percent of maximum density per ASTM D 1557-91 with mechanical tampers per Article 3.3.4 above. 3.3.5. Compaction by flooding or jetting is prohibited, unless prior approval for specific application is provided by Geotechnical Engineer. 3.3.6. Maintain moisture content of fill materials to at least optimum moisture content and as required to attain required compaction density. 3.3.7. Slope grade as shown on drawings. 3.3.8. Make grade changes gradual, blending slope into level areas. After completion of grading operation, proof roll earthwork areas. Repair low or spongy spots developed during rolling operation. 3.3.9. Extend compacted fill to design surfaces of slopes and compact surface. 3.3.10. Remove all excess soils and dispose off site in a legal manner. 3.3.11. Provide all fill material required to achieve grades, slopes and con- tours as shown on drawings at no additional expense to Owner. 3.3.12. Provide dust control per requirements of Section 02310. Conform to Storm Water Pollution Protection Plan procedures and methods as shown on current SWPPP. Update plan as required. See Section 01500. 3.4. TOLERANCES 3.4.1. Final elevations shall comply with grades as shown on drawings. 3.4.2. Not more than one point within any 50 x 50 foot area shall exceed required elevations, measured to a tolerance of plus or minus 0.1 feet. 3.4.3. Tolerance does not permit violation of grade relationships and slopes required by code or jurisdictional authority. Adjust grades as required to comply with such requirements. Page 32 3.5. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.5.1. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of conducted by the Owners Geotechnical Engineer, unless otherwise specified. 3.5.2. Perform earthwork under the continuous observation of the Owner's Geotechnical Engineer. Earthwork fill operations shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 18 and 33, Uniform Building Code. 3.5.3. Tests and analysis of fill material will be performed in accordance with ASTMD1557. 3.5.3.1. The Geotechnical Engineer will submit reports to the Build- ing Department, and Engineer, comparing results of testing with the requirements of this section and documenting lo- cation and scope of tested materials. 3.5.4. If compaction tests indicate Work does not meet specified require- ments, remove Work replace and retest at no cost to Owner. 3.6. PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK 3.6.1. Protect finished Work from foot traffic of park users. 3.7. SCHEDULE 3.7.1. All structural fills, building structures, and footings. 3.7.1.1. Place approved fill material, placed to depth as necessary to achieve required subgrade elevations. 3.7.1.2. Compact to a minimum of 90 percent relative compaction. 3.7.2. Site Contouring, landscaping areas and playground/athletic areas: 3.7.2.1. Place fill materials as required to achieve site grades and profiles as shown on drawings and as required for drain- age. 3.7.3. Paving Areas. 3.7.3.1. Place approved fill material, placed to depth as necessary to achieve required subgrade elevations. 3.7.3.2. Compact to minimum 90 percent relative compaction be- low a depth of 12 inches from finished pavement subgrade and 95 percent to within 12 inches from finished pavement subgrade. END OF SECTION Page 33 SECTION 02631 LANDSCAPE DRAINAGE SYSTEM 4. PART 1 - GENERAL 4.1. GENERAL CONDITIONS 4.1.1. The General Conditions, and Special Conditions are a part of this section and the Contract for this work and apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein. 4.1.2. The term 'Owner1 shall mean City of Carlsbad. 4.2. SUMMARY 4.2.1. This work includes all services, labor, materials, transportation and equipment necessary to perform the landscape drainage work as shown and noted on the drawings and/or specified herein. 4.3. SUBMITTALS 4.3.1. Contractor shall submit a complete list of all drainage materials to be used a minimum of three (3) weeks prior to delivery. 5. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 5.1. MATERIALS 5.1.1. Solid Drain Pipe - Smoothwall: Pipe shall be manufactured from high density polyethylene resin conforming to ASTM 0-3350. 5.1.2. Drain Pipe Fittings: Fittings shall be styrene conforming to ASTM D- 2852, compatible with pipe used. 5.1.3. Preformed Drain Pipe: Pipe shall be high density polyethylene resin conforming to ASTM D-3350 or a highly chemical resistant, rigid, un- plasticized PVC resin conforming to ASTM D 175-85 and D-2241. Pipe shall be shop perforated and shall have a filter mat cover of non- woven needle punctured, polyethylene equivalent. 5.1.4. Pipe Bedding: Bedding material shall be compacted, coarse clean sand, 3/16-inch maximum gradation for solid pipe. Perforated pipe bedding shall be graded to size pea gravel (1/4" -1/2"). 5.1.5. Atrium Drain (In Landscape Planter): Atrium drain shall be in a 6 inch round plastic atrium grate with low profile adapter color black. Atrium grate and adapter shall be equivalent to National Diversified Sales (800) 233-2509. 5.1.6. Tree Drain Inlet: Tree drain inlet shall be 3" diameter plastic atrium grate; color black. Inlets shall be equivalent to National Diversified Sales (800) 233-2509. Page 34 5.1.7. Waterproofing: Elastodeck B.T. Waterproofing by 'White Cap1, #113- BT5. 6. PART 3 - EXECUTION 6.1. INSTALLATION 6.1.1. Bedding: Solid and perforated pipe shall be laid on 4" minimum bedding material with finished bottoms, without blocks. Cover solid pipe with bedding material to 4" over top of pipe. Cover perforated pipe with 4" minimum pea gravel over top of pipe. 6.1.2. Pipe: Install pipe to line and grade indicated on the drawings, in accordance with manufacturer's published directions. 6.1.3. Trenching: Comply with irrigation specifications. 6.1.4. Drain Inlets and Grates: Install parallel to walks and walls, and in accordance with the manufacturer's published directions. Invert Ele- vations shall be accurate within 1/10 of a foot. Rim elevations shall be at finish grade. 6.1.5. Backfill: Comply with irrigation specifications. 6.1.6. A liquid applied, single-component, moisture-cured polyurethane system. (Apply when cold in accordance with manufacturer's pub- lished directions.) 6.2. TESTING 6.2.1. Test all lines to insure positive drainage flow and to determine any leakage in lines. 6.2.2. Clean out and re-test all lines, which have restricted flow of any kind. 6.2.3. Repair all damaged, restricted flow, and leaking lines and connec- tions. 6.3. RECORD DRAWINGS 6.3.1. Record all work on Record Drawings prior to backfilling lines and improvements, showing piping locations and invert elevations. 6.4. PROTECTION 6.4.1. Protect all inlets from entrance of foreign material and debris. 6.4.2. Protect all inlets and grates from traffic and damage. END OF SECTION Page 35 SECTION 02751 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 1. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1. SECTION INCLUDES 1.1.1. Concrete paving and walkways. 1.2. RELATED SECTIONS 1.2.1. Section 02235 - Site Clearing, Demolition and Renovation. 1.2.2. Section 02200 - Earthwork 1.2.3. Section 03310 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 1.3. REFERENCES 1.3.1. Organization and Trade Standards 1.3.1.1. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, lat- est edition, as adopted by local jurisdictional authority, in- cluding amendments. 1.3.1.2. Local jurisdictional and agency engineering and public works regulations and standards. 1.3.1.3. Regional Standard Drawings, current edition, with all local agency amendments. 1.4. SUBMITTALS 1.4.1. Mix Design/Materials List: 1.4.1.1. Submit concrete mix design prepared by a certified batch plant or laboratory, selected by Contractor and acceptable to Owner, for review and approval. 1.4.1.2. Accompanying mix design, submit materials certificates signed by material producer and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies with, or exceeds, specified re- quirements. 1.4.2. Mock-up 1.4.2.1. Prior to installing any concrete paving, construct, at an ap- proved location on-site, an individual mock-up showing each concrete paving finish specified and shown on draw- ings. Mock-up shall include sealant joint preparation. Each finish shall be 4' x 4' minimum. Obtain Owner's ap- proval of mock-up. Page 36 1.4.2.2. All concrete paving shall match approved mock-up. 1.5. PUBLIC AGENCY STANDARDS 1.5.1. Perform all paving and related structures and devices indicated as public agency standards in accordance with the standard plans and specifications of that agency. 1.5.2. Secure and pay for all necessary permits for work performed under conditions which exist in 1.5.1 above. The'Owner will pay for associ- ated inspection fees. 1.5.3. Upon completion of the work, provide the Owner with written certifica- tion of acceptance of work by the governing agency having jurisdic- tion. 2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1. DESIGN CRITERIA 2.1.1. General 2.1.1.1. All improvements shall be constructed per the referenced standards, the contract documents, and as specified in this section. 2.1.1.2. Where criteria shown on drawings or specified in this specification exceed that of the referenced standards, the more stringent criteria shall apply. 2.2. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2.2.1. General 2.2.1.1. All concrete shall be transit mixed, complying with ATSM C94. 2.2.1.2. All concrete shall be supplied from a single source, using a single cement supplier. 2.2.1.3. All cement shall be Portland cement, Type II, low alkali per ASTM C150, and produced within the United States. 2.2.2. Product Characteristics: Paving/flatwork/ramps/stairs: 2.2.2.1. Compressive Strength: 3250 psi. Strength selected for du- rability. Concrete is non-structural, and does not require special inspection. 2.2.2.2. Combined Aggregate Grading: 2.2.2.2.1. Class C per Standard Specification Section 201-1.3.2. Page 37 2.2.2.2.2. Aggregate shall be non-reactive per ASTM C 289, and shall comply with ASTM C33, Table 3, Class 4M. 2.2.2.3. Cement Content: 560 pounds per cubic yard concrete 2.2.2.4. Slump: 4 inch maximum 2.2.2.5. Finish: 2.2.2.5.1. Paving Type CP-1: Broom finish per para- graph 3.2.3.5 of this Section. 2.2.2.5.2. Paving Type CP-2: Broom finish per para- graph 3.2.3.5 of this Section. 2.2.2.6. Water-Cement Ratio: 0.55 maximum. 2.2.2.7. Integral Color Admixture: Davis or equal. 2.2.2.7.1. Paving Color A: Natural cement gray. 2.2.2.7.2. Paving Color B: Davis admixture, San Diego Buff color. 2.2.3. Product Characteristics: Curbing, gutters, related drainage compo- nents. 2.2.3.1. Compressive Strength: 2500 psi 2.2.3.2. Combined Aggregate Grading. 2.2.3.2.1. Class C per Standard Specification Section 201-1.3.2. 2.2.3.3. Cement Content: 520 pounds per cubic yard concrete 2.2.3.4. Slump: 4 inch maximum 2.2.3.5. Finish: Per Section 303-5.5.2 of "Standard Specifications," and with flatwork finishes as defined in this Section and per Drawings. 2.2.4. Product Characteristics: Picnic Pad and sidewalks. 2.2.4.1. Compressive Strength: 3,250 psi. 2.2.4.2. Combined Aggregate Grading: Class C per Standard Specification Section 201-1.3. 2.2.4.3. Cement Content: 560 pounds per cubic yard concrete. 2.2.4.4. Slump: 4-inch maximum. Page 38 2.2.4.5. Color and Finish: 2.2.4.5.1. Sidewalks shall be per San Diego Regional Standards with broom finish. 2.3. PAVING BASE 2.3.1. Where shown on drawings, provide crushed aggregate base per Section 200-2.2.1 of the "Standard Specification". 2.4. REINFORCING STEEL 2.4.1. Deformed bar: Comply with Section 03200 and per Drawings. 2.4.2. Where deformed bar reinforcing not shown, provide welded wire fabric, flat sheet stock, 12x12-W2.8x2.8 or approved equivalent, per ASTM A-185, at all concrete paving conditions. 2.4.3. Provide polyethelene closed end sleeve or approved alternate at expansion joint dowels. 2.5. EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL 2.5.1. Expansion Joint Material: W. R. Meadows or equal, Sealtight Fiber filler, full depth of slab, matching profile, 1/2 inch thickness or as shown on drawings. 2.5.2. Expansion Joint Material - Radius Conditions: W. R. Meadows or equal, Sealtight Ceramar flexible foam resilient filler, full depth of slab, 3/8 inch thickness or as shown on drawings. 2.5.3. Joint Cap: W. R. Meadows or equal, SealTight Snap Cap, size required for expansion material. 2.6. WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS AND SCORELINES 2.6.1. Saw- cut, Sof-Cut, or tooled joint technique, with maximum tooled radius edge of 1/8". 2.6.2. No "zip-strip joint" products and technique permitted. 2.7. CURING AND SEALING COMPOUNDS 2.7.1. Curing Compound 2.7.1.1. Provide Burke Aqua Resin, with fugitive dye, and comply- ing with ASTM C309, Type 1-D at all natural color concrete paving applications. 2.7.2. Cure and Sealing Compound 2.7.2.1. Provide Burke Spartan-Cote WB, complying with ASTM C309, Type 1-A and B, at natural color exterior concrete paving designated as CS-1. Page 39 2.8. . SEALANTS 2.8.1. Provide sealants complying with Section 07900, at locations specified or as shown on drawings. 2.9. OTHER MATERIALS 2.9.1. Provide all other materials, not specifically described but required for complete and proper installation of this work, as selected by the con- tractor and subject to the approval of the Owner. 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1. SURFACE CONDITIONS 3.1.1. Inspection 3.1.1.1. Prior to all work of this section, carefully inspect the in- stalled work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 3.1.1.2. Verify that concrete pavement may be installed in strict ac- cordance with the original design, all pertinent codes and regulations, and all pertinent portions of the referenced standards. 3.1.1.3. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner. 3.1.1.4. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy un- til all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.2. CONCRETE PAVING INSTALLATION 3.2.1. Preparation 3.2.1.1. Verify sub-grade, base material, conduit, and all other em- bedded items are properly located in relation to concrete paving. Secure all embedded items against displacement during pour. 3.2.1.2. Verify all grades for pitch and fall prior to pouring pave- ments. 3.2.1.3. Notify inspector 48 hours prior to placing concrete. Obtain inspectors approval of subgrade, forming and embedded items prior to placing. 3.2.2. Forming 3.2.2.1. Install forms in accordance with specified tolerances. Page 40 3.2.2.2. Stake rigidly in place at maximum intervals of 4 feet on center. Secure so as to prevent displacement during pour- ing and finishing process. 3.2.2.3. Install stretched wires or other device to provide form dis- placement indication. 3.2.2.4. Thoroughly clean forms, removing debris, coatings and foreign matter. Coat forms with approved bond breaker, suitable for use on integral colored concrete without stain- ing or discoloration. Place sand bed over existing paving receiving new concrete paving. 3.2.3. Placement 3.2.3.1. Prepare subgrade as specified. 3.2.3.1.1. Scarify subgrade to a depth of 12 inches. 3.2.3.1.2. Water, mix and aerate as necessary to moisture condition within range of 1 percent below to 3 percent above optimum moisture content. 3.2.3.1.3. Compact upper 12 inches to a minimum relative compaction of 95 percent based on ASTMD 1557-91. 3.2.3.1.4. Dampen sub-grade 24 hours prior to placing concrete. 3.2.3.1.5. Dampen forms as required to tighten joints and cracks in forming material. 3.2.3.2. Install concrete paving per Section 303-5 of the "Standard Specifications", as specified, and as shown on drawings. 3.2.3.2.1. Install natural color concrete for both picnic pads and concrete sidewalks. 3.2.3.3. Provide reinforcing in accordance with Section 03200 and 03310. 3.2.3.3.1. Install deformed bar reinforcing on approved concrete or plastic supports. Install in ac- cordance with Section 03200. 3.2.3.3.2. Extend reinforcing bar at expansion joints on each side of joint. Sleeve one side. 3.2.3.3.3. Where deformed bar reinforcing not shown, provide wire mesh reinforcing on approved concrete or plastic supports. Use of "Hook and Pull" method of reinforcing placement Page 41 not acceptable. Lap all mesh minimum 12" at edges. 3.2.3.4. Broom Finish - CP-1 and CP-2: 3.2.3.4.1. Float and steel trowel surface to required slopes and planes. 3.2.3.4.2. Apply broom texture, transverse to direction of pedestrian travel, and using a stiff wire or nylon bristle broom. 3.2.3.4.3. Obtain approval of finish texture by Owner for various applications. 3.3. JOINT TREATMENT 3.3.1. Provide expansion joints at locations shown on drawings, and as follows: 3.3.1.1. Tool all edges adjacent to expansion material with maxi- mum 1/8 inch radius tool. 3.3.1.2. Provide construction joints only at expansion joints. 3.3.2. Provide control (weakened plane) joints at locations shown on draw- _^^ ings, and as follows: 3.3.2.1. At pavement pads for picnic shelters , as shown on plans and as necessary to limit area to a maximum of 100 square feet. 3.3.2.2. At pavement areas at all re-entrant corners and at changes in direction. 3.3.2.3. Provide control (weakened plane) joints by saw cutting method, hand held jointing tools, or by use of SOF-CUT equipment. Use of zip-strip not acceptable. 3.3.2.4. Provide maximum 1/8 inch edge radius at all joints. Where saw-cut joint technique selected, grind cut edge to create 1/8 inch beveled edge. 3.3.2.5. Extend control joints a minimum of 1-1/4 inch below sur- face, or 1/4 the thickness of the curb or pavement, which- ever is greatest. Provide hand-cutters, tooled joints or other approved tools for conditions where equipment can- not continue cutting to outside edge. 3.3.2.6. Schedule cutting control joints as necessary to avoid ravel- ing edge, but as necessary to avoid shrinkage cracking of pavement. '**% Page 42 3.4. CONCRETE CURING AND SEALING 3.4.1. General 3.4.1.1. Cure natural colored concrete with specified compound. Do not permit overspray onto color hardened concrete. 3.4.1.2. Provide wind barriers and other screening as necessary to avoid rapid drying. 3.4.2. Alternate Method 3.4.2.1. All natural colored slabs may be water cured by means of fine mist spray. Maintain in damp condition for a period of seven (7) days after pouring. 3.5. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.5.1. Flood Test 3.5.1.1. Provide flood test of paving as directed by Owner. 3.5.1.2. Where ponding occurs, or where drainage rate is less than that established by original design, replace all defective concrete. Remove concrete to the nearest joint line. 3.5.2. Tolerances 3.5.2.1. Level: 3/16 inch plus or minus, at any point, measured along a 10 foot straight edge. 3.5.2.2. Adjacent surfaces: 1/8 inch maximum difference at any point between adjacent concrete pours or between paving and adjacent paving materials. 3.5.2.3. Joint Alignment: 1/16 inch deviation from adjacent joint. 3.5.2.4. Line: 1/4 inch, plus or minus, deviation from a straight line in any 10 foot length, non-cumulative. 3.5.2.5. Final elevations shall comply with grades as shown on drawings, to a tolerance of plus or minus 0.25 inch. 3.5.2.6. Tolerances do not permit violation of dimensions or grade and slopes relationships required by code or jurisdictionaf authority. Adjust work as required to comply with such re- quirements. 3.5.3. Appearance: Remove and replace concrete not matching approved mock-up, concrete not complying with specified tolerances, and con- crete with the following defects. Page 43 3.5.3.1.1. Inconsistent texture. 3.5.3.1.2. Irregular or misaligned direction of texture. 3.5.3.1.3. Concrete with spalled or raveled control or expansion joints. 3.5.3.1.4. Concrete exhibiting splotching or discolora- tion in surface including discoloration due to "carbonation". 3.5.3.1.5. Concrete exhibiting cracking, including shrinkage cracking, where cracks are lo- cated between joint pattern. 3.5.3.2. Use of patching mortar for repair of edge defects is subject to acceptance of final color and texture by Architect. Use of patching mortar not acceptable for repair of defective exposed aggregate finished concrete. END OF SECTION Page 44 SECTION 02810 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 1. PART1 -GENERAL 1.1. DESCRIPTION 1.1.1. Provide all labor, materials, labor, services, transportation, and equipment required to complete the Irrigation Work indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, and be ready for operation satisfactory to the City. 1.1.2. All work called for on the drawings by notes or details shall be furnished and installed whether or not specifically mentioned in the specifications. When an item is shown on the plans but not shown on the specifications or vice versa, it shall be deemed to be as shown on both. The Owner shall have final authority for clarification. 1.1.3. Manufacturer's directions and detailed drawings shall be followed in all cases where the manufacturer of articles used in this contract furnish directions covering points not shown in the drawings and specifications. 1.2. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.2.1. Irrigation Coverage: The Contractor is responsible for full and complete coverage of all irrigated areas; make all adjustments needed to achieve this at no additional cost to the City. The pattern of the system layout, spacing, discharge pressure, and the radius of the throw of the sprinkler heads shall be as designed and shall provide full coverage of landscaped areas. 1.2.2. Applicable Standards: 1.2.2.1. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials. 1.2.2.2. ANSI - American National Standards Institute. 1.2.2.3. PVC - Polyvinyl Chloride. 1.2.2.4. NSF - National Science Foundation. 1.2.3. All local, municipal, and state laws, rules and regulations governing or relating to any portion of this work are hereby incorporated into and made a part of these specifications, and their provisions shall be carried out by the Contractor. Anything contained in these specifications shall not be construed to conflict with any of the above rules and regulations of the same. However, when these specifications and drawings call for or describe materials, workmanship, or construction of a better quality, higher standard, or larger size than is required by the above rules and regulations, the Page 45 provisions of these specifications and drawings shall take precedence. 1 .2.4. All materials supplied for this project shall be new and free from any defects. All defective materials shall be replaced immediately at no additional cost to City. 1.2.5. The Contractor shall secure the required licenses and permits including payments of charges and fees, give required notices to public authorities, verify permits secured or arrangements made by others affecting the work of this section. 1.2.6. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the manufacturer's recommended methods of installation, who can demontrate and explain how the equipment works, and who shall direct all work performed under this section. 1 .2.7. Site Reviews: 1.2.7.1. Job Start Meeting: Before starting Irrigation Work, schedule a conference regarding requirements of the Work. Provide at least seven days notice to all parties for this conference. 1.2.7.2. Construction Reviews: Provide advance notification as noted for the following reviews: 1.2.7.2.1. Pressure supply line installation and testing - 72 hours. 1.2.7.2.2. System layout and materials review - 48 hours. 1.2.7.2.3. Coverage Tests: Prior to landscape planting - 48 hours. 1.2.7.2.4. Final review - 72 hours. 1 .3. SUBMITTALS: Refer to Section 01 330 for procedures. 1 .3.1 . List of Materials: Submit for approval 3 copies of a complete typed list of materials with manufacturer name, the item model number, descriptive literature, and the pages in the submittal that contain the catalog cuts marked for each item. Submittals shall include, but are not limited to, the following: 1 .3.1 .1 . Wire and connectors. 1.3.1.2. Valve box. 1.3.1.3. Remote control valves. 1 .3.1 .4. Pipe and fittings. Page 46 1.3.1.5. Sprinkler heads. 1.3.1.6. Quick coupling valves. 1.3.1.7. Backflow preventer. 1.3.1.8. Strainer. 1.3.1.9. Master valve. 1.3.1.10. Pipe solvent. 1.3.1.11. Controller. 1.3.1.12. Drip irrigation equipment. 1.3.1.13. Booster pump. 1.3.1.14. Gate valves. 1.3.1.15. Check valves. 1.3.1.16. Equipment enclosures. 1.3.2. Controller Chart: N/A 1.3.3. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: N/A in lieu of Operatin and Maintennce Manuals Contractor shall prepare and submit as Built Plans indicating irrigation lines added to the existing irrigation system. Provide five copies of the expanded irrigation areas, 10 days prior to completion of Work, with sufficient detail to permit maintenance personnel to understand, operate, and maintain the equipment. Each copy shall include the following information: 1.3.3.1. Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number, duration of guarantee period, list of equipment including names and addresses of local manufacturer representatives. 1.3.3.2. Operating and maintenance instructions for all equipment. 1.3.3.3. Spare parts lists and related manufacturer information for all equipment. 1.3.4. Submittal Log: Prior to final review of the Work, submit a log with dates and approval or acceptance signatures for the following: 1.3.4.1. Job start meeting. 1.3.4.2. Plumbing permits. 1.3.4.3. List of materials. 1.3.4.4. Construction reviews. Page 47 1.3.4.5. Receipt of materials at site. ^j 1.3.4.6. Record drawings. 1.3.4.7. Operation and maintenance manuals. 1.3.4.8. Training of Owner's personnel. 1.3.4.9. Manufacturers' warranties. 1.3.4.10. Written guarantee. 1.3.5. Substitutions: 1.3.5.1. The City's authorized representative will allow no substitutions without prior written acceptance. 1.3.5.2. If the Irrigation Contractor wishes to substitute any equipment or materials for those equipment or materials listed on the irrigation drawings and specifications, he may do so by providing the following information to the City's authorized representative for approval after bid award. 1.3.5.3. Provide a written statement indicating the reason for making the substitution. -""•% 1.3.5.4. Provide catalog cut sheets, technical 'data, and ^,- performance information for each substitute item. 1.3.5.5. Provide in writing the difference in installed price if the item is accepted. 1.3.6. Record Drawings: Submit dimensioned drawings showing location and depth of points of connection, pressure lines, control wires, gate valves, backflow prevention unit, master valve, isolation valves, automatic remote control valves (indicate station number and size), , quick coupling valves, remote control valves, sprinkler heads, stub up locations for planters, and related equipment as may be directed. 1.4. JOB CONDITIONS 1.4.1. Examination of Drawings and Site: 1.4.1.1. Drawings: Drawings are diagrammatic. Avoid conflicts between the irrigation systems, planting, architectural features, and utilities. Install plumbing in planting areas wherever possible. Do not exceed irrigation head spacing as shown on the Drawings. Verify exact location with Owner's Representative. The approximate point of connection shall be as indicated on the Drawings. Provide minor changes due to actual site conditions. ^%! 1.4.1.2. Fittings: Drawings do not indicate all offsets, fittings, >*<*^' sleeves, etc., which may be required by structural and Page 48 finished conditions. Furnish fittings required to meet these conditions. 1.4.1.3. Field Conditions: The Contractor shall not willfully install the irrigation system as shown on the drawings when it is obvious in the field that obstructions, grade differences or discrepancies in area dimensions exist that might not have been considered in engineering. Such obstructions or differences should be brought to the attention of the Landscape Architect as soon as detected. In the event this notification is not performed, the Irrigation Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any revision necessary. The Contractor shall verify and be familiar with the locations, size and detail of points of connection provided as the source of water, electrical supply, and telephone line connection to the irrigation system. Provide written notification of field conditions such as obstructions, grade differences, or discrepancies in dimensions or in available water pressure at the point of connection (water pressure should be a minimum of 150% more than design pressure). Irrigation design is based on the available static water pressure shown on the drawings. Contractor shall verify static water on the project prior to the start of construction. Should a discrepancy exist, notify the City's authorized representative prior to beginning construction. Start of Irrigation Work shall indicate acceptance of all field conditions encountered and acceptance of the responsibility for revisions necessary because of field conditions. 1.4.1.4. Grading: Verify that the grading has been completed before starting the Irrigation Work. 1.4.1.5. Utilities and Soils: Exercise extreme care in excavating and working near existing utilities. Prior to cutting into the soil, the Contractor shall locate all cables, conduits, sewer septic tanks, and other utilities as are commonly encountered underground and he shall take proper precautions not to damage or disturb such improvements. If a conflict exists between such obstacles and the proposed work, the Contractor shall promptly notify the City who will arrange for relocations. Repair any damage to utilities caused by Irrigation Work. Check existing utility drawings for locations and verify in the field. The Irrigation Contractor shall coordinate with the General Contractor for installation of required sleeving as shown on the plans. The Contractor will proceed in the same manner if a rock layer or any other such conditions are encountered. 1.5. GUARANTEE 1.5.1. In addition to manufacturers' specific warranties, warrant the entire irrigation system for a period of one year from date of generally substantial completion. The entire sprinkler system, including all work Page 49 done under this contract, shall be unconditionally guaranteed against all defects and fault of material and workmanship, including settling of backfilled areas below grade, for a period of one (1) year following the filing of the Notice of Completion. 1.5.2. Should any problem with the irrigation system be discovered within the guarantee period, that problem shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional expense to City within ten (10) calendar days of receipt of written notice from City. When the nature of the repairs as determined by the City constitute an emergency (i.e. broken pressure line) the City may proceed to make repairs at the Contractor's expense. All damages to existing improvement resulting either from faulty materials or workmanship, or from the necessary repairs to correct same, shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the City by the Contractor, all at no additional cost to the City. 1.5.3. At Contractor's expense, promptly repair all damage to paving, planting and other components that are due to settlement of improperly compacted trench soil. 1.5.4. Guarantee shall be submitted on Contractor's own letterhead as follows: GUARANTEE FOR SPRINKLER IRRIGATION SYSTEM We hereby guarantee that the sprinkler irrigation system we have furnished and installed is free from defects in materials and workmanship, and the work has been completed in accordance with the drawings and specifications, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse, or neglect excepted. We agree to repair or replace any defective material during the period of one year from date of filing of the Notice of Completion and also to repair or replace any damage resulting from the repairing or replacing of such defects at no additional cost to the City. We shall make such repairs or replacements within 10 calendar days following written notification by the City. In the event of our failure to make such repairs or replacements within the time specified after receipt of written notice from City, we authorize the City to proceed to have said repairs or replacements made at our expense and we will pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand. PROJECT NAME: PROJECT LOCATION: CONTRACTOR NAME: ADDRESS: TELEPHONE: SIGNED: DATE: Page 50 1.6. INSPECTIONS 1.6.1. The Contractor shall permit the City's authorized representative to visit and inspect at all times any part of the work and shall provide safe access for such visits. 1.6.2. Where the specifications require work to be tested by the Contractor, it shall not be covered over until accepted by the City's authorized representative, and/or governing agencies. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for notifying the, City, and governing agencies, a minimum of 48 hours in advance, where and when the work is ready for testing. Should any work be covered without testing or acceptance, it shall be, if so ordered, uncovered at the Contractor's expense. 1.6.3. Inspections will be required for the following at a minimum: 1.6.3.1. System layout 1.6.3.2. Pressure test of irrigation mainline (Four hours at 125 PSI or 120% of static water pressure, which ever is greater.) Mainline pressure loss during test shall not exceed 2 PSI. 1.6.3.3. Coverage test of irrigation system. Test shall be performed prior to any planting. 1.6.3.4. Final inspection prior to start of maintenance period 1.6.3.5. Final acceptance 1.6.4. Site observations and testing will not commence without the field record drawings as prepared by the Irrigation Contractor. Record drawings must complete and up to date for each site visit. 1.6.5. Work that fails testing and is not accepted will be retested. Hourly rates and expenses of the City's authorized representative, and governing agencies for reinspection or retesting will be paid by the Irrigation Contractor at no additional expense to City. 1.7. STORAGE AND HANDLING 1.7.1. Use all means necessary to protect irrigation system materials before, during, and after installation and to protect the installation work and materials of all other trades. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the acceptance of the City and at no additional cost to the City. 1.7.2. Exercise care in handling, loading, unloading, and storing plastic pipe and fittings under cover until ready to install. Transport plastic pipe only on a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow the pipe to lay flat to avoid undue bending and concentrated external load. Page 51 1.8. EQUIPMENT 1.8.1. Supply as a part of this contract the following items: 1.8.1.1. Two (2) wrenches for disassembly and adjustment of each type of sprinkler head used in the irrigation system. 1.8.1.2. Three 30-inch sprinkler keys for manual operation of control valves. 1.8.1.3. Two quick coupler keys with a 1" bronze hose bib, bent nose type with hand wheel and two coupler lid keys. 1.8.1.4. One valve box cover key or wrench. 1.8.1.5. Six extra sprinkler heads of each size and type. 1.8.2. The above equipment shall be turned over to City's authorized representative at the final inspection. 1.9. COMPLETION 1.9.1. At the time of the pre-maintenance period inspection, City's authorized representative, and governing agencies will inspect the work, and if not accepted, will prepare a list of items to be completed by the Contractor. At the time of the post-maintenance period or final inspection the work will be re-inspected and final acceptance will be in writing by the City's authorized representative, and governing agencies. 1.9.2. The City's authorized representative shall have final authority on all portions of the work. 1.9.3. After the system has been completed, the Contractor shall instruct City's authorized representative in the operation and maintenance of the irrigation system and shall furnish a complete set of operating and maintenance instructions. 1.9.4. Any settling of trenches which may occur during the one-year period following acceptance shall be repaired to the City's satisfaction by the Contractor without any additional expense to the City. Repairs shall include the complete restoration of all damage to planting, paving or other improvements of any kind as a result of the work. 2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1. SUMMARY 2.1.1. Use only new materials of the manufacturer, size and type shown on the drawings and specifications. Materials or equipment installed or furnished that do not meet the City's, or governing agencies standards will be rejected and shall be removed from the site at no expense to the City. Page 52 2.2. METAL PIPE AND FITTINGS 2.2.1. Pipe: ANSI, Schedule 40 galvanized mild steel screwed pipe. 2.2.2. Fittings: ANSI, Schedule 40 screwed beaded malleable iron or flanged cast iron, 125 pound class. 2.2.3. Unions 2" and Smaller: Ground joint pattern. 2.2.4. Brass Pipe and Fittings: Brass pipe of 85% red brass, ANSI Schedule 40 screwed pipe; fittings of medium brass, screwed 125 pound class. 2.3. COPPER PIPE 2.3.1. Pressure supply line between the water meter and the backflow prevention device shall be type K copper. Copper pipe and fittings shall be Type "K" sweat soldered. Piping to containers and terrace planters shall be copper pipe, type "K". 2.3.2. Copper pipe in building walls for terrace planters shall be installed in accordance with the codes listed in Section 01060, Regulation Requirements. 2.4. PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS 2.4.1. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe: Pressure supply lines 11/2 inches in diameter and smaller downstream of the backflow prevention unit shall be Schedule 40 solvent weld PVC. The PVC pipe shall conform to ASTM D1785 solvent weld type, virgin PVC compound, 2000 psi hydrostatic design stress rate, Schedule 40, marked with manufacturer's name, size, class rating, material designation, date extruded, and NFS seal of approval. J-M, Vinyltech, H & W, Pacific Western, Extrusion Technologies, or equal. To be used exclusively for exterior applications; no PVC pipe shall be used in fire rated structures. 2.4.2. Pressure supply lines 2 inches in diameter and up to 3 inches in diameter downstream of backflow prevention unit shall be Class 315 solvent weld PVC. Piping shall conform to ASTM D2241. 2.4.3. Non-pressure lines 3/4 inch in diameter and larger downstream of the remote control valve shall be Class 200 solvent weld PVC conforming to ASTM D2672. 2.4.4. Reclaimed water PVC pipe to be color-coded purple in color marked on two sides with reclaimed water warning statements "Caution- Reclaimed Water". Reclaimed water piping must be accepted by the local reclaimed water governing agencies. 2.4.5. Pipe shall be marked continuously with manufacturer's name, nominal pipe size, schedule or class, PVC type and grade, National Sanitation Foundation approval, Commercial Standards designation, and date of extrusion. Page 53 2.4.6. All plastic pipe shall be extruded of an improved PVC virgin pipe compound in accordance with ASTM D2241 or ASTM D1785. ^«*^ 2.4.7. All solvent weld PVC fittings shall be standard weight Schedule 40 and shall be injection molded of an improved virgin PVC fitting compound. Slip PVC fittings shall be the "deep socket" bracketed type. Threaded plastic fittings shall be injection molded. All tees and ells shall be side gated. All fittings shall conform to ASTM D2466. 2.4.8. Threaded Nipples and Risers: Schedule 80 PVC, with molded threads and shall conform to ASTM D1785. 2.4.9. Risers: Schedule 80, threaded, with #5 deformed rebars. 2.5. SOLVENT CEMENTS, PRIMERS AND THREAD LUBRICANT 2.5.1. All solvent cementing of plastic pipe and fittings shall be a two-step process, using primer and solvent cement applied per the manufacturer's recommendations. Cement shall be of a fluid consistency, not gel-like or ropy. Solvent cements and primers shall comply with ASTM D2564. Socket joints shall be made per recommended procedures for joining PVC plastic pipe and fittings with PVC solvent cement by the pipe and fitting manufacturer and procedures outlined per ASTM D2564 and ASTM D2855. T. Christy Enterprises, IPS Weld-On, or equal. 2.5.2. When connection is plastic to metal, female adapters shall be hand ... tightened, plus one turn with a strap wrench. Joint compound shall be non-lead base Teflon paste, tape, or equal. 2.6. BELL AND GASKET FITTINGS 2.6.1. Fittings for bell and gasket pressure supply lines shall be ductile iron deep bell type. Fittings shall be manufactured of ductile iron, Grade 65-45-12 in accordance with ASTM A-536. Fitting gaskets shall be in accordance with ASTM F-477. All ductile iron fittings shall be manufactured with exterior lugs. Ductile iron fittings shall be as manufactured by Leemco, Inc., Corona, California. 2.6.2. All tee fittings used to connect remote control valve assemblies and quick coupler assemblies to the mainline shall be ductile iron deep bell type. The outlet side of the tee or ell to the valve assembly shall be sized per the diameter of the largest valve in the assembly or a minimum of 2 inches. Ductile iron deep bell type reducers when used with bolt on links are allowable in lieu of reducing tee or ells. The PVC pipe to the valve assembly shall be secured to the ductile iron fitting using a joint restraint. 2.6.3. All ductile iron fittings and all bell and gasket joints within fifty (50) feet of a directional change in the mainline shall be equipped with mechanical joint restraints. The joint restraint shall be capable of securing the PVC pipe directly to the lugs on the ductile iron fittings .^% without the use of bolts, links and adapters. The joint restraint shall -W be capable of securing PVC pipe to PVC pipe and PVC pipe to ring Page 54 joint isolation valves without the use of threaded linkages. Joint restraints shall be as manufactured by Leemco, Inc., Corona, California. 2.7. SPLICE CONNECTORS 2.7.1. Remote control wires: all control wires shall be solid copper, 600.volt, type UF, polyethylene insulation of 45 ML, conforming to the following wire colors and installation requirements: 2.7.1.1. Common Wires: White (#12 AWG). 2.7.1.2. Control Wires: Different color per each station (different color than any other wire) (#12 AWG). 2.7.1.3. Spare Wires: Two (2) red #12 AWG wires from furthest valve or manifold to controller, minimum (see also plans). 2.7.2. All wire runs under paving or through hardscape structures shall be made in PVC SCH 40 electrical conduit, a minimum of 2 times the diameter of the wire bundle, and shall sweep up into pull boxes (where greater than 200 ft distance under paving occurs). Pull box spacing shall not exceed 200 ft intervals. 2.8. VALVES 2.8.1. Quick Coupling Valves: Two-piece type brass body, designed for maximum working pressure of 150 psi operable with quick coupler. Valves shall have 1" female threads opening at base. Valves to be operated only with a coupler key, designed for that purpose. Coupler key is inserted into valve and a positive, watertight connection shall be made between the coupler key and valve. Provide 1" swivel ell quill assembly as approved. See plans for manufacturer size and model. 2.8.2. Automatic Remote Control Valves: Electrically controlled, 200 psi rated globe style valve, normally closed, glass-filled nylon body and bonnet with 24 VAC 50/60 cycle solenoid power requirement at 0.41 amp each. See plans for manufacturer, size, and model. 2.8.3. Master Valve: Cast iron and bronze solenoid control valve with water- tight coil assembly. Flow stem for flow rate and closing speed adjustment. Normally open type. See plans for manufacturer and model. 2.8.4. Ball Valves: Ball Valves shall be True Union 2000 Standard Ball valves ( Gray). See Cut sheet at end of this specification section for ordering requirements and accessorie and repair kits. Provide 1 repari kit to Owner Representative at end of irrigation work. 2.8.5. Bronze "Y" type strainer with cleanout valve and monel mesh strainer; size per main line. See plans for manufacturer and model. 2.8.6. Page 55 2.8.7. Butterfly Valves: 2.8.7.1. Butterfly valves shall be of the manufacturer, size, and type indicated on the drawings. 2.8.7.2. Butterfly valves shall have cast iron bodies, and stainless steel stems. Butterfly valves shall have ductile iron porcelain enamel coated disc. 2.8.7.3. All Butterfly valves shall have a minimum working pressure of not less than 150 psi and shall conform to AWWA standards. 2.9. BACKFLOW PREVENTION UNITS 2.9.1. The backflow prevention unit shall be of the manufacturer, size, and type indicated on the drawings. 2.9.2. The backflow prevention unit shall be installed in accordance with the requirements set forth by local codes. 2.9.3. The backflow enclosure shall be of the manufacturer, size, and type indicated on the drawings. 2.10. IRRIGATION HEADS AND DRIP EMITTERS 2.10.1. Sprinkler Heads: All sprinkler heads shall be of the manufacturer size, type, and deliver the same rate of precipitation with the diameter, or radius, of throw, pressure, and discharge as shown on the Drawings and specified. 2.10.1.1. Heads shall have screw adjustments. 2.10.1.2. Riser units shall be fabricated in accordance with the details shown on the Drawings. 2.10.1.3. Riser nipples for all sprinkler heads shall be the same size as the riser opening in the sprinkler body. 2.10.1.4. All sprinkler heads of the same type shall be of same manufacturer. 2.10.1.5. When noted, body shall be equipped with a built-in check valve. 2.10.1.6. Irrigation heads and drip emitters shall be used as indicated on the drawings. 2.10.1.7. Irrigation heads shall have purple reclaimed water warning cover. 2.10.2. Drip Irrigation Equipment Page 56 2.10.2.1. Drip tubing equipment such as flush valves and wye strainers shall be of the manufacturer, size, and type indicated on the drawings. 2.10.3. Miscellaneous Equipment 2.10.3.1. Equipment such as flow meters, rain sensors, and master valves shall be of the manufacturer, size and type indicated on the drawings. 2.11. VALVE BOXES 2.11.1. Valve boxes shall be fabricated from a durable, weather-resistant plastic material resistant to sunlight and chemical action of soils. Plastic rectangular purple No. 3 irrigation control box with locking lid, by Brooks Products, or equal. 2.11.2. The cover and box shall be capable of sustaining a load of 1,500 pounds. 2.11.3. Valve box extensions shall be by the same manufacturer as the valve box. 2.11.4. PVC, 6" diameter communication cable pull box. 2.11.5. Automatic control valve and ball valve boxes shall be 16"x11"x12" rectangular size. Valve box covers shall be marked "RCV" with the valve identification number, or "BV" "heat branded" onto the cover in 2 inch high letters / numbers. 2.11.6. Quick coupler valve boxes shall be 10" circular size. Valve box covers shall be marked with "QCV" "heat branded" onto the cover in 2 inch high letters. 2.11.7. Valve box cover shall be purple pantone No. 522 in color and permanently marked on valve box cover plate with the words "Warning-Reclaimed Water-Do Not Drink". 2.12. DRIP IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT: 2.12.1. Bubblers: Molded UV stabilized ABS resin 4 outlet self-cleaning flow control device operating within a pressure range of 10 to 100 psi; Pepco Quadra Bubbler #9633, or equal. 2.12.2. Laser Drilled Tubing: Union Carbide #7510 linear low density polyethylene resin tubing with 0.169" O.D. drilled every 12" at an angle of 10 degrees. 2.12.3. Drip System Filter: Pepco PKPC-64 150 mesh screen, or equal (no known equal). 2.12.4. Drip System Pressure Regulator: Pepco PR-30, or equal (no known equal). Page 57 2.13. FLOW SENSOR WIRES AND COMMUNICATION WIRES 2.13.1. Flow sensor wires shall be as recommended by the flow sensor manufacturer. 2.13.2. Communication wires for controllers and weather sensor shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. 2.13.3. All wire runs shall be made in PVC SCH 40 electrical conduit, a minimum of 2 times the diameter of the wire bundle, and shall sweep up into pull boxes (where greater than 200 ft distance under paving occurs). Pull box spacing shall not exceed 200 ft intervals. Utilize joint trenching with other utilities where controller communication wiring is to connect between controllers. 2.13.4. Electrical: 2.13.4.1. All electrical equipment shall be NEMA Type 3, waterproofed for exterior installations. 2.13.4.2. All electrical work shall conform to local codes and ordinances. 2.14. FLOW SENSOR ASSEMBLY 2.14.1. Flow sensor assembly shall be as specified in the irrigation legend. 2.15. WARNING LABELS AND TAGS 2.15.1. Use T. Christy's riser markers, with "RECLAIMED WATER - DO NOT DRINK" in English and Spanish, for all reclaimed water sprinkler risers installed. 2.15.2. Use T. Christy's I.D. Tags with "WARNING - RECLAIMED WATER DO NOT DRINK" in English and Spanish for all reclaimed water remote control valves. 2.16. WARNING TAPES 2.1 6.1 . Warning tape for reclaimed water mainlines: 2.16.1.1. The plastic warning tape shall be prepared with silver printing on a purple field having the words, "CAUTION: RECLAIMED WATER LINE BELOW'. The overall width shall be 3 inches. 2.17. CONCRETE FOOTINGS 2.17.1. Concrete footings shall be 2,000 P.S.I, concrete at 28 days, 5 sack minimum mix, natural color. 2.18. EXTRA EQUIPMENT OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS 2.18.1. Contractor shall provide to the Owner: Page 58 2.18.1.1. Extra drip emitters, drip access boxes, sprinkler heads, shrub adapters, filter screens and nozzles in amounts equal to two (2) of each type used on the project. 2.18.1.2. Valve box keys: two (2). 2.19. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS 2.19.1. Wrenches: Two, for disassembly and adjustments of each type of sprinkler head supplied. 2.19.2. Couplers and Matching Hose Swivels with Globe Valves: Two each. 2.19.3. Valve Box Keys: Two. 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1. EXAMINATION 3.1.1. Verification of Conditions: 3.1.1.1. Prior to all work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. Contractor shall acquaint himself with all site conditions and proposed site conditions as indicated on the plans and specifications. 3.1.1.2. Verify that irrigation system may be installed in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, the referenced standards, and the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.1.1.3. All scaled dimensions on drawings are approximate. Before proceeding with any work, Contractor shall carefully check and verify all dimensions and quantities and shall immediately inform Owner of discrepancies between drawings and specifications and actual conditions. No work shall be conducted where discrepancies occur, until approval has been given by the Owner. 3.1.1.4. Plan locations of point of connection, pull boxes, existing equipment, sprinkler heads, backflow prevention devices, valves, controller and pipe lines are diagrammatic and indicate the spacing and relative locations of all installations. Locations shall be changed and adjusted as necessary and as directed to meet existing conditions and obtain complete water coverage. Final locations shall be determined by final site conditions and plantings. Install and extend system as shown on the drawings, and as necessary to carry out the intent of the drawings and specifications. Page 59 3.1.1.5. Point of connection shall be approximately as shown on drawings. Connect new underground piping and valves and provide all flanges, adapters or other necessary fittings for connection. 3.1.1.6. Before starting work, carefully check all grades to determine that work may safely proceed, keeping within the specified material depths with respect to finish grade. 3.1.1.7. Final grades shall be accepted by the Engineer before work on this section will be allowed to begin. 3.1.2. Field Measurements: 3.1.2.1. Make all necessary measurements in the field to ensure precise fit of items in accordance with the original design. Contractor shall coordinate the installation of all irrigation materials with all other work. 3.1.2.2. All scaled dimensions are approximate. The Contractor shall check and verify all size dimensions prior to proceeding with work under this section. 3.1.2.3. Exercise extreme care in excavating and working near existing utilities. Contractor shall be responsible for damages to utilities, which are caused by his operations or neglect. 3.1.3. Diagrammatic Intent: 3.1.3.1. The drawings are essentially diagrammatic. The size and location of equipment and fixtures are drawn to scale where possible. Provide offsets in piping and changes in equipment locations as necessary to conform with structures and to avoid obstructions or conflicts with other work at no additional expense to City. 3.1.4. Layout: 3.1.4.1. Prior to installation, the Contractor shall stake out all pressure supply lines, routing and location of sprinkler heads, valves, backflow preventer, and automatic controller. 3.1.4.2. Layout irrigation system and make minor adjustments required due to differences between site and drawings. Where piping is shown on drawings under paved areas, but running parallel and adjacent to planted areas, install the piping in the planted areas. 3.1.5. Water Supply: 3.1.5.1. Connections to, or the installation of, the water supply shall be at the locations shown on the drawings. Minor changes Page 60 caused by actual site conditions shall be made at no additional expense to City. 3.1.6. Electrical Service: 3.1.6.1. Connections to the electrical supply shall be at the locations shown on the drawings. Minor changes caused by actual site conditions shall be made at no additional expense to City. 3.1.6.2. Contractor shall make electrical connections to the irrigation controller. Electrical power source to controller locations shall be provided by others. 3.2. POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE INSTALLATION 3.2.1. Storage of Materials: 3.2.1.1. Because of the nature of plastic pipe and fittings, exercise caution in handling, loading and storing, to avoid damage. 3.2.1.2. The pipe and fittings shall be stored under cover until using, and shall be transported in a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow the length of pipe to lay flat so as not to be subjected to undue bending or concentrated external load at any point. 3.2.1.3. All pipe that has been dented or damaged shall be discarded unless such dent or damaged section is cut out and pipe rejoined with a coupling. 3.2.2. Excavation and Backfilling of Trenches: 3.2.2.1. Refer to Trenching and Reclaimed Water General Requirements where applicable. Install trench warning tape for all reclaimed water pressure mains. 3.2.2.2. Locate existing lines, valves and other underground utilities before digging trenches. Excavate trenches, prepare subgrade, and backfill to line and grade with sufficient room for pipe fittings, testing and inspecting operations. Do not backfill until the pipe system has been subjected to a hydrostatic test as specified. Do not cover any installed control wiring until it has been tested for shorts and visually observed by the Landscape Architect. 3.2.2.3. Trenches for buried irrigation pressure lines shall be excavated wide enough to allow a minimum of six inches between parallel pipe lines and eight inches from lines of other trades. Lines shall not be installed parallel and directly over one another. Maintain three (3) inches vertical clearance between crossing irrigation lines; minimum transverse angle is 45 degrees. Page 61 3.2.2.4. Depth of Trench: Buried Polyvinyl Chloride Pressure Line, 18 inches min., 24 inches max. All Non-Pressure Piping, 12 inches min., 18 inches max. All Pressure Pipe Under Roads, 24 inches min., 36 inches max. 3.2.2.5. Trench depth for buried pipe shall be as specified above from the finish grade to the top of the pipe. The bottom of the trench shall be free of rocks, clods, and other sharp- edged objects over 1" diameter size. 3.2.2.6. Deposit topsoil on one side of trench and subsoil on the opposite side, then install irrigation lines and test each section. 3.2.2.7. Backfill trenches, after approval of piping, with approved material, tamping around pipe and thoroughly compacting all trench fills until 90% relative compaction has been achieved. Backfill material shall be free from rocks and clods. 3.2.3. Piping: 3.2.3.1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking, boring, or hydraulic driving. No hydraulic driving is permitted under asphalt pavement. 3.2.3.2. Cutting or breaking of existing pavement is not permitted. 3.2.3.3. Carefully inspect all pipe and fittings before installation, removing dirt, scale, burrs, and reaming. Install pipe with all markings up for visual inspection and verification. 3.2.3.4. Remove all dented and damaged pipe sections. 3.2.3.5. All lines shall have a minimum clearance of 6 inches from each other and 12 inches from lines of other trades. 3.2.3.6. Parallel lines shall not be installed directly over each other. 3.2.3.7. In solvent welding, use only the specified primer and solvent cement and make all joints in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommended methods including wiping all excess solvent from each weld. Allow solvent welds at least 15 minutes setup time before moving or handling and 24 hours curing time before filling. 3.2.3.8. PVC pipe shall be installed in a manner, which will provide for expansion and contraction as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. 3.2.3.9. Centerload all plastic pipe prior to pressure testing. Page 62 3.2.3.10. All threaded plastic-to-plastic connections shall be assembled using Teflon tape or Teflon paste. 3.2.3.11. For plastic-to-metal connections, work the metal connections first. Use a non-hardening pipe dope on all threaded plastic-to-metal connections, except where noted otherwise. All plastic-to-metal connections shall be made with plastic female adapters. 3.2.4. Irrigation Piping and Fittings: 3.2.4.1. Pipe shall be snaked from side-to-side to allow for expansion and contraction. Pipe shall rest on smooth ground without bumps, humps, etc. whether underground or above-grade. 3.2.4.2. Center load below-grade pipe at 10' intervals with small amount of backfill to prevent arching and slipping under pressure. Leave joints exposed for site observation during testing. 3.2.4.3. Repair any leaks and replace all defective pipe or fittings until lines meet test requirements. Do not cover any below-grade lines until they have been checked and approved for tightness, quality of workmanship and materials. 3.2.4.4. Pipe ends and fittings shall be wiped with "MEK" primer, Weld-On "P-70" or equal, before welding solvent is applied. Welded joints shall be given a minimum of 15 minutes to set before moving or handling. All field cuts shall be bevelled to remove burrs and excess material before fitting and gluing together. 3.2.4.5. Plastic to brass joints shall be made with plastic female adapters, metal nipple hand tightened, plus one turn with a strap wrench. 3.2.4.6. Plastic to plastic joints shall be solvent-weld, assembled per pipe manufacturer's specifications and using solvent recommended by pipe manufacturer only. 3.2.4.7. All connections to polyvinyl chloride pipe mains shall be made horizontally. 3.2.4.8. No water shall be permitted in the pipe until a period of at least 24 hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing. 3.3. BRASS PIPE INSTALLATION 3.3.1. Cut brass piping by power hacksaw, circular cutting machine using an abrasive wheel, or hand hacksaw. No piping shall be cut with metallic Page 63 wheel cutter of any description. Ream and remove rough edges of burrs so smooth and unobstructed flow is obtained. 3.3.2. Carefully and smoothly place thread lubricant on male thread only. Tighten screwed joints with tongs or wrenches. Caulking is not permitted. 3.4. REMOTE CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION 3.4.1. Provide one control wire and one common ground wire to service each valve in system. Provide 4'-0" minimum expansion loop at each valve to permit removal and maintenance of valves. 3.4.2. A continuous run of wire shall be used between a controller and each remote control valve. Under no circumstances shall splices be used without prior approval. 3.4.3. Install control wires at least 18" below finish grade when not installed in same trench with buried pressure pipe. Bundle wire together with electrical tape 10 feet on center. Bundle shall be secured to the mainline with tape at intervals of 20 feet. All connections shall be of an approved type and shall occur in a valve box. Provide an 1 8-inch service loop at each connection. Install wires with a 2 foot coiled loop up into each remote control valve box along mainline route. 3.4.4. Install control wires and irrigation pressure piping in common trenches wherever possible. 3.4.5. All irrigation control wiring passing through structure, underneath paving, traveled ways or roadways shall be placed inside conduits. 3.4.6. As a part of the work to allow for possible damage to any common or control wire, the Contractor shall 'run an extra control wire on each leg of mainline from the controller to the farthest RCV. Any other additional wires required to be pulled shall be as noted on plans. 3.4.7. All wires in pull boxes shall be loose and shall not come within three inches (3") from lid. 3.4.8. Wire Connections: Common, control and spare wires shall be installed with a 4'-0" coiled excess wire length at each end enclosure. Each wire splice shall be encased in the waterproof epoxy of waterproof connectors. Wire splices shall be made only in valve or pull boxes. 3.4.9. Testing: All wiring shall be tested for continuity, open circuits and unintentional grounds prior to connecting to equipment. The minimum insulation resistance to ground shall be fifty (50) megaohms. Any wiring not meeting this requirement shall be replaced, at the Contractor's expense. The responsibility of testing lies with the Contractor to insure it is completed. 3.4.10. Numbering and Tagging: Identify direct burial control wires at each automatic valve and at the terminal strips of the controller with Page 64 corresponding valve station numbers shown on the drawings. Tag wires at the terminal strips with 3M Scotchcode SER Wire Markers or equal. Identify spare wires by capping ends with waterproof connectors as specified above and tagging with an I.D. tag marked "SP". 3.5. BACKFILLING 3.5.1. Backfill material on all lines shall be the same as adjacent soil free of debris, litter, and rocks over 1/2 inch in diameter. 3.5.2. Backfill shall be tamped in 4-inch layers under the pipe and uniformly on both sides for the full width of the trench and the full length of the pipe. Backfill materials shall be sufficiently damp to permit thorough compaction, free of voids. Backfill shall be compacted to dry density equal to adjacent undisturbed soil and shall conform to adjacent grades. 3.5.3. Flooding in lieu of tamping is not allowed. 3.5.4. Under no circumstances shall truck wheels be used to compact backfill. 3.5.5. Provide sand backfill a minimum of 6 inches over and under all piping under paved areas. 3.6. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION 3.6.1. Contractor shall become familiar with existing controller and shall be coordinate w/ Parks Maintenance Department in adding additional irrigation improvements to accommodate the existing controller at the park. The Contractor shall be responsible for temporary and permanent power to the controller for operation and testing purposes. Controller shall be fully operable prior to planting operations. 3.6.2. Connections to control wiring shall be made within wiring boxes. 3.6.3. Electrical supply wiring shall be installed in a rigid PVC conduit from controller to electrical outlet or power pedestal. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for installing all wiring to the sub- panels, clocks, or elsewhere as required, in order to complete this installation. A disconnect switch shall be included as a part of this work. 3.6.4. Seal open ends of all electrical conduit with waterproof sealant to keep out pests. 3.6.5. The irrigation system shall be programmed to operate during the periods of minimal use of the design area. Program time on each station prior to testing/site observation by the Landscape Architect, County Health Dept., and Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Page 65 3.7. REMOTE CONTROL VALVE INSTALLATION 3.7.1. Install remote control valves in locations approximately as shown on the drawings, with 4" distance from top of flow control stem to valve box lid. Install a union type connection, with one ball valve per remote control valve. Fit with valve box and locking cover as shown in the detailed drawings. Fit with reclaimed water use warning tag where reclaimed water is to be used with valve. 3.7.2. Install one valve per valve box, maximum. Do not run other pipes through valve boxes. Valves shall be installed in planted areas, 12" from curbs or paved areas, wherever possible. Never place valves in traffic areas or in pavement. 3.8. VALVE BOX AND PULL BOX INSTALLATION 3.8.1. Install valve boxes as shown in the detail drawings. Valve boxes shall be installed in shrub areas whenever possible. Install no more than one valve per box. 3.8.2. Each valve box shall be installed on a foundation of 3/4 inch gravel backfill, 3 cubic feet minimum. Valve boxes shall be installed with their tops 1/2 inch above the surface of surrounding finish grade in lawn areas and 2 inches above finish grade in ground cover areas. 3.8.3. Heat brand in 2" high lettering, the identification number of the valve and the controller clock on the cover of the remote control valve box. 3.8.4. Pull boxes shall be labeled "PB" in like manner described for valves, "BV" for ball valve, etc., etc. 3.9. BACKFLOW PREVENTION UNITS 3.9.1. Backflow Prevention Units shall be installed as indicated on the drawings. The backflow prevention unit shall be installed in accordance with the requirements set forth by local codes. 3.9.2. The exact location of the backflow device shall be approved by the Landscape Architect or City's authorized representative before installation. 3.9.3. The contractor shall be responsible for the testing and certification of the backflow device for proper operation. Testing and certification shall be performed by a state qualified backflow tester. 3.10. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT 3.10.1. Install all assemblies specified herein according to the respective detail drawings or specifications, using best standard practices. 3.10.2. Quick coupler valves shall be set approximately 12 inches from walks, curbs, header boards, or paved areas where applicable. Page 66 3.10.3. Install devices such as rain sensors, freeze sensors, flush valves, air relief valves and master valves as indicated on the drawings and as recommended by the manufacturer. 3.11. FLUSHING 3.11.1. Main Lines: Flush underground mains and lead-in connections to sprinkler system thoroughly before connecting to control valves. Flush mains using a flush out assembly at lowest elevation. 3.11.2. Prior to installation of irrigation heads, the valves shall be opened and a full head of water used to flush out the lines and risers. 3.11.3. Lateral Pipes: After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected and prior to installation of sprinkler heads, flush all lines with a full head of water. Do not install heads until lines have been flushed and approved. 3.11.4. Irrigation heads shall be installed after flushing the system has been completed. 3.12. MULTI-EXIT DRIP EMITTER AND DISTRIBUTION TUBING INSTALLATION 3.12.1. Thoroughly flush out all lateral PVC lines prior to connecting drip emitters to risers. 3.12.2. Install drip emitters onto risers. Connect distribution tubing to outlets and extend (15 ft max.) with bundles in relaxed manner, to plantings. Secure tubing with tubing stakes and equip each tube outlet with bug cap. Install per the drip emitter and typical layout details, and per manufacturer's recommendations. 3.12.3. Drip tubing shall be installed as indicated on the drawings. Spacing of drip tubing shall not exceed maximum indicated on the drawings. For dripline tubing system, install PVC non-pressure lines connecting between each planter area, from the drip valve outward. Flush system, then install dripline on grade, using tubing stakes every five feet along tubing length. Flush system again. Install air/vacuum relief valves and flush valves. Test system. 3.13. SPRINKLER HEAD INSTALLATION 3.13.1. Install all sprinkler heads as shown in the details, and as shown in the manufacturer's instructions. Spacing of heads shall not exceed maximum indicated on the drawings. Riser nipples shall be the same size as the riser opening in the sprinter body. 3.13.2. Nozzle size of all heads shall be adjusted to suit any particular conditions of the area. This shall be done after the system has been thoroughly tested, immediately after written notification by the Landscape Architect and/or County Health Department. Page 67 3.14. Y-STRAINER ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION 3.14.1. Install Y-strainer assembly immediately downstream backflow preventer on mainline, prior to any other valves. Coordinate exact location with Park and Recreation Representative for review and determination of placing assembly. 3.15. SCREEN FILTER ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION 3.15.1. Install screen filter assembly as shown in the detail. Allow clearance around assembly inside box for maintenance of filter. 3.16. SHUT-OFF VALVE INSTALLATION 3.16.1. Install all shut-off valves approximately where shown on drawings and as shown on the details. 3.1 7. QUICK COUPLING VALVE INSTALLATION 3.17.1. Install quick coupling valves next to paving, as per plan, a maximum of 150 ft. apart on mainline, and as per the detail. 3.1 8. FLOW SENSOR INSTALLATION 3.18.1. Install flow sensor immediately downstream V-strainer. Install one per automatic controller. Install flow sensor wires within electrical conduit. 3.19. SPRING CHECK VALVE INSTALLATION 3.19.1. Install spring check valves on risers of sprinklers to prevent low head drainage. Install spring check valves on laterals where indicated. 3.20. SWING CHECK VALVE INSTALLATION 3.20.1. Swing check valves shall be installed on laterals where shown, and as detailed. 3.21. CONCRETE FOOTING INSTALLATION 3.21.1. Footings shall be placed on 90% minimum compacted or undisturbed subgrade. Construct to shapes specified and parallel to adjacent paved areas. Broom finish exposed surface. 3.22. PRESSURE TESTS 3.22.1. Do not allow or cause any of the work of this section to be covered up or enclosed until it has been observed, tested and accepted by the Landscape Architect, City, and governing agencies. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for notifying the Landscape Architect, City, and governing agencies, a minimum of 48 hours in advance, where and when the work is ready for testing. Test pressure supply lines under 1 50 psi hydrostatic pressure for a period of 4 hours. All laterals shall be tested under existing static pressure to ensure all fittings and connections are water tight. Cap all risers for testing. Do not backfill Page 68 over any line more than necessary for testing until line has been inspected, tested, and approved. Center load only. Leave pipe connections uncovered. Install remote control valves, quick couplers, and other valve assemblies after testing has been approved. 3.23. COVERAGE TESTS 3.23.1. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for notifying the Landscape Architect, City, and governing agencies, a minimum of 48 hours in advance, where and when the work is ready for testing. When the sprinkler system is completed, and before any planting, the Contractor shall perform a coverage test of each system in its entirety to determine if the water coverage for the planted areas is complete and adequate in the presence of the Landscape Architect. Furnish all materials and perform all Work required to correct any inadequacies of coverage due to deviations from the Drawings or where the system has been willfully installed as shown on Drawings when it is obviously inappropriate or ineffective without bringing it to the attention of the Architect (or Owner's Representative). This test shall be performed prior to the planting of any lawns, hydroseed, or groundcover. 3.24. SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT 3.24.1. Adjust valve flow controls for proper operation. Adjust sprinkler heads for alignment or change nozzles for coverage and minimum overthrow. Make adjustments prior to any planting. Entire irrigation system shall be under full automatic operation for 5 days prior to any planting. 3.24.2. If it is determined by the Landscape Architect or City's authorized representative that additional adjustments or nozzle changes will be required to provide proper coverage, all necessary changes or adjustments shall be made prior to any planting. 3.24.3. The entire system shall be operating properly before any planting operations commence. 3.24.4. Automatic control valves are to be adjusted so that the irrigation heads and drip tubing operate at the pressure recommended by the manufacturer. 3.25. ACCEPTANCE 3.25.1. The Work of this Section shall be accepted in writing when completed to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative after the 90-day Maintenance Period. 3.25.1.1. Sprinkler Heads: Clean and adjust heads and repeat coverage test after planting to ensure full coverage at end of landscape maintenance period. Refer to Section 02900 - Landscaping. 3.25.1.2. Training: Make arrangements to train Owner's maintenance personnel in the proper operations of the Page 69 irrigation system and equipment. Submit affidavit stating date and duration of training giving all names of those present. 3.26. IRRIGATION MAINTENANCE 3.26.1. Maintenance period shall begin when all Work indicated on Drawings and specified has been completed, inspected and approved by Owner's Representative. Maintenance work shall be performed as specified herein after, and shall be continued for a minimum period of 90 calender days. During the maintenance period the Contractor shall adjust and maintain the irrigation system in a fully operational condition providing complete irrigation coverage to all intended plantings. The Contractor shall not be released from the maintenance period obligation until all items found during inspections have been resolved to Owner's Representative's satisfaction in conformance with the Drawings and Specifications, and a written statement so stating has been issued. 3.26.1.1. Repair Materials: Have at the job site, at all times, a repair kit and spare parts for plastic pipe and irrigation heads. 3.26.1.2. Tools: Provide adequate garden hoses, sprinkler heads, hose bibb keys, and other equipment and materials as necessary for the execution of maintenance work as required. 3.26.1.3. Weekly Inspection: Once each week of operation, after turning on a valve, examine visually each sprinkler head in the section to make certain there is no blockage by dirt or rock particles. If damage occurs to any sprinkler head causing an unrepairable effect, the damaged part shall be immediately replaced with a new part of the same manufacture at no additional cost to Owner. 3.26.1.4. Repairs: If leakage occurs around junction of bonnet and body of sprinkler head, control valves, hose bibbs, or gate valves, correct by replacing the gasket between the two parts. If leakage occurs at the point where the valve stem emerges through the top of the bonnet, correct by tightening the packaging nut against the bonnet. Tighten only enough to cause the leak to stop. Replace packing if necessary. 3.26.1.5. Irrigation Timing, Tests, Schedules: 3.26.1.5.1. Supervised watering of grounds shall follow a preplanned schedule, differing only as required by the season of the year. 3.26.1.5.2. The criterion for developing a schedule for irrigation is the proper maintenance of soil moisture. Adjust and improve the schedule as Page 70 necessary and as approved by Owner's Representative. 3.26.1.5.3. Perform precipitation and soil moisture tests as approved by Owner's Representative. 3.27. FINAL OBSERVATION AT END OF MAINTENANCE PERIOD PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE OF IRRIGATION WORK 3.27.1. Operate each system in its entirety for Owner's Representative at the time of final observation. Any items deemed not acceptable shall be reworked to the complete satisfaction of Owner's Representative. Show evidence to the Owner's Representative that Owner has received all accessories, charts, Record Drawings, and equipment as required before final observation occurs. Final inspection will not commence without record drawings as prepared by the Irrigation Contractor. 3.28. CLEAN UP 3.28.1. Refer to Section 01770. Clean up as each portion of the Work of this Section progresses. Remove refuse and excess dirt from the site, broom clean walks and paving, and repair any damage to surrounding areas as approved. Any damage sustained on the work of others shall be repaired to original conditions. Upon completion of the Work, restore ground surfaces to required elevations and remove excess materials, debris, and equipment from the site. END OF SECTION Page 71 Spears Catalog Page 37 of 313 True Union 2000 Standard Ball Valves Socket Style Pressure Rating @ 73°F (23°C), Water 1/2" - 2" 235 psi 2-1/2"-4" 150 psi Flanged 150 psi Maximum Service Temperature PVC = 140°F(60°C) CPVC = 200°F (93°C) Temperature/Pressure De-ratings Apply All Valves Assembled with Silicone-Free, Water Soluble Lubricant See Ball Valve Accessories & Repair Kits Section for Additional Options and Features PVC Standard Socket & Threaded Ends Socket Ends Threaded Ends SR Threaded Ends Spigot Ends Size EPDM Viton® Std Pk Mstr Pk Disc Code 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 3629-005 30.04 3629-007 35.53 3629-010 42.33 3629-012 58.54 3629-015 70.52 3629-020 93.06 3639-005 33.42 3639-007 39.53 3639-010 47.14 3639-012 74.72 3639-015 78.28 3639-020 102.46 1 1 1 1 1 1 18 18 12 8 8 4 608 608 608 608 608 608 2-1/2 3 4 3622-025 178.25 3622-030 235.82 3622-040 398.31 3632-025 242.35 3632-030 262.01 3632-040 442.72 1 1 1 0 0 0 609 609 609 2-1/2 3 4 3621-025 178.25 3621-030 235.82 3621-040 398.31 3631-025 242.35 3631-030 262.01 3631-040 442.72 1 1 1 0 0 0 609 609 609 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 4 3621-005SR 30.69 3621-007SR 37.06 3621-010SR 43.87 3621-012SR 63.22 3621-015SR 75.53 3621-020SR 98.48 3621-025SR 193.48 3621-030SR 250.45 3621-040SR 415.51 3631-005SR 34.06 3631-007SR 41.09 3631-010SR 48.69 3631-012SR 79.39 3631-015SR 83.29 3631-020SR 107.89 3631-025SR 256.97 3631-030SR 276.63 3631-040SR 459.78 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 18 18 18 12 8 8 0 0 0 608 608 608 608 608 608 609 609 609 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 3627-005 30.04 3627-007 35.53 3627-010 42.33 3627-012 58.54 3627-015 70.52 3627-020 93.06 3637-005 33.42 3637-007 39.53 3637-010 47.14 3637-012 74.72 3637-015 78.28 3637-020 102.46 1 1 1 1 1 1 18 18 12 12 8 8 608 608 608 608 608 608 NOT FOR USE WITH COMPRESSED AIR OR GAS Page 19 Wednesday, July 11,2007 9:01:21 AM Spears® Manufacturing Company http://12.107.25.236/smcweb/eINM027.pgm?Book=V-l&SMURFID=2156370856322007071119860937... 7/11/2007 Spears Catalog Page 39 of 313 True Union 2000 Standard Ball Valves PVC Standard (continued) Size EPDM Viton® Std Pk Mstr Pk Disc Code Spigot Ends 2-1/2 3 4 3627-025 178.86 3627-030 235.82 3627-040 398.31 3637-025 242.35 3637-030 262.01 3637-040 442.72 1 1 1 0 0 0 609 609 609 Flanged Ends CPVC Standard Socket & Threaded Ends Socket Ends Threaded Ends 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 4 3623-005 42.97 3623-007 54.43 3623-010 65.86 3623-012 77.33 3623-015 97.40 3623-020 155.09 3623-025 286.43 3623-030 296.81 3623-040 636.54 3633-005 45.82 3633-007 59.19 3633-010 70.83 3633-012 85.94 3633-015 105.98 3633-020 164.49 3633-025 291.17 3633-030 393.06 3633-040 737.85 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 8 8 4 4 0 0 0 0 608 608 608 608 608 608 609 609 609 Size | EPDM Viton® Std Pk Mstr Pk Disc Code 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 3629-005C 39.65 3629-007C 49.96 3629-010C 59.47 3629-01 2C 94.55 3629-01 5C 99.85 3629-020C 133.55 3639-005C 44.08 3639-007C 55.52 3639-010C 66.08 3639-012C 105.09 3639-015C 110.94 3639-020C 153.52 1 1 1 1 1 1 18 18 12 8 8 4 610 610 610 610 610 610 2-1/2 3 4 3622-025C 299.40 3622-030C 350.08 3622-040C 634.35 3632-025C 332.65 3632-030C 389.00 3632-040C 704.83 1 1 1 0 0 0 611 611 611 2-1/2 3 4 3621-025C 299.40 3621-030C 350.08 3621-040C 634.35 3631-025C 332.65 3631-030C 389.00 3631-040C 704.83 1 1 1 0 0 0 611 611 611 CPVC Standard Size EPDM Viton® Std Pk Mstr Pk Disc Code SR Threaded Ends 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 4 3621-005CSR 40.29 3621-007CSR 51.53 3621-010CSR 61.02 3621-012CSR 99.22 3621-015CSR 104.38 3621-020CSR 138.96 3621-025CSR 314.02 3621-030CSR 364.69 3621-040CSR 651.42 3631-005CSR 44.72 3631-007CSR 57.08 3631-010CSR 67.61 3631-012CSR 109.75 3631-015CSR 115.95 3631-020CSR 158.95 3631-025CSR 347.27 3631-030CSR 403.61 3631-040CSR 722.45 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 18 18 18 12 8 8 0 0 0 610 610 610 610 610 610 611 611 611 Spigot Ends Flanged Ends 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 4 3627-005C 39.65 3627-007C 49.96 3627-01 OC 59.47 3627-01 2C 94.55 3627-01 5C 99.85 3627-020C 133.55 3627-025C 299.40 3627-030C 350.08 3627-040C 634.35 3637-005C 44.08 3637-007C 55.52 3637-010C 66.08 3637-01 2C 105.09 3637-015C 110.94 3637-020C 153.52 3637-025C 332.65 3637-030C 389.00 3637-040C 704.83 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 18 18 12 12 8 8 0 0 0 610 610 610 610 610 610 611 611 611 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 4 3623-005C 67.30 3623-007C 82.49 3623-01 OC 94.44 3623-01 2C 141.11 3623-01 5C 155.23 3623-020C 215.99 3623-025C 403.14 3623-030C 55Z71 3623-040C 1034.00 3633-005C 68.75 3633-007C 85.97 3633-01 OC 100.26 3633-01 2C 146.06 3633-01 5C 160.39 3633-020C 257.24 3633-025C 483.89 3633-030C 603.00 3633-040C 1075.35 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 8 8 4 4 0 0 0 0 610 610 610 610 610 610 611 611 611 NOT FOR USE WITH COMPRESSED AIR OR GAS Made in the U.S.A. Wednesday, July 11, 2007 9:01:21 AM Page 20 http://12.107.25.236/smcweb/eINM027.pgm?Book=V-l&SMURFID=2156370856322007071119860937... 7/11/2007 SECTION 02870 SITE FURNISHINGS 1. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1. DESCRIPTION 1.1.1. The work includes furnishing and installing site furnishings as indi- cated and as specified. 1.2. SUBMITTALS 1.2.1. Shop Drawings and Descriptive Data: Submit shop drawings and descriptive data showing dimensions and cross-section location, size, and type of reinforcement, including reinforcement necessary for safe handling and placement of units. 1.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.3.1. Installer shall have provided park equipment for a minimum of 5 years. The installation of manufactured products shall be completed in accordance with manufacturers specifications. 1.4. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 1.4.1. Handle and store units in a manner that will guard against cracking, chipping, warping, soiling, staining or other physical damage, discol- oration, or distortion. 2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1. MATERIALS 2.1.1. Cement: Type I or III conforming to ASTM C 150-85. All cement for exposed concrete surfaces shall be of the same type and from the same manufacturing plant. 2.1.2. Water: Water for mixing and curing shall be free of acid, alkali, oil or organic material that may interfere with setting of the cement. 2.1.3. Aggregates: Clean, hard, strong, durable material, free of injurious amounts of organic impurities. 2.1.4. Admixtures: Use of admixtures is at the Contractor's option. 2.1.4.1. Air-Entraining Admixtures: ASTM C 260-77. 2.1.4.2. Retarding and Water Reducing Admixtures: ASTM C 494- 82. 2.1.4.3. Pozzolans: ASTM C 618-85. Page 72 2.1.5. Reinforcement: All reinforcing steel, except No. 2 bars shall be deformed. 2.1.5.1. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615-84a, Grade 40 or 60. 2.1.5.2. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185-85. 2.2. CONCRETE MIXES 2.2.1. Proportions: Proportion concrete design mix in accordance with ACI 211.1 or ACI 318, Chapter 4 as required to obtain a compressive strength of 4,000 pounds per square inch at 28 days when tested on a 6" by 12' cylinder in accordance with ASTM C 39-84. Air content of the concrete shall be between 4 percent and 6 percent. Mixture shall consist of sand and stone aggregates in a ratio of 1 to 4 by weight; white Portland cement or a blend of white and standard portland ce- ment, coloring agent and water as required to achieve the color se- lected by the Engineer. 2.2.2. Mixing: Materials shall be mixed in proportions controlled by weight in a semi-automatic batch plant. Mixing shall be done in a turbine type mixer which will distribute coarse and fine aggregates evenly through- out the mix. Water content shall be held to a minimum necessary for placement in order to prevent shrinkage cracking. Take all precau- tions necessary to ensure uniform color throughout the mix. 2.3. FABRICATION 2.3.1. Casting Molds: Precast concrete furnishings shall be cast in polished molds of sufficient rigidity to assure products with dimensional toler- ances equal to or better than those specified in PCI MNL 116. Con- crete shall be vibrated in place in closed molds. Molds shall have characteristics to achieve a smooth surface. 2.3.2. Reinforcement: Provide all reinforcing necessary to structurally support the anticipated loads on the units and all stresses imposed by transportation and handling. 2.3.3. Finishes: Finish of formed surfaces shall be smooth and free of all irregularities. Surfaces shall receive an acid etch finish. Texture of surfaces shall be uniform after etching. Color shall be as indicated per plan. 2.4. FURNITURE ITEMS 2.4.1. Trash Receptacles: San Diego Precast Model No. TR 32 RP with Lid TRLD 32 Seagull or approved equal. 2.4.1.1. Contact: San Diego Precast, 619-449-6810. 2.4.2. Picnic Tables: QuickCrete Model No. QLBT96PT Color shall be C!-Natural Grey/T1 Smooth, Triple Gloss Finish. Dimensions shall be 96" x 72" Page 73 2.4.3. BBQ/Prep/Ash: 2.4.3.1. BBQ Prep Center: QuickCrete Model No. QC-BBQ 2230 T2(LSB) or approved equal. 2.4.3.2. Hot Ash Container: QuickCrete Model No. Q-PSHA-2842 T2(LSB) or approved equal. 2.4.3.3. Contact: Brian Gotz, (909) 737-6240. 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1. INSTALLATION 3.1.1. Install furnishings in accordance with approved shop drawings and descriptive data. Unload and place units as recommended by the manufacturer. Unload and handle the units without exposing them to stresses or loads for which they were not designed. Exact location of units shall be as directed by the Architect or owner. Connect furnish- ings to supporting pads by means of the connection devices indicated on the approved shop drawings. END OF SECTION Page 74 SECTION 02900 LANDSCAPING PLANTING 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1. DESCRIPTION 1.1.1. Provide all labor, materials, and equipment required to install all Landscape Work shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.2. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.2.1. Applicable Standards: 1.2.1.1. American Association of Nurserymen, Horticultural Stan- dards. 1.2.1.2. American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature - Standardized Plant Names. Mount Pleasant Press, Harris- burg PA, current edition. 1.2.1.3. California Standard Grading Code of Nursery Stock. 1.2.2. Inspection of Plant Materials: Provide notification within 10 days after the award of Contract if plant materials of specified type and size are not available. 1.2.3. Site Reviews: Obtain approval at each of the reviews listed below before proceeding with the Work. Provide 48 hour advance notifica- tion of readiness for the following: 1.2.3.1. Delivery: Delivery of plant material; including trees, shrubs, sod, vines and groundcover. 1.2.3.2. Spotting: Spotting of all plant materials before excavation of planting holes. 1.2.3.3. Completion: Completion of Landscaping Work. 1.2.3.4. Final Review: Completion of Maintenance period. 1.2.4. Plant Names: In all cases, botanical names shall take precedence over common names. 1.3. SUBMITTALS 1.3.1. Prior to ordering 24" box trees, submit photographs of specimens for Landscape Architect's review 1.3.2. Delivery: Submit delivery receipts stating source and quantity for each of the following types of material: Page 75 1.3.2.1. Top soil. 1.3.2.2. Bulk materials. 1.3.2.3. Fertilizers. 1.3.2.4. Sod. 1.3.2.5. Trees, shrubs, and groundcovers. 1.3.3. Contractor shall submit a complete list of soil amendments, fertilizers, and plant materials, specified with quantities and suppliers of each, a minimum of six (6) weeks prior to delivery to the site. 1.3.4. Contractor shall submit signed copies of certificates, invoices and trip slips to the Owner for verification of quantities of all materials deliv- ered to site for incorporation into work. 1.3.5. Contractor shall submit one pint of bark mulch to the architect for approval. 1.3.6. Contractor shall submit the nursery source for contract grown plant material upon award of the project. 1.3.7. Upon completion of grading, Contractor shall obtain four (4) one quart soil samples from four (4) locations and at the depth designated by •-— the Owner for horticultural soil testing by an independent soils labora- j tory. 1.3.8. Agri-Service, phone: (760)727-5454 (or equal). The test report shall list the following information: 1.3.8.1. pH. 1.3.8.2. ECeXIO. 1.3.8.3. Sodium Absorption Rate. 1.3.8.4. Percolation Rate and soil texture. 1.3.8.5. Recommendation for soil conditioner, pH Adjuster, Fertiliz- ers and quantities of each. 1.3.9. Check List: Prior to final review submit a log of all check list items showing dates and approval signatures for the job start meeting, soil sampling locations, site reviews, and acceptance of punch list correc- tions. 1.3.10. Pest & Weed Control Applicators: Submit evidence of licensing by State of California as Pest Control Operator and Advisor. 1.3.11. Soil Testing: Page 76 1.3.11.1. Contractor shall notify Owner's Representative at the ap- propriate time soil analyses are to be made and request a site plan showing sampling locations. 1.3.11.2. Contractor shall arrange and pay for a soils laboratory to make the necessary tests for a complete horticultural analysis with recommendations for amending the soil at the following times: 1) after construction but prior to plant- ing; and 2) after planting. 2. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 2.1.1. Delivery of Materials:Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in unopened bags or containers, each bearing the name, guarantee, and trademark of the producer, and the composition, analysis and the weight of the material. 2.1.2. Plant Protection: Plant nursery stock at once upon delivery. If this is not feasible, plants shall be heeled-in, e.g. all bundles open, the plants spread out into a spade depth trench, the roots fully covered with damp soil, and protected from the sun and wind.Protect plants from the drying action of sun and wind until planted. Protect container grown plants, which cannot be planted immediately upon delivery with soil, wood shavings, or other protective material. 2.2. JOB CONDITIONS 2.2.1. Do not begin the Landscaping Work until site irrigation system has been reviewed, tested, and approved. 2.2.2. Examination of Drawings and Site: 2.2.2.1. Drawings: Drawings are diagrammatic. Plant placement will be approved in field by Landscape Architect. 2.2.2.2. Field Conditions: Verify field conditions such as obstruc- tions, grade differences, and discrepancies in dimensions. The start of Landscaping Work shall indicate acceptance of field conditions. Assume responsibility for any revisions necessary. 2.2.3. Protection: 2.2.3.1. Existing Trees: Protect trees and roots from injury as specified in Section 02115 - Tree Protection and Trimming. 2.2.3.2. Utilities: Verify that all existing utilities have been located and protected before start of Landscape Work. 2.3. GUARANTEES AND REPLACEMENTS 2.3.1. Shrubs, vines and groundcovers shall be guaranteed to remain healthy and vigorously growing for 90 days, from date of final accep- tance of project. Page 77 2.3.2. All Contract grown plants shown on the drawings shall be guaranteed to remain healthy and vigorously growing until final acceptance of pro- ject. 2.3.3. All plants found to be dead and all plants not in a vigorous condition noted within the Guarantee Period shall be replaced within fourteen (14) calendar days. 2.3.4. Plants used for replacement shall be the same kind and size as specified in the plant list. They shall be furnished, planted and fertil- ized as originally specified. 2.3.5. Submit replacement guarantee for upright growth and health of plant materials for following periods. Replacement shall be with plants of same type and size as those originally planted, maintained, and guar- anteed for original period specified. 2.3.5.1. Trees: 12 months after final acceptance for plants 15 gal- lons and larger. 2.3.5.2. Shrubs and Groundcover: 6 months after final acceptance for plants up to 15 gallon size. 2.3.5.3. Vines: 6 months after final acceptance for plants up to 15 gallon size. 2.4. SITE OBSERVATION VISITS 2.4.1. Site observation visits herein specified shall be made by the Owner or his representative. The Contractor shall request site observation two (2) days in advance of the time observation is required. 2.4.2. Site observation will be required for the following parts of the work: 2.4.2.1. Incorporation of soil conditioner and fertilizer into the soil and upon completion of grading prior to planting. 2.4.2.2. Approval of plant materials with trees and shrubs spotted in place for planting, but before planting holes are exca- vated. 2.4.2.3. When planting, and all other indicated or specified work, except the Maintenance Period, has been completed. Ac- ceptance and written approval shall establish beginning of the Maintenance Period. 2.4.2.4. Final site observation visit at the completion of the ninety (90) day Maintenance Period. This site observation visit shall establish the beginning date for the guarantee period of plant material. 2.4.3. The Contractor or his authorized representative shall be on the site at the time of each site observation visit by the Owner. Page 78 2.5. MAINTENANCE 2.5.1. The Maintenance Period begins on the first day after all landscape and irrigation work on this project is complete, checked, accepted and written approval from the Owner is given to begin the Maintenance Period, and shall continue thereafter for no less than ninety (90) con- tinuous calendar days. 2.5.2. Acceptance: Upon completion of the final site observation visit and the work of this section, the Contractor will be notified in writing (1) whether the work is acceptable; (2) of any requirements necessary for completion and acceptance. 2.5.3. The Contractor shall continuously maintain all involved areas of the Contract during the progress of the work and during the Maintenance Period until the Final Acceptance of the work. 2.5.4. Regular planting maintenance operations shall begin immediately after each plant is planted. Plants shall be kept in a healthy, growing condition and in a visually pleasing appearance by watering, pruning, trimming, edging, fertilizing, restaking, pest and disease controlling, spraying, weeding, cleaning-up and any other necessary operation of maintenance. Landscape areas shall be kept free of weeds, noxious grass, and all other undesired vegetative growth and debris. All plants found to be dead or in an impaired condition shall be replaced immediately. 2.5.5. No pruning of tree limbs shall be permitted without the consent of the Owner. 2.5.6. The Contract completion date of the Contract Maintenance Period will be extended, when in the opinion of the Owner, improper mainte- nance and/or possible poor or unhealthy condition of planted material or unestablished non-covering lawns are evident at the termination of the scheduled Maintenance Period. The Contractor shall be respon- sible for additional maintenance of the work at no change in Contract price until all of the work is completed and acceptable. 2.5.7. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining adequate protec- tion of the areas. Damaged areas shall be repaired immediately at the Contractor's expense. 2.5.8. Decomposed Granite (maintenance): 2.5.8.1. Remove debris, such as paper, grass clippings, leaves or other organic material by blowing or hand raking. 2.5.8.2. During maintenance period, a minor amount of loose ag- gregate may appear on the surface. If this material ex- ceeds %", redistribute material over entire surface and wa- ter thoroughly to a depth of 1". Compact with power roller of no less than 7* ton. Owner should also note same treatment to apply after maintenance period for first year. Page 79 2.5.8.3. If cracking occurs, simply sweep fines into cracks, water thoroughly and hand tamp with 8" to 10" tamp plate. "W 2.6. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2.6.1. The term "Planting Area" shall mean all areas to be planted with shrubs, groundcovers, and vines. 2.6.2. Actual planting shall be performed during those periods when weather and soil conditions are suitable in accordance with locally accepted horticultural practice. 2.6.3. All rock and other growth or debris accumulated within the duration of the project shall be removed from the site. 2.6.4. Upon completion of all soil preparation operations, two (2) soil sam- ples shall be taken by the Contractor and analyzed as to their respec- tive agronomicsuitabilities by a soil laboratory approved by the Owner. The results of these tests are to be reviewed by the Owner for any required modifications to specified soil preparation. 2.6.5. Prior to excavation for planting or placing of plant materials, locate all underground utility lines still in use and take proper precautions to avoid damage to such improvements. In the event of a conflict be- tween such lines and plant locations, immediately notify the Owner who shall arrange for the re-location of one or the other. The Contrac- ^—^ tor assumes all responsibility for making any and all repairs for dam- s J ages resulting from work as herein specified. s*-^ 2.6.6. Grading and soil preparation work shall be performed only during the period when beneficial and optimum results may be obtained. If the moisture content of the soil should reach such a level that working it would destroy soil structure, spreading and grading operations shall be suspended until the moisture content is increased or reduced to acceptable levels and the desired results are likely to be obtained. 2.6.7. All scaled dimensions are approximate. Before proceeding with any work, carefully check and verify all dimensions and immediately in- form the Owner of any discrepancy between the drawings and/or specifications and actual conditions. 2.6.8. Quantities for plant materials are shown for convenience only, and not guaranteed. Check and verify count and supply sufficient number to fulfill intent of drawings. Verify any clarifications with the Owner. 2.6.9. Adequately stake, barricade, and protect all irrigation equipment, existing trees, manholes, utility lines, and other existing property dur- ing all phases of the soil amending planting and grading operations. 2.7. PLANT SELECTION 2.7.1. Upon award of the project the Contractor shall inform the Owner of '*""'*% the nursery source of all plants. The Owner will check the plants at s^ the nursery source for approval. If the plants are rejected, the Con- Page 80 tractor shall be responsible for locating other sources of plants. The contract price for the project shall not change due to rejected plants. The Contractor shall make all necessary financial arrangements or purchase orders to reserve the plants specifically for this project. 2.7.2. Shrub Samples: Typical samples, one (1) each of all varieties and sizes (15 gallon and under) shrubs of all plant materials shall be sub- mitted for approval at the site after grading and prior to planting opera- tions. Approved samples shall remain on the site and shall be main- tained by the Contractor as standards of comparison for plant materi- als to be furnished. Samples may be incorporated into the work. 2.8. REJECTION AND SUBSTITUTION 2.8.1. All plants not conforming to the requirements herein specified and on the drawings shall be considered defective, and such plants, whether in place or not, shall be marked as rejected and be immediately re- moved from the site of the work and replaced with acceptable plant materials. The plant materials shall meet all applicable inspections required by law. All plants shall be of the species, variety, size, age, flower color and condition as specified herein and/or as indicated on the drawings. Under no condition will there be any substitution of plant species, variety, or reduced sizes for those listed on the accom- panying drawings, except with the express written consent of the Owner. 2.9. INVOICING OF PLANT MATERIALS AND SOIL PREPARATION CONFORMANCE TEST 2.9.1. A sample of the soil amendments shall be delivered to the Landscape Architect within thirty-five (35) days after submittal of soil report to the Owner for approval. 2.9.2. Upon delivery of materials and/or completion of all soil conditioning and grading, but prior to initiating planting operations, the Landscape Architect with the heretofore specified signed copies of required cer- tificates, trip slips, and invoices for soil preparation materials, shall compare the total quantities of each material furnished against the to- tal area for each operation. If the minimum rates of application have not been met, the Owner will require at the Contractor's expense, the distribution of additional quantities of these materials to fulfill the minimum application requirements specified. 2.9.3. After installation of plant materials, but prior to the premaintenance site observation visit, the Owner, with the heretofore specified signed copies of the required certifications, trip slips, and invoices for the plant materials and related items, shall compare the total area and/or the amounts specified. If the minimum amounts have not been fur- nished, the Landscape Architect will require at the contractors ex- pense, the .installation of additional materials to fulfill the minimum re- quirements specified. Page 81 2.10. DECOMPOSED GRANITE REQUIREMENTS 2.10.1. Tests: Perform gradation of decomposed granite material in accor- dance with ASTM C 136 - Method of Sieve Analysis for Fine and Course. 2.10.2. Mock-Ups: Install 4 ft. wide x 10 ft. long mock-ups of decomposed granite paving with and without Stabilizer additive at locations speci- fied by City representative or Landscape Architect. 2.10.3. Environmental Conditions: Do not install decomposed granite paving while it is raining. For Stabilized Decomposed Granite, contractor must check forecast and proceed only if rain is not predicted for a minimum of 72 hours, and it has not rained for a minimum of 48 hours. 2.10.4. Quality Assurance: Installer - Provide evidence to indicate successful experience in installing decomposed granite or crushed 3/8" or 1/4" aggregate paving containing Stabilizer binder additive. 3. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3.1 . SOIL AMENDMENT AND FERTILIZER 3.1.1. Soil conditioner shall be commercially processed' bark or wood product which has been well composted, consisting of a commercial blend of organic fractions supplying gradient degrees of breakdown and conforming to the following requirements: 3.1.1.1. Derived from bark of pine, white fir or redwood, or from ce- dar or redwood shavings. 3.1.1.2. Composted a minimum of 180 days and a maximum of 1 year. pH shall be 7.0 maximum and 5.5 minimum. 3.1.1.3. Salinity maximum 3.1 mmhos per centimeter at 25 degrees C as measured by saturation extract conductivity. 3.1.1.4. Impregnated with a minimum of 1% nitrogen, 0.04% phos- phoric acid, 0.04% available potash, 0.02% calcium, 0.03% magnesium and 0.05% iron. Redwood particles to be 1/50" to 1/4" in size, organic matter 97%, moisture con- tent 30%. 3.1 .1 .5. Ash content not to exceed 1 0%. 3.1.2. Soil Conditioner shall be Organo life, A.J. - Ecohumus, Loamex or approved equal by Landscape Architect. Pre-plant Commercial Fertil- izer (15-15-15) shall be uniform in composition, free flowing, suitable for application with approved equipment and delivered to the project site in unopened original container or package, each bearing the manufacturer's statement of guaranteed analysis, and shall contain the following minimum available percentage by weight of plant nutri- ents: Page 82 Nitrogen 15% minimum Phosphoric 15% minimum Acid Potash 15% minimum Wil-Gro, Bandini, Gro Power, Kellogg or approved equal. 3.1.3. Post-Plant Fertilizer (14-7-3). Federal Specifications L-F 241, shall be a long lasting, slow release, pelleted or chip type, uniform in composi- tion, free flowing, with less than thirty percent (30%) passing through a twenty-eight (28) mesh Tyler screen, suitable for application with approved equipment, and containing the following minimum available percentages by weight of plant nutrients: Nitrogen 14.0% minimum Phosphoric 7.0% minimum Acid Potash 3.0% minimum Best, Bandini, Gro Power, Western Farm Services or approved equal. 3.1.4. Soil Sulfur: Shall be 99% elemental sulfur, Wilgro Life, Union Chemi- cal or approved equal. 3.1.5. Wetting Agent: shall be "Naiad" turf and Ornamental Plantings Soil Penetrate or approved equal. 3.1.6. Iron Sulfate: 20% Iron by volume. Warning: Fertilizers containing chelated iron will stain concrete surfaces. The Contractor shall take care not to stain concrete and shall be responsible for removing all iron stains from concrete at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.1.7. Fertilizer Tablets: Shall be Agriform (20-10-5) chip tablets, 21 gram and 5 gram size, or approved equal. 3.1.8. Gypsum - Commercially packaged, free flowing gypsum containing not less than 95% by volume of calcium sulfate as an active ingredi- ent. 3.1.9. Soil Moist - An acrylic co-polymers, Terra Sorb1 or approved equal by landscape architect. 3.1.10. Mulch: Clean shredded bark mulch, not to exceed %" in its largest dimension. 3.2. BACKFILL MIX 3.2.1. For trees, shrubs, and vines, thoroughly mix per cubic yard: 6 parts by volume of site topsoil, 4 parts by volume of nitrogen stabilized organic amendment and nitrolized fir bark, 4 pounds commercial fertilizer, and plant tablets per the manufacturer's recommendations. Blend ingredi- ents at adjacent paved work area. Page 83 3.3. TREE TIES 3.3.1. VIT Cinch-Tie or equal. 3.4. TREE STAKES 3.4.1. 2" square x 10' -0" or 2" diameter lodge pole pointed at one end and stained with green copper naphthenate, TT-W-572, type I, composi- tion B. 3.5. TREE TRUNK PROTECTORS 3.5.1. For Trees In Lawn Areas: "Trim Guard," by V.I.T. Products (619) 673- 1797, or "Arbor-Gard," by Deep Root Corporation, (714) 632-7083. 3.5.2. Protectors shall be plastic and of uniform color throughout the Project site. 3.6. VINE TIES 3.6.1. Per detail. 3.7. WEED, FUNGUS AND PEST CONTROL 3.7.1. Materials recommended by a licensed Pest Control Advisor. 3.8. PLANT MATERIALS 3.8.1. Nomenclature: The scientific and common names of plants herein specified conform with the approved names given in "A Checklist of Woody Ornamental Plants of California", published by the University of California, College of Agriculture, Publication 4091 (1979). See list of plant material on drawings. 3.8.2. Container stock (1 gallon, 5 gallon, and 15 gallon) shall have grown in containers for at least six months, but not over two years. No con- tainer plants that have cracked or broken balls of earth, when taken from the container, shall be planted, except upon special approval. No trees with damaged roots or broken balls shall be planted. 3.8.3. Pruning shall not be done, prior to delivery, except by written approval by the Landscape Architect. 3.8.4. Inspection of Plant Materials, required by City, County or Owner authorities, shall be a responsibility of the Contractor, and where nec- essary the Contractor shall secure permits or certifications prior to de- livery of plants to site. 3.8.5. Plants shall be subject to approval or rejection, at the project site at any time before or during progress of work, for size, variety, condition, latent defects and injuries. Rejected plants shall be removed from the project site immediately. Page 84 3.8.6. Substitutions will not be permitted unless proof is submitted by the Contractor that any plant specified is not obtainable. A proposal for substitution will be submitted by the Contractor to the Owner for ap- proval. 3.8.7. Quantities shall be furnished as needed to complete work shown on drawings. 3.8.8. The Owner reserves the right to check root condition of any species, particularly those grown from seed, and if found defective, to reject the plants represented by the defective sample. 3.8.9. Identify plant species or varieties correctly on legible, weatherproof labels attached securely to the plant material. There shall be a mini- mum of one labeled plant for each 25 plants in a lot. 3.8.10. Groundcover plants shall be healthy vigorous rooted cuttings grown in flats until transplanting. 3.8.11. Lawn shall be as indicated on the drawings. 3.9. SOD 3.9.1. Areas around the new picnic shelters that are disturbed shall be sodded with Marathon III by Southland Farms. 3.10. HERBICIDES 3.10.1. Pre-emergence herbicide shall be Surflan, Trefan, Dymid or approved equal. 3.11. BARK MULCH (All areas with less than 2:1 slope) 3.11.1. Bark mulch shall be fir or pine "walk-on" shredded bark, clean and free of debris. Submit 1/2 cu. ft. for review. 3.12. DECOMPOSED GRANITE SCREENINGS 3.12.1. Crushed Stone Sieve Analysis Percentage of Weight Passing Square Mesh Sieve, AASHTO T11-82 and T27-82 %" Minus Aggregate Range of % Gradation Passing Sieve Designation 3/8" 100 No. 4 95-100 No. 8 75-80 No. 16 65-55 No. 30 40-50 No. 50 25-35 No. 100 20-25 No. 200 5-15 Page 85 Provided by KRC, Inc., ph. # 800-427-0572, or approved equal. 3.12.2. Stabilizer Binder 3.12.2.1. Patented, non-toxic, organic binder that is colorless and odorless concentrated powder that naturally binds crushed Aggregate screenings (CAS) together to produce a natural firm surface. 3.12.2.2. Provided by Stabilizer Solutions, Inc., 800-336-2468, or approved equal. Local suppliers (via Stabilizer Solutions Inc.): KRC Inc. (800-427-0572), Gail Materials (800-442- ROCK). 3.12.3. Synthetic Fiber Reinforcement (optional) 3.12.3.1. As provided by Stabilizer Solutions, Inc., 800-336-2468, or approved equal. 3.13. SILICA SAND #20 3.13.1. Silica Sand #20 shall conform to Section 19-3.025B, "Sand Bedding", of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, and these Special Provisions. 3.13.2. Contractor shall install Silica Sand #20 as per plans. 3.13.3. All silica sand shall be 100 percent #20 silica for play areas and shall be free of deleterious organic material, loam, clay and debris, with a "mean effective size" between .55 and .65 and a "mean uniformity co- efficient" between 1 .0 and 1 .54. 3.13.4. The Contractor shall submit certification of the above requirement and a 0.5 cubic foot sample to the Engineer for approval prior to sand placement. 3.14. EROSION CONTROL BLANKET 3.14.1. North American Green S/50. 3.14.2. As supplied by 'North American Green', (800) 772-2040. 4. PART 3 - EXECUTION 4.1. SITE CLEARANCE 4.1.1. Clean up and completely remove weeds and grass including any roots and any accumulated debris and rubbish from the planting areas be- fore commencing Landscape Work. 4.2. TESTS 4.2.1. Composite Soil Tests: Take samples at depths of 8" to 12" and at depths of 24" to 36". Obtain one agricultural suitability and fertility test ,*•*,„ Page 86 by the University of California method. Contractor shall amend soil based on soil test results and recommendations. Copies of soil test results and analyses shall be sent to the Owner's Representative. 4.2.2. Water Percolation Tests: Carry out 3 tests with widely separated holes 2' x 2' x 2' deep. Fill holes with water and allow to drain. Refill holes and measure drop in level over a period of 4 hours or more. Report test results. Drop of less than 1" per hour will require remedial measures. 4.3. SOIL CONDITIONING, FERTILIZING AND ROTOTILLING 4.3.1. After the areas have been graded, the following rates of soil condition- ing and amendment materials shall be evenly spread over all planting areas and shall be thoroughly scarified to an average depth of eight (8) inches by rototilling a minimum of two (2) alternating passes, fol- lowed by eight (8) inches of water leaching performed in four (4) ap- plications of two (2) inches each. 4.3.2. 4.3.1.1. Soil Conditioner 4.3.1.2. Soil Sulfur 4.3.1.3. Gypsum 4.3.1 .4. Pre Plant Fertilizer 4.3.1.5. Iron Sulfate 4.3.1.6. Naid soil). 4.3.1.7. Soil Moist 5cu. yd./1,000sq. ft. 25 lbs./1, 000 sq.ft. 1 00 lbs./1, 000 sq.ft. 30 lbs./1, 000 sq.ft. 40 lbs./1, 000 sq.ft. 1 Quart per acre (prior to amending 1 lb./1, 000 sq.ft. Planting backfill in shrub planting areas shall be a thoroughly blended mixture of excavated soil from the planting pits and soil amendments at the following mixture: 4.3.2.1 . Soil Conditioner 4.3.2.2. On Site Soil 4.3.2.3. Soil Sulfur 4.3.2.4. Pre-Plant Fertilizer 4.3.2.5. Iron Sulfate 4.3.2.6. Gypsum Vines/Shrubs 40% 60% 1 Ib./cu. yd. 3 Ibs./cu. yd. 3 Ibs./cu. yd. 12lbs/cu. yd. Page 87 4.3.2.7. Naid 1 oz./cu. yd. 4.3.2.8. Soil Moist 1 Ib./cu. yd. 4.3.3. Rate of application shown is for bidding purposes only. Soil test may reduce or increase total soil amendment yardage. Adjustment (plus or minus) may be necessary. The Contractor shall obtain six (6) soil tests of final grade at site as specified herein and submit results to City representative or landscape Architect for interpretation and rec- ommendation. Contractor shall submit unit prices on above amend- ments for add/deduct options based on submitted soil test reports. 4.3.4. The thoroughness and completeness of the rototilling and incorpora- tion of the soil conditioners/amendments shall be acceptable to the Owner prior to commencement of planting operations. 4.4. FINISH GRADING 4.4.1. Finish grades shall be as existing at the site and as indicated on the as-built Civil drawings. 4.4.2. Finish grades shall be measured as the final water compacted and settled surface grades and shall be within plus or minus 0.1 foot of the spot elevations and grade lines indicated on the drawing. 4.4.3. Finish grades shall be measured at the top surface of surface materi- als. 4.4.4. Molding and rounding of the grades shall be provided at all changes in slope and as directed by the Owner or Landscape Architect. 4.4.5. All undulations and irregularities in the planting surfaces resulting from tillage, rototilling and all other operations shall be leveled and floated out before planting operations are initiated. 4.4.6. The Contractor shall take every precaution to protect and avoid damage to existing and new sprinkler heads, irrigation lines, and other underground utilities during his grading and conditioning operations. 4.4.7. Final finish grades shall insure positive drainage of the site with all surface drainage away from buildings, walls, and toward roadways, swales, drains and catch basins. 4.4.8. Final grades shall be acceptable to the Owner or Landscape Architect before planting operations will be allowed to begin. 4.4.9. Planting surfaces shall be graded with no less than one (1) percent surface slope for positive drainage. 4.4.10. Weed Control: Apply pre-emergent or contact herbicides recom- mended by a licensed pest control advisor. Provide notification to Owner 48 hours in advance of intent to apply spray herbicides. Avoid frequent soil cultivation which could destroy shallow roots. Make final Page 88 application at least 3 weeks before installation of plant materials or longer as recommended by manufacturer. 4.4.11. Moisture Content: Do not work the soil when moisture content is so great that excessive compaction will occur, nor when it is so dry that dust will form or clods will not break up readily. 4.4.12. Contaminated Soil: Remove and dispose of soil which contains foreign materials or deleterious substances such as oil, plaster, con- crete, gasoline, paint, solvents, etc. Replace affected soil with ap- proved native or imported top soil. Contractor will be held responsible for damage to installed plants caused by such substances. 4.4.13. Ripping: Loosen planting areas to a depth of 8" by ripping soil in two directions. Do not invade root zone of existing trees on site without approval. Do not rip slopes 2:1 and greater. 4.4.14. Finish Grade: Grade planting areas to a smooth and even condition, without water pockets or irregularities. Water settle backfilled areas. Remove clods over 2" and rocks over 1" in diameter within 6" of sur- face. Fine grade so that after conditioning and planting, finish grade is 1-1/2" (for groundcover areas) below the top of curbs and walks. Slope to drain away from building to adjacent roadways, drainage swales, or catch basins at 2%. 4.5. PLANTING 4.5.1. Protection: Protect plant materials from sun, wind, and drying during transit, at the site before, during, and after planting. Water to full depth of backfill immediately after planting, including groundcover areas. 4.5.2. Do not plant until irrigation system installation is complete, and until final grades are established and approved. 4.5.3. Plant Locations: Plant locations shown on the Drawings are dia- grammatic and subject to minor modification in the field as approved by the Owner's Representative and at no additional cost to the Owner. 4.5.4. Pits: Dig with vertical sides. Size as indicated on the Drawings. 4.5.5. Setting: Place plants in center of pits in vertical setting. Place so that crown will be at least 2" above finish grade for trees and shrubs after watering and settling and create a temporary water basin around pits. Keep groundcover 1/4" above grade and water with a fine spray. 4.5.6. Backfill: For trees, shrubs, and vines, backfill with thoroughly mixed specified mixture and then water. Thoroughly water settle all backfilled areas. 4.5.7. Fertilizer Tablets: Apply per manufacturer's written instructions. 4.5.8. Staking: Double stake as noted and detailed on planting Drawings. Remove nursery stakes as soon as planting detail stakes and guys are installed. Page 89 4.5.9. Mulching: For tree, shrub, and groundcover areas. Apply 3" settled thickness of mulch over planting beds within 4 days after planting. Rake to an even surface and water to full depth of mulch. 4.5.10. Tree Trunk Protectors: For trees in lawn areas. Install per manufac- turer's instructions. 4.6. PLANTING SHRUBS AND VINES 4.6.1. In general, planting holes shall be two times the size of the rootball, but in no case too small to accommodate plants. 4.6.2. Excavation shall include the stripping and stacking of all acceptable soil encountered within the areas to be excavated for plant pits and planting beds. Protect all areas that are to be trucked over and upon which soil is to be temporarily stacked pending its re-use for the fill- ings of holes, pits and beds. 4.6.3. Excess soil, generated from the planting holes shall be spread evenly over the site by the Contractor. 4.6.4. All used containers shall be removed to the storage area or from the site by the Contractor. 4.6.5. The plants shall be planted at approved locations with the heretofore specified conditioner and soil planting backfill. 4.6.6. The plants shall be placed in the planting pits on the soil which has been hand tamped and water settled to the root ball base levels prior to the placement of the plants. After setting the plants, the remaining backfill material shall be carefully tamped and settled around each root ball to fill all voids. 4.6.7. Each shrub shall be placed in the center of the hole and shall be set plumb and held rigidly in position until the planting backfill has been tamped from around each root ball. 4.6.8. All plants shall be set at such a level that after settling they bear the same relationship to the surrounding finish grade as they bore to the soil in the container. 4.6.9. Planting tablets shall be placed in each shrub planting hole at the following rates. 4.6.9.1. 2-21 gram tablets per 15 gallon container. 4.6.9.2. 2-21 gram tablets per 5 gallon container. 4.6.9.3. 1-21 gram tablet per each 1 gallon container. 4.6.10. No plant will be accepted if the root ball is broken or cracked, either before, during or after the process of installation. Page 90 4.6.11. All plants shall be thoroughly watered into the full depth of each plant hole immediately after planting. 4.6.12. The Contractor shall be responsible for all surface and subsurface drainage required which may affect his guarantee of the shrubs, and vines. 4.6.13. Pruning after planting shall be required on all shrubs and vines when necessary to provide the specified or approved standard shapes, form and/or sizes characteristic to each plant. Pruning may include thin- ning, topping, and/or cutting and shall be under the direction of the Owner. Cuts over 3/4 inch in diameter shall be painted with an ap- proved sealant. 4.7. PLANTING GROUNDCOVERS 4.7.1. Groundcovers shall be planted in the areas indicated on the drawings. The groundcover plants shall be rooted cuttings grown in flats, and shall remain in those flats until transplanting. 4.7.2. All groundcover plants shall be planted with soil around roots in staggered rows, evenly spaced at the intervals called out on the draw- ings. 4.7.3. The groundcover plants shall be planted sufficiently deep to cover all roots and shall be fertilized with a 5 gram plant tablet and immediately sprinkled after planting until the entire area is soaked to the full depth of all holes. 4.8. BARK MULCH APPLICATION 4.8.1. Apply 2" minimum depth of bark mulch to all shrub and groundcover areas less than 2:1 slope. 4.9. HERBICIDE APPLICATION 4.9.1. Apply approved herbicide to subgrade in all planting areas and decomposed granite areas as required by owner. 4.9.2. Apply herbicides according to manufacturer's directions only, using all proper safety precautions. Do not apply herbicides during high winds or rainy weather. 4.10. GUYING MATERIALS 4.10.1. Guy wires shall be of pliable, zinc-coated steel of No. 12 gauge. 4.10.2. Anchors (deadman) for holding guy wires shall be 8" x 8" x 16" concrete blocks. Set 18" below finish grade. 4.10.3. Pipe for covering wire, shall be 1/2" dia. by 5' long white PVC plastic pipes. Page 91 4.11. DECOMPOSED GRANITE 4.11.1. Stake and measure areas according to the rate of Decomposed Granite (D.G.) and Stabilizer to be used. 4.11.2. Spread all decomposed granite mixes to desired depths and levels to grade over specified base material. (See civil plans for depth and lo- cations of designated stabilized and non-stabilized D.G. areas). It is critical that stabilizer be thoroughly and uniformly premixed (at the supplier plant) throughout the total depth of the decomposed granite profile. Contractor to provide trip slips and invoices of materials pro- vided to City representative. 4.11.3. Optional - Bend 3-5 Ibs of Sportsgrid fibers per ton of decomposed granite screenings (verify with owner) for vehicular parking lot area only. Contractor to provide separate bid price for this as add/deduct item. 4.11.4. Water heavily with a hose to achieve full depth moisture penetration of the mix. (Do not water with a water truck). Test for penetration by random core inspection. 4.11.5. Roll and compact to 95% relative compaction with a two- to five-ton double drum roller. If the surface is flaky or sticks to the roller drum, add more water. If the roller creates a washboard effect or rills, extra setup time is necessary. Do not begin compaction for 6 hours after placement and up to 48 hours. Take care in compacting decomposed granite screenings when adjacent to planting and irrigation systems. 4.11.6. Remove and replace decomposed granite paving that is damaged, defective, or does not meet minimum requirements of this section. 4.11.7. Contractor to grade all decomposed granite areas as per Civil engi- neers drawings to shed water off the sides. 4.11.8. Repairs: 4.11.8.1. Excavate damaged areas to the depth of Stabilized de- composed granite and square up side walls. 4.11.8.2. If area is dry, moisten damaged portion lightly. 4.11.8.3. Preblend the dry required amount of Stabilizer powder with the proper amount of decomposed granite in a cement mixer or pug mill. 4.11.8.4. Add water to the pre-blended decomposed gran- ite/Stabilizer mix. Thoroughly moisten mix with 25-35 gal- lons per ton of pre-blended material, or to approximately 10% moisture content. 4.11.8.5. Apply moistened, pre-blended decomposed granite screenings to excavated area to finish grade. Page 92 4.11.8.6. Compact with an 8" to 10" hand tamp or 250 to 300 Ib. Roller (if the area is high traffic area, i.e. Parking lot, use a larger roller - 1/2 ton minimum. Keep traffic off areas for 12 to 48 hours after repair has been completed. 4.12. SILICA SAND #20 4.12.1. Install sand as per plans. 4.12.2. The contractor price for silica sand #20 shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in installing silica sand #20 as shown on the plans, and as directed by the Engineer, including clean- up, repairs and guarantees. 4.13. EROSION CONTROL BLANKET 4.13.1. Install per manufacturer's specifications. 4.13.2. Optional 'Green Dot System' may be used if deemed necessary by city engineer. 4.14. POST FERTILIZATION 4.14.1. Post Fertilization for all planting areas (14-7-3) shall occur 45 days after planting at a rate of 15 Ibs. per 1,000 sq. ft. and again at the end of the maintenance period. 4.15. CLEANUP 4.15.1. Refer to Section 01770. 4.15.2. Site: During the course of the Work, remove surplus materials from the site and leave premises in a neat and clean condition. Sweep walks and paving. 4.15.3. Plants: After pre-maintenance observation remove nursery tags and labels from plant materials. 4.16. MAINTENANCE 4.16.1. Maintenance period shall begin when all Work indicated on Drawings and specified has been completed, inspected and approved by Owner's Representative. Maintenance work shall be performed as specified herein after, and shall be continued for a minimum period of 90 calendar days. Contractor shall not be released from the mainte- nance period obligation until all items found during inspections have been resolved to the Owner's Representative's satisfaction in confor- mance with the Drawings and Specifications, and a written statement so stating has been issued. Page 93 4.16.2. Tree Pruning: """^•^ 4.16.2.1. Prune trees selectively to provide the following characteris- tics: 4.16.2.1.1. To allow development of permanent scaffold branches that are smaller in diameter than the trunk or branch to which they are attached, and which have a vertical spacing of 18" to 24", with radial orientation and do not overlap one an- other. 4.16.2.1.2. Eliminate narrow V-shaped branch forks which lack strength. 4.16.2.1.3. Thin out crowns to reduce toppling and wind damage. 4.16.2.1.4. As necessary to maintain growth within space limitations. 4.16.2.1.5. As necessary to maintain a natural appearance, and to balance the crown with roots. 4.16.2.2. Stripping of lower branches (raising up) of young trees will not be permitted. Retain lower branches in a "tipped back" -^ or pinched condition, with as much foliage as possible to j promote trunk growth (tapered trunk). Lower branches may **** be cut flush with the trunk only after the tree is able to stand erect without staking or other support. 4.16.2.3. Thin out and shape evergreen trees when necessary to prevent wind and storm damage, preferably in early spring. 4.16.2.4. Perform primary pruning of deciduous trees during the dormant season. Prune damaged trees or those that con- stitute health or safety hazards promptly, without regard to season. 4.16.2.5. Make all pruning cuts of lateral branches or buds flush with trunk. "Stubbing" is not permitted. 4.16.2.6. Prune lower branches interfering with mowing operations, but only with the approval of the Owner's Representative. 4.16.3. Shrub Pruning: Objectives of shrub pruning are as specified for trees. Do not clip shrubs into balled or boxed form except where required by the design and so identified on the Plant Material Legend. 4.16.4. Plant Supports: Inspect stakes and guys to prevent girdling of trunks or branches. Make adjustments as necessary to prevent rubbing or in- jury to bark. Remove stakes and guys as soon as plants no longer re- '*"*% quire their support (approximately 2 growing seasons or one year). \^J Page 94 4.16.5. Weed Control: Maintain basins and areas between plants free of weed growth. Apply pre-emergent herbicides as recommended by a licensed pest control advisor. Avoid frequent soil cultivation that may damage shallow roots. 4.16.6. Insect and Disease Control: Maintain effective controls using ap- proved materials and application techniques in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 4.16.7. Pest Control: Provide all measures necessary to exterminate gophers and moles immediately when their presence is discovered. Repair and restore all surfaces to their original conditions. 4.16.8. Fertilization: Provide application of 15-15-15 commercial fertilizer; apply at the rate of 10 Ibs. per 1,000 square feet at the following peri- ods: 4.16.8.1. Sixty (60) calendar days following beginning date of main- tenance period. 4.16.9. Plant Replacement: Remove dead and dying plants and replace with healthy plants of equal size, condition, and variety indicated on the Contract Drawings. Prepare soils and plant in accordance with Con- tract Specifications. 4.16.10. Miscellaneous: 4.16.10.1. All paved areas shall be kept continuously clear of mud, debris and puddles. 4.16.10.2. Hoses, maintenance equipment, and materials shall be neatly stored when not in use in an area authorized by the Owner's Representative. 4.16.10.3. Maintain a water basin around plants sized so that enough water can be applied to establish moisture through major root zone. When hand watering, use a water wand to break force of water. 4.16.10.4. Maintenance foreman on the job shall be a competent English speaking supervisor, experienced in landscape maintenance, and capable of discussing matters with the City Representative on the site.FINAL ACCEPTANCE 4.16.11. After final inspection and acceptance of completed Work, Owner will assume maintenance of accepted Work. END OF SECTION Page 95 SECTION 02951 LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 1. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1. SUMMARY 1.1.1. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, tools, services and miscellaneous and incidental work to complete all landscape maintenance as indicated on the Drawings and as specified. 1.1.2. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1.1.2.1. Irrigation - Section 02810. 1.1.2.2. Planting - Section 02900. 1.2. DESCRIPTION OF WORK 1.2.1. Maintenance period shall be 90 calendar days beginning with acceptance of pre-maintenance review and upon approval by the Owner's representative. 1.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.3.1. Prior to start of maintenance period provide as-built record drawings of irrigation system. 1.3.2. Make final review at completion of maintenance period to determine acceptability of work. 1.3.3. Verify all turn-over items noted in other specification sections prior to a final review. 1.4. GUARANTEE 1.4.1. Guarantee all plant material installed under contract against any and all poor, inadequate or inferior materials and/or workmanship, per FOR 1 YEAR. Replace any plant found to be dead, missing, or in poor condition due to faulty materials or workmanship, at no cost to the owner. 1.4.2. Replace all material found to be dead, missing, or in poor condition during maintenance period immediately. The owner's representative shall be sole judge as to condition of material. Replace material within 15 days of written notification by owner's representative. 2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1. MATERIALS Page 96 2.1.1. All materials to conform to planting specifications in other sections or otherwise be acceptable to the Owner's representative. Provide monthly record of all herbicides, fertilizers, insecticides and disease control chemicals used to the owner's representative. 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1. GENERAL 3.1.1. Continuously maintain all areas involved in this contract during progress of work and during maintenance period until final acceptance of work by the Owner's representative. 3.1.2. Unacceptable condition of any planting at termination of schedule maintenance period may cause postponement of final completion date of contract. Maintenance to be continued by Contractor until all work is acceptable. 3.1.3. In order to carry out maintenance work, furnish sufficient labor and adequate equipment to perform work in timely fashion during plant maintenance period. 3.1.4. Start of Maintenance Criteria: Maintenance period shall not start until all elements of construction, planting and irrigation for entire project are complete. Project will not be segmented into maintenance phases, unless specifically authorized in writing by the owner's representative. 3.2. MAINTENANCE 3.2.1. Keep all areas free of debris and weeds. Keep planted areas weed- free. Pick up all litter in planted areas. Clean up run-off onto paved ar- eas caused by erosion of soil in planted areas. All pick-up and clean- ing operations shall be done weekly. 3.2.2. Provide adequate protection of all areas. Repair damaged areas at Contractor's expense. All hazardous conditions shall be remedied immediately. 3.2.3. Between 30th and 40th day of maintenance period, re-sod all spots or areas within lawn where normal turf growth is not evident as determined by Owner's representative. Re-sod as often as necessary to provide assured complete coverage of turf. 3.3. FERTILIZING 3.3.1. Fertilize all planting areas with following: 3.3.1.1. At end of first 30 days and at 30 day intervals, apply 7 Ibs per 1,000 square feet of 16-7-12 (+ iron) fertilizer. 3.3.1.2. At end of maintenance period and at 30-day intervals should maintenance period be extended, apply 10 Ibs per 1,000 square feet of 16-7-12 (+ iron) fertilizer. Page 97 3.4. IRRIGATION SYSTEM 3.4.1. Checking System: Check entire system weekly for proper operation. Flush out lateral lines after removing last two heads at each end of lateral. All heads are to be adjusted as necessary for unimpeded cov- erage. 3.4.2. Programming: Set and prepare automatic controllers for seasonal water requirements. Give owner's representative two (2) keys to con- trollers and written instructions on how to operate and maintain the equipment. 3.4.3. Repairs: Repair all damages to irrigation system at contractor's expense. Repairs to be made within one watering period. 3.5. FINAL ACCEPTANCE 3.5.1. Upon completion of the maintenance period, a final inspection for acceptance will be performed by the owner's representative. 3.5.2. If the maintenance period is satisfactorily completed ahead of other work included in the contract, the maintenance of planted areas shall be the responsibility of the contractor until all other work has been completed and accepted by the owner's representative. END OF SECTION Page 98 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 1. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1. SECTION INCLUDES 1.1.1. Formwork for cast-in-place concrete, with shoring, bracing and anchorage. 1.1.2. Openings for other work. 1.1.3. Form accessories. 1.1.4. Form stripping. 1.2. PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION 1.2.1. Section 03310 - Cast-ln-Place Concrete: Supply of concrete accesso- ries for placement by this Section. 1.2.2. Section 04810 - Reinforced Unit Masonry System : Supply of masonry accessories for placement by this Section. 1.2.3. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications: Supply of metal fabrications for placement by this Section. 1.3. RELATED SECTIONS 1.3.1. Section 02751 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving. 1.3.2. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. 1.3.3. Section 03310 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 1.4. REFERENCES 1.4.1. ACI 347R - Guide to Formwork for Concrete. 1.4.2. PS -1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood. 1.5. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 1.5.1. Design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring and bracing to conform to design and code requirements, with resultant concrete conforming to required shape, line and dimension. 1.6. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.6.1. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 347R. 1.7. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Page 99 1.7.1. Conform to Uniform Building Code for design, fabrication, erection and removal of formwork, including Section 1906. 1.8. COORDINATION. 1.8.1. Coordinate this Section with other Sections of work which require attachment of components to formwork. 1.8.2. If formwork is placed after reinforcement resulting in insufficient concrete cover over reinforcement, request instructions from Architect before proceeding. 1.9. PRODUCT HANDLING 1.9.1. On delivery to Project Site, place materials in area protected from weather. 1.9.2. Store materials above ground on framework or blocking and cover with protective waterproof covering providing for adequate air circula- tion and ventilation. Handle materials to prevent damage. 2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1. WOOD FORM MATERIALS 2.1.1. Formwork Re-Use Criteria 2.1.1.1. Provide all new materials, except for factory fabricated re- usable joist forms. 2.1.1.2. Materials may be reused during the progress of the work, provided surface finish, formwork quality and structural ca- pability are maintained. 2.1.1.3. Completely clean and recondition all reused formwork ma- terials. Recoat for each reuse. 2.1.2. Softwood Plywood - Vertical and horizontal surfaces. 2.1.2.1. Grade Certification: APA Grade stamped, complying with PS-1. 2.1.2.2. Type: APA Plyform, Exterior Type. 2.1.2.3. Class/Face Veneer: Class I or II, B-B Veneer. 2.1.2.4. Panel Finish: Where concrete will be exposed to view in fi- nal project, with painted and non-painted finish, provide HDO resin fiber overlay. 2.1.3. Lumber: Provide Douglas Fir, standard or better grade, 2 inch nominal thickness, dressed S4S. Page 100 2.1.4. Exposed Concrete Moldings and Ornamental Surfaces: Provide reverse molded soft pine mould properly placed and secured in forms. Dress molded surfaces to true, smooth surfaces and coated with ap- proved release agent. Construct all projecting wood moulds to allow for removal without damage to concrete surface. 2.1.4.1. Use of high density extruded styrene foam is an approved alternate. 2.2. FORMWORK ACCESSORIES 2.2.1. Form Ties: 2.2.1.1. Concealed Condition: 2.2.1.1.1. Burke Penta-Tie or equal. Snap-off type, fixed length, cone type, 1 inch back break dimension, free of defects that could leave holes larger than one inch in concrete sur- face; provide flush plugs for cone holes. 2.2.1.1.2. Burke Taper ties or equal. 2.2.1.2. Exposed Condition: Snap-off type, fixed length, cone type, 1 inch back break dimension, free of defects that could leave holes larger than one inch in concrete surface; pro- vide semi-recessed plugs for cone holes. 2.2.1.3. Exposed Condition at sandblasted finish: SuperTie fiber- glass form tie system or equal, as manufactured by RJD Industries, Phone 714-582-0191. Provide rod color as elected by Architect to match concrete color, and all nec- essary accessories and installation devices. 2.2.2. Form Release Agent: Cresset or equal, colorless, water based material which will not stain concrete, or absorb moisture, or impair natural bonding or color characteristics of coating intended for use on concrete. 2.2.2.1. Select type suitable and appropriate for achieving CCS 2 surface at exposed concrete applications. 2.2.2.2. Select type suitable and appropriate for achieving CCS 4 surface at concealed concrete applications. 2.2.3. Corners: Chamfered, rigid plastic or wood strip type; 3/4 x 3/4 inch size; maximum possible lengths. 2.2.4. Sleeves for pipe penetrations: Corrosion Resistant metal/Polyvinyl Chloride pipe, size as required for necessary clearances and installa- tion of sealants. Page 101 2.2.5. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required, of sufficient strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete. 2.2.6. Form Stakes: Steel bar stock, pre-drilled for nails. 2.2.7. Formwork Panel Edge: Provide foam edge stripping at exposed formwork panel edges to minimize mortar leakage. 2.3. TUBE FORM 2.3.1. Provide Burke or equal prefabricated tube form. 2.3.1.1. Light pole and Art Pole bases: Seamless Series, wall type as required by application. 2.4. OTHER MATERIALS 2.4.1. Provide all other materials, not specifically described but required for complete and proper installation of this work, as selected by the con- tractor and subject to the approval of the Architect. 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1. SURFACE CONDITIONS 3.1.1. Inspection 3.1.1.1. Prior to work of this section, carefully inspect previously in- stalled work. Verify all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 3.1.1.2. Verify that work of this section may be installed in strict ac- cordance with the original design, all pertinent codes and regulations, and all pertinent portions of the referenced standards. 3.1.1.3. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Archi- tect. 3.1.1.4. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy un- til all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.2. EARTH FORMS 3.2.1. Earth forms may be used for footings and grade beams where soil is stable. Any exposed footings shall be formed. 3.2.2. Hand trim sides and bottom of earth forms. Remove loose soil prior to placing concrete. Increase width of earth formed members one inch each side. 3.2.3. Construct wood edge forms, as specified below, to extend not less than 2 inches below soil level. Do not permit stakes to extend into or Page 102 through footing zone. Form all concrete without penetrating footing concrete. 3.2.4. Fill over-excavated footings and foundations with concrete at no additional contract cost. 3.2.5. Excavate as necessary to accommodate installation and removal of formwork. 3.2.6. Fill voids resulting from collapse or sloughing of foundation excavation and sidewalls with concrete at no additional contract cost. 3.2.7. Prior to pouring footings or foundations, remove all debris, loose material, and water from excavation. 3.2.7.1. Where water has accumulated in excavation, obtain Archi- tects and Geotechnical Engineers review of the suitability of sub-grade condition. 3.2.7.2. Repair sub-grade as required by Geotechnical Engineer at no additional contract cost. 3.2.7.3. Do not place concrete on mud or saturated soils. 3.3. ERECTION - FORMWORK 3.3.1. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance with requirements of ACI 347R. 3.3.2. Formwork bracing and supports: 3.3.2.1. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. 3.3.2.2. Provide trussed supports when adequate foundations for shores and struts cannot be secured. 3.3.2.3. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to overstressing by construction loads. 3.3.2.4. Provide shores and struts with positive means of adjust- ment capable of taking up formwork settlement during con- crete placing operations, using wedges, jacks or a combi- nation of the two. 3.3.2.5. Do not permit form stakes to extend into or through footing zone. Form all concrete without penetrating footing con- crete. 3.3.2.6. Provide top form at inclined surfaces where slope is too steep for concrete placement without sagging or sloughing. 3.3.3. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not damage concrete during stripping. Provide crush plates or Page 103 other approved guards where stripping operation may damage con- crete. Kerf wood inserts to permit easy removal. 3.3.4. Chamfer exposed corners. Seal Joints between chamfer and form panel. Miter chamfer strips at changes in direction. 3.3.5. Plywood Lay-out: 3.3.5.1. Place plywood panels with horizontal joints level, vertical joints plumb. 3.3.5.1.1. Unless noted otherwise, place panel edge at center of surface and extend in equal di- mension in each direction. 3.3.5.1 .2. Set form tie so that visible cones are placed in a uniform and aligned pattern. Maintain cones level and vertically aligned. 3.3.5.2. Keep form joints to a minimum. Use maximum size pan- els. 3.3.5.3. Back all joints by a stud or solid blocking, and provide shaped filler where necessary for smoothness. Provide foam form edge striping to prevent grout washout. 3.3.5.4. Reused panels shall be thoroughly cleaned, damaged edges or surfaces repaired, and both sides and edges coated with specified material. 3.3.5.5. Nail plywood along edges and to intermediate supports with common wire nails spaced as necessary to maintain alignment and prevent warping. 3.3.6. Openings in structural members which are not indicated on Drawing are not permitted. 3.3.7. Depressions and transitions: Review all drawings and identify all areas requiring depressions and transitions. Coordinate with work in other sections to verify required depth and profile prior to setting forms. 3.4. APPLICATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT 3.4.1. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufac- turer's recommendations. 3.4.2. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items. 3.4.3. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings which are effected by agent. Soak inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep sur- faces wet prior to placement of concrete. Page 104 3.5. INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS 3.5.1. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in or passing through concrete work. 3.5.2. Locate and set in place items which will be cast directly into concrete. 3.5.3. Coordinate work of other Sections in forming and placing openings, slots, reglets, recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchors, and other in- serts. 3.5.4. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, straight, level, and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during con- crete placement. 3.5.5. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. 3.5.6. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in ex- posed concrete surfaces. 3.6. FORM CLEANING 3.6.1. Clean and remove foreign matter within forms as erection proceeds. 3.6.2. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete. 3.6.3. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean- out ports. 3.7. FORMWORK TOLERANCES 3.7.1. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 347R. 3.8. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.8.1. Erected formwork, shoring, and bracing will be inspected under the provision of Section 01450 to ensure that work is in accordance with formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure. 3.8.2. Request inspection 48 hours prior to placing concrete. 3.8.3. Unless otherwise specified, do not reuse wood formwork for concrete surfaces to be exposed to view. Do not patch formwork. 3.8.4. Deformation of formwork under load causing finish surface to be out of line, level, or plumb will be cause for rejection of concrete and sub- sequent removal. 3.9. FORM REMOVAL Page 105 3.9.1. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads, and in accor- dance with the following: 3.9.2. Columns and Walls: Maintain forms for a minimum of 1 day. 3.9.3. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against finish concrete surfaces scheduled for exposure to view. 3.9.4. Store removed forms in manner that surfaces to be in contact with fresh concrete will not be damaged. Discard damaged forms. 3.9.5. Plug exposed snap tie holes as specified in Section 03310. 3.9.6. Plug taper tie holes with approved cement grout. 3.9.7. Grout concealed form holes as specified in Section 03310. 3.9.8. Remove and finish fiberglass form tie per manufacturers recommen- dations. END OF SECTION Page 106 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 1. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1. SECTION INCLUDES 1.1.1. Reinforcing steel bars, wire fabric and accessories for cast-in-place concrete. 1.2. RELATED SECTIONS 1.2.1. Section 02751 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving. 1.2.2. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork. 1.2.3. Section 03310 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 1.3. REFERENCES 1.3.1. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements For Structural Concrete. 1.3.2. ACI SP-66 - American Concrete Institute-Detailing Manual. 1.3.3. ASTM A82 - Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 1.3.4. ASTM A185 - Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Rein- forcement 1.3.5. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 1.3.6. ASTM A706 - Low Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 1.3.7. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Manual of Practice. 1.3.8. CRSI - Placing Reinforcing Bars (5th ed.) 1.3.9. AWS D1.4 Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel. 1.4. SUBMITTALS 1.4.1. Submit under provisions of Section 01330. 1.4.2. Test Reports: Submit certified copies of mill test report of reinforcing steel analysis to testing laboratory, indicating products meet or ex- ceed specified requirements. Include grades, physical and chemical properties. Page 107 1.4.3. Where welding of reinforcing steel is required, submit mill reports indicating the chemical composition and the carbon equivalent (C.E.). 1.4.4. Submit steel reinforcement shop drawings in accordance with ACI 315 for reinforcing work which deviates from structural drawings and specifications. 1.5. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.5.1. Perform Work in accordance with CRSI, ACI SP-66, and ACI 318 and applicable section of Chapter 19, Uniform Building Code . 1.6. QUALIFICATIONS 1.6.1. Manufacturer 1.6.1.1. Manufacturer shall have produced the specified products for a period of five (5) years prior to beginning work of this section, and shall have the capability to produce the speci- fied products to the delivery and quantity criteria of the pro- ject. 1.6.1.2. Unless noted otherwise, reinforcing steel may be of do- mestic or imported origin, subject to compliance with speci- fied criteria. 1.6.2. Fabricator/Erector 1.6.2.1. For fabrication and installation of work, use only personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required, have installed similar applications of the specified products within one year prior to beginning work on this section, and who are completely familiar with the require- ments of this work. 1.6.2.2. Fabricator shall be currently licensed and approved by ju- risdictional authority as an approved fabricator of reinforc- ing steel. 1.7. COORDINATION 1.7.1. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01310. 1.7.2. Coordinate with placement of formwork, formed openings and other Work. 1.8. PRODUCT HANDLING 1.8.1. Deliver reinforcement to the Project Site bundled, tagged and marked. Indicate on tags, bar size, lengths, and other information correspond- ing to markings shown on placement diagrams. Page 108 1.8.2. Store materials at the Project Site to prevent damage and accumula- tion of dirt and excessive rust. Store welding electrodes in accord withAWSD1.4. 2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1. REINFORCEMENT 2.1.1. Reinforcing Steel: 2.1.1.1. Non-Welded Systems: ASTM A615, deformed billet steel bars, plain finish. 2.1.1.1.1. Bar size #4 and larger: 60 ksi yield grade. 2.1.1.2. Bar size less than #4: 40 ksi yield grade. 2.1.1.3. Provide reinforcing steel complying with ASTM A 706, Grade 60, where shown. 2.1.2. Welded Systems: ASTM A706, Grade 60. 2.1.3. Deformed wire: ASTM A 496. 2.1.3.1.1. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A185,Plain Type; flat sheets; plain finish. 2.1.3.1.2. Dowels: Same as 2.1.1. 2.2. ACCESSORY MATERIALS 2.2.1. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type . 2.2.2. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during concrete placement conditions including load bearing pad on bottom to prevent vapor re- tarder/barrier puncture. 2.2.3. Electrodes for welding ASTM A 615 reinforcing steel: Conform to requirements of Specifications for Low Alloy Steel Covered Arc- Welding Electrodes, AWS A5.5, E90XX Series, low hydrogen, having a minimum yield point of 90,000 psi. 2.2.4. Electrodes for welding ASTM A 706 reinforcing steel: Conform to requirements of Specifications for Low Alloy Steel Covered Arc- Welding Electrodes, AWS A5.5, E80XX Series, low hydrogen. 2.3. FABRICATION 2.3.1. Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with CRSI Manual of Practice, ACI SP-66, and ACI 318. 2.3.2. Do NOT bend or straighten bars in manner that will weaken or injure bar. Do not re-bend bars. Page 109 2.3.3. Do NOT use heat to bend bars. 2.3.4. Remove and replace reinforcement with following fabrication defects. 2.3.4.1. Bar lengths, depths and bends exceeding specified fabri- cation tolerances. 2.3.4.2. Bends or kinks not shown on Drawings or final shop draw- ings. 2.3.4.3. Bars with reduced cross-section due to excessive rusting or other cause 2.3.5. Locate reinforcing splices as shown on Drawings. Obtain approval of Structural Engineer for splices not shown on drawings. 2.4. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING 2.4.1. Provide for testing under the provisions of Section 01450. 2.4.1.1. Reinforcing Bars: Sections 1903.5.2 and 1906.5.3, Chap- ter 19, Uniform Building Code. 2.4.1.2. Cost of testing for unidentified stock shall be reimbursed to the Owner by the Contractor. 2.4.2. Provide mill test certificates indicating the following information: 2.4.2.1. Steel Source and Description 2.4.2.2. Ultimate tensile strength, Bend test, Elongation percentage and Yield point. 2.4.2.3. Heat number and Chemical analysis. 2.4.3. Sample and test reinforcing for compliance with ASTM A 615 and ASTM A 706. 2.4.3.1. When materials are delivered with heat number and mill test, the Testing Laboratory shall make one series of tests (tensile and bend) for each 10.0 tons, or fraction, of each size and kind of reinforcing steel. 2.4.3.2. When materials cannot be identified, the Testing Labora- tory shall make one series of tests (tensile and bend) for each 2.5 tons, or fraction, of each size and kind of reinforc- ing steel. 2.4.3.3. Payment for such testing will be borne by Contractor. 2.5. OTHER MATERIALS Page 110 2.5.1. Provide all other materials, not specifically described but required for complete and proper installation of this work, as selected by the con- tractor and subject to the approval of the Architect. 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1. SURFACE CONDITIONS 3.1.1. . Inspection 3.1.2. Prior to work of this section, carefully inspect previously installed work. Verify all such work is complete to the point where this installa- tion may properly commence. 3.1.3. Verify that work of this section may be installed in strict accordance with the original design, all pertinent codes and regulations, and all pertinent portions of the referenced standards. 3.1.4. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. 3.1.5. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.2. PLACEMENT 3.2.1. Place all concrete reinforcing in accordance with CRSI Manual of Practice and Section 1907, Chapter 19, Uniform Building Code. 3.2.2. Before placing, clean reinforcing of loose scale, rust, oil, dirt, and any coating adversely affecting concrete bond. 3.2.3. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from required position. 3.2.4. Do not displace or damage vapor barrier. 3.2.5. Accommodate placement of formed openings. 3.2.6. Maintain concrete cover around reinforcing as indicated. 3.2.7. Do NOT bend or straighten bars after placement. 3.2.8. Interrupt reinforcement at control, contraction, and expansion joints. 3.2.9. Place reinforcement to achieve slab and curb alignment as detailed. 3.2.10. Provide dowel joints at interruptions of concrete. 3.2.11. Comply with UBC Standard 19-2, Section 1903, Chapter 19, Uniform Building Code, and applicable AWS standards at all welding of rein- forcing bars. Page 111 3.3. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.3.1. Field inspection will be performed under provisions of Section 01430 and 01450. 3.3.2. Notify Architect 48 hours minimum prior to placement of concrete. 3.3.3. Inspections and tests of welds as required by AWS D1.4 will be made by the Testing Laboratory for reinforcing bar welds, including: 3.3.3.1. Certification of welders engaged in welding of reinforcing. 3.3.3.2. Inspection of reinforcing bar welds. 3.3.3.3. Perform 2 tensile tests of sample welds of the largest size bar for each type of welding. 3.3.4. Deficient welds will require the Contractor to provide and pay for such additional tests and inspections as required. Repair or replace defec- tive welds as acceptable. END OF SECTION Page 112 SECTION 03310 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1. SECTION INCLUDES, but not limited to: 1.1.1. All cast-in-place concrete. 1.1.2. Slabs on grade. 1.1.3. Site cast-in-place architectural features for the picnic trellis structure 1.2. PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION 1.2.1. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork: Placement of joint device anchors in formwork. 1.3. RELATED SECTIONS 1.3.1. Section 02751 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving. 1.3.2. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork. 1.3.3. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. 1.4. REFERENCES 1.4.1. ACI 117 - Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. 1.4.2. ACI 301 - Specification for Structural Concrete. 1.4.3. ACI 302.1R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. 1.4.4. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting, and ACI 306.1, Cold Weather Concreting. 1.4.5. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. 1.4.6. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 1.4.7. ASTM C 33 - Concrete Aggregates. 1.4.8. ASTM C 94 - Ready-Mixed Concrete. 1.4.9. ASTM C 150 - Portland Cement. 1.4.10. ASTM C 309 - Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 1.4.11. ASTM D1752 - Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers. Page 113 1.5. SUBMITTALS 1.5.1. Product Data: Provide data on admixtures, finishing and curing compounds, including product characteristics, compatibility and limita- tions. 1.5.2. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit criteria for preparation and application. 1.5.3. Mix designs: Prepare mix designs for Architect's review. Include the following information in mix design data: 1.5.3.1. Design 1.5.3.1.1. Project name, address, site location, and lo- cation of mix design usage. 1.5.3.1.2. Contractor, Sub-Contractor, Supplier and Plant Location. 1.5.3.1.3. Mix Number. 1.5.3.1.4. Specified compressive strength, maximum aggregate size, slump, and placement method. 1.5.3.1.5. Application and location in structure. 1.5.3.1.6. Signature and stamp of licensed civil or structural engineer responsible for mix de- sign. 1.5.3.2. Materials 1.5.3.2.1. Design Method. 1.5.3.2.2. Water-Cement Ratio. 1.5.3.2.3. Cement: Type, amount, and compliance with specified criteria statement. 1.5.3.2.4. Aggregates: Source(s), gradations (individ- ual and combined). 1.5.3.2.5. Admixtures: Brand, classification, dosage, addition method. 1.5.3.2.6. Water source. 1.5.3.2.7. Test Results, Batch Quantities, Yield (calcu- lations). 1.5.3.3. Special Considerations Page 114 1.5.3.3.1. Unit Weight. 1.5.3.3.2. Other considerations relative to placement, curing, finishing and testing. 1.5.4. Mock-Up: 1.5.4.1. Prepare on-site mock-up of cast-in-place concrete, located as directed by Owner to indicate quality of each specified finish. 1.5.4.2. Construct the mock-up as a minimum 4 foot x 4 foot com- ponent, placed on a movable skid panel. 1.5.4.3. Remove mock-up and dispose off -site. 1.6. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.6.1. Conform to Section 1905, and other applicable sections of Uniform Building Code. 1.6.2. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work. 1.7. PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE 1.7.1. Deliver, store, protect and handle products under provisions of Section 01600. 1.7.2. Deliver materials in manufacturer's packaging including application instructions. 1.8. COORDINATION 1.8.1. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01310. 1.8.2. Coordinate the placement of joint devices with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories. 2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1. CONCRETE MATERIALS 2.1.1. Cement: Conform to Section 1903.2, Chapter 19, Uniform Building Code; and ASTM C150; normal - Type II, low alkali, grey color. 2.1.2. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: Conform to Section 1906.3, Chapter 19, Uniform Building Code; ASTM C 33, and the following: 2.1.2.1. Coarse Aggregate: Clean, hard, fine-grained, sound, crushed rock or washed gravel; 2.1.2.1.1. Slabs, Columns, Walls: Class Designation 5S per ASTM C 33, Table 3, with 1 inch grading. Page 115 2.1.2.1.2. Foundations: Class Designation 38 per ASTM C 33, Table 3, with 1-1/2 inch grad- ing. 2.1.2.2. Fine Aggregate: Washed natural or manufactured sand, hard, strong, durable particles: not more than 1 percent deleterious materials. 2.1.3. Aggregate shall be non-reactive per ASTM C 289. 2.1.4. Water: Clean, potable, and not detrimental to concrete. 2.1.5. Concrete slab-on-grade cushion: Clean washed concrete sand complying with ASTM C 33. 2.2. CONCRETE ACCESSORY PRODUCTS 2.2.1. Membrane Curing Blankets 2.2.1.1. Provide Whitecap or equal 483-Curelap light colored plas- tic faced 10 oz. burlap curing blankets complying with ASTM C 171. 2.2.2. Membrane Curing Compounds 2.2.2.1. At integral colored concrete applications, provide curing compounds as recommended by integral color admixture manufacturer. 2.2.3. Vapor Retarder 2.2.3.1. Manufacturer: Stego Wrap or equal, 15 mil polyolefin film. 2.2.3.2. Perm Rating: Maximum 0.01 grains/square foot/hour per ASTM E-96. 2.2.3.3. Water vapor Transmission Rate: Maximum 0.006 grains/square foot/hour per ASTM E-96. 2.2.3.4. Puncture resistance: Minimum puncture resistance of 200 pounds/square foot per GRI/GSI - 86. 2.2.3.5. Tensile Strength: Minimum tensile strength of 54 pounds MD/55 pounds CMD per ASTM D 1004. Values shall be based on ASTM E 154 Resistance to Decay test portion. 2.2.3.6. Low Temperature Brittleness: Pass per ASTM D 1790. 2.2.4. Vapor Barriers 2.2.4.1. At slabs finished with wood flooring specified in Section 09644, provide W.R. Meadows or equal, Vapor Seal Series vapor barrier, with water vapor transmission rate of 0.000 Page 116 per ASTM E 96, Method B. Provide all required lap seal- ants and tapes. 2.2.5. Non Shrink Grout 2.2.5.1. Burke or equal, non shrink when tested in accordance with CRD-C-621-88 and ASTM C 827-87, providing minimum compressive strength of 2,500 psi at 24 hours and 8,000 psi at 28 days. 2.2.6. Admixtures 2.2.6.1. Concrete admixtures shall be a subject to prior approval by the jurisdictional authority and Architect. Calcium Chloride or admixtures containing chloride shall not be used. Ad- mixture(s) shall not adversely affect concrete strength or color of colored concrete, where occurs. 2.2.7. Void Forming Insulation: Styrofoam or equal, High Load 60. 2.2.8. Bonding Agent 2.2.8.1. Provide SikaDur 32 Hi-Mod bonding agent/adhesive con- forming to manufacturers criteria. 2.3. JOINT FORMING MATERIALS 2.3.1. Formed Construction Joints: Burke Keyed Kold or equal, galvanized steel, tongue and groove type. 2.3.2. Isolation Joint at radiused conditions: W.R. Meadows or equal, Ceramar, 3/8 inch thick by full depth of slab. 2.3.3. Isolation Joint at perimeter conditions: W.R. Meadows or equal, Sealtight Fiber, 3/8 inch thick by full depth of slab. 2.3.4. Weakened plane/control joints: Provide Sof-Cut system or sawcutting at all slab areas. Use of cast-in-place concrete joints is not accept- able. 2.4. JOINT SEALANTS 2.4.1. Provide sealants per Section 07900. 2.5. CONCRETE MIX 2.5.1. Prepare concrete mix design in accordance with Section 01450 and Section 1905.2 through 1905.6, Chapter 19, Uniform Building Code. 2.5.1.1. Provide concrete mixes as necessary to attain strengths and characteristics as noted on the drawings and in the specifications, and in accordance with Method B or Method C.. Page 117 2.5.1.2. In addition, provide concrete mixes for all slab-on-grade applications with maximum water-cement ratio of 0.50. 2.5.2. Mix concrete in accordance with UBC Standard 19-3 and Section 1905.8, Chapter 19, UBC.. 2.5.2.1. Deliver to Inspector on site, with each mixer load of con- crete, certificate bearing signature of the Weigh master and Testing Laboratory batch plant inspector stating quantities of each material contained in load and time mixer was loaded. 2.5.2.2. Delivery Requirements: 2.5.2.2.1. Licensed Weighmaster shall positively iden- tify materials as to quantity and certify each load by ticket. 2.5.2.2.2. Ticket shall be transmitted to Project In- spector Special Inspector by truck driver. 2.5.2.2.3. Project inspector Special Inspector shall keep daily record of pours, identify each truck, its load and time of receipt. 2.5.2.2.4. Concrete arriving at Work without Weigh- master ticket will be rejected. 2.5.2.2.5. Weighmaster shall furnish affidavit to Archi- tect, Testing Lab certifying concrete fur- nished conforms to proportions established by mix designs. 2.6. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING 2.6.1. Provide for testing under the provisions of Section 01450. 2.6.1.1. Cement: Section 1903.2, Chapter 19, Uniform Building Code 2.6.1.2. Aggregate: Section 1903.3, Chapter 19, Uniform Building Code 2.7. OTHER MATERIALS 2.7.1. Provide all other materials, not specifically described but required for complete and proper installation of this work, as selected by the con- tractor and subject to the approval of the Architect. 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1. SURFACE CONDITIONS 3.1.1. Inspection Page 118 3.1.1.1. Prior to work of this section, carefully inspect previously in- stalled work. Verify all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 3.1.1.2. Verify that work of this section may be installed in strict ac- cordance with the original design, all pertinent codes and regulations, and all pertinent portions of the referenced standards. 3.1.1.3. Verify all excavations have been inspected and approved by the Geotechnical Engineer. Verify all reinforcement and forms have been inspected and approved. 3.1.1.4. Verify concrete elevations, dimensions, and alignment with work specified in other sections. 3.1.1.5. Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement. 3.1.1.6. Identify, verify, and coordinate placement of piping and conduit sleeves through concrete. 3.1.1.7. Identify, verify, and coordinate the location, dimension, and requirements of all depressions, recesses, block-outs and other provisions. 3.1.1.8. Verify anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items embedded in concrete are accurately placed, posi- tioned securely, and will permit proper concrete placement. 3.1.2. Discrepancies 3.1.2.1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Archi- tect. 3.1.2.2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy un- til all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.2. PREPARATION 3.2.1. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instruc- tions. Before concrete is deposited upon or against concrete that has taken its initial set or has hardened, mechanically roughen hardened concrete to minimum 1/4 inch amplitude. Remove all encrustations from forms and reinforcements 3.2.2. Vapor retarder and barrier installation 3.2.2.1. Proof roll subgrade. 3.2.2.2. Place 2 inch sand cushion over sub-grade. 3.2.2.3. Place vapor retarder/barrier over sand cushion, lapping edges 12 inches. Tape and seal edges and penetrations. Page 119 Extend vapor retarder/barrier to footing face and turn down to bottom of footing. 3.2.2.4. Obtain inspectors approval of vapor retarder/barrier instal- lation before placing sand cushion. 3.2.2.5. Place 2 inch sand cushion over vapor retarder/barrier. Proof roll prior to reinforcement placement. Verify - may want to delete to eliminate potential water trap.. 3.2.2.6. Exercise care in placing reinforcing steel and concrete to avoid puncturing the sheeting. Do not drive stakes through the barrier. Use flat base screed supports. 3.2.3. Construction, Weakened plane and Expansion/Control Joints: Prior to beginning work of this Section, meet and coordinate with installing contractor for tile specified in Section 09310. Locate all joints in slabs to align with joint pattern shown on architects drawings. Where no pattern is shown, coordinate location to align with tile joints. 3.3. PLACING CONCRETE 3.3.1. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304 and Section 1905.7, Chapter 19, Uniform Building Code. 3.3.2. Ready mix Concrete shall be delivered in accordance with ASTM C94. Concrete shall be placed within 90 minutes after start of mixing. 3.3.3. Conform to ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather or when weather conditions may cause rapid evaporation of moisture. Con- form to ACI 306R-78 for concrete placement in cold weather condi- tions. 3.3.4. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, formed joint fillers, and joint devices are not disturbed during concrete placement. 3.3.5. Repair vapor retarder/barrier damaged during placement of concrete reinforcing. Repair with same material; lap over damaged areas mini- mum 6 inches and seal watertight. 3.3.6. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. 3.3.7. Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, control, and construction joints. Deposit in approximately horizontal layers, maximum twelve inches in thickness. Top surfaces of verti- cally formed lifts shall be generally level. 3.3.7.1. Place construction joints only at locations shown on draw- ings or as approved by Architect. 3.3.7.2. Install construction joints in accordance with Section 1906.4, Chapter 19, Uniform Building Code. Page 120 3.3.7.3. Concrete shall be conveyed from the mixer to the place of final deposit by methods which will prevent the separation or loss of materials. 3.3.8. Conveying and Placing 3.3.8.1. Convey concrete from the mixer to the place of final de- posit by methods which will prevent the separation or loss of materials. 3.3.8.2. To maximum extent possible, deposit concrete in its final position to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing. Deposit no concrete that has partially hardened or been contaminated by foreign materials. Do not use retempered concrete or concrete which has been remixed after initial set be used. 3.3.8.3. In depositing concrete in columns, walls or thin sections of considerable height, use form openings, elephant trunks, tremies or other approved devices to permit the concrete placement in a manner to prevent segregation and accu- mulation of hardened concrete on the forms or metal rein- forcements above the level of the concrete. Place devices so that the concrete will be dropped vertically. Do not ex- ceed an unconfined vertical drop greater than 6 feet measured from the end of such devices to the placement surface. 3.3.8.4. Once concrete placement begins, maintain a continuous operation until the placing of the panel or section is com- pleted. Maintain level top surfaces of vertically formed lifts. 3.3.8.5. Thoroughly consolidate concrete during placement. Work around reinforcement and embedded fixtures using me- chanical vibrators. Transmit vibration directly to concrete and in no case through forms. Do not allow vibrators to contact forms or reinforcing. 3.3.9. Pumped Concrete. 3.3.9.1. Do not use aluminum or aluminum lined pipe. Prevent concrete from contacting aluminum fittings. 3.3.9.2. Provide minimum 3 inch hose diameter for 1 inch aggre- gate concrete, with three workers at hose. Provide mini- mum 4 inch hose diameter for 1-1/2 inch aggregate con- crete, with four workers at hose. Provide mechanically supported and operated hose for hose exceeding 4 inch diameter. 3.3.9.3. Use only piston type reversible pumps. Provide standby pump of same capacity available onsite within one hours notice. Page 121 3.3.9.4. Do not add more water to the mix than the maximum al- lowed on the delivery ticket. 3.3.9.5. Thoroughly consolidate concrete during placement. Work around reinforcement and embedded fixtures using me- chanical vibrators. Transmit vibration directly to concrete and in no case through forms. Do not allow vibrators to contact forms or reinforcing. 3.3.10. Compaction and Screeding 3.3.10.1. Tamp freshly placed concrete with a heavy tamper until at least 3/8" of mortar is brought to the surface. Tamp con- crete with a light tamper, screed with a heavy straightedge until all depressions and irregularities are worked out and the surface is true to finish grades or elevations. Remove excess water and debris worked to the surface. Screed slabs to specified tolerances and slope to drain as noted on the drawings. 3.4. CONCRETE FINISHING 3.4.1. Slab Finish 3.4.1.1. General Finishing Criteria: Unless otherwise specified, comply with the following criteria: 3.4.1.1.1. When concrete has hardened sufficiently, float to a compact and smooth surface. 3.4.1.1.2. After floating, wait until concrete has reached the proper consistency before troweling. 3.4.1.1.3. Trowel slab surface with not less than two troweling operations with steel hand trowel. 3.4.1.1.4. Prior to and during final troweling, apply a fine mist of water frequently with an atomiz- ing type fog sprayer. 3.4.1.1.5. Final troweling shall produce hard, impervi- ous, and nonslip surfaces, free from defects and blemishes. 3.4.1 .1 .6. Sprinkling a mixture of dry cement and sand on concrete slab to absorb surface moisture will not be permitted. 3.4.2. Unless otherwise specified in paragraph 3.4.3, comply with the following criteria: Page 122 3.4.2.1. Unless specified otherwise, provide smooth steel trowel finish at all slabs per ACI 302.1R Class 3, free of ridges and defects. Steel troweling shall consist of three separate operations. 3.4.2.2. Obtain Owners approval of finish prior to proceeding. 3.4.2.3. At all corridors, utility areas, and similar surfaces not re- ceiving subsequent finish, provide medium swirl texture. 3.4.2.4. Slabs receiving clear or colored sealer: Provide steel trowel and medium broom finish. Broom finish shall be placed in a pattern as directed by the Architect. 3.4.2.5. Slabs receiving mortar beds, ceramic tile, waterproofing membranes or seamless flooring: Provide steel trowel and very light broom finish. 3.4.3. All Other Surfaces 3.4.3.1. All column, wall, and beam surfaces shall be as-cast, sub- ject to repair of surface deficiencies as specified. 3.4.4. Surface Defects 3.4.4.1. Surface defects shall be as defined in ACI 309.2R. 3.4.4.2. Surface irregularities shall be as defined in ACI 347 for Class B surfaces. 3.4.4.3. All surface defects shall be repaired per approved methods and as specified. 3.4.4.4. All void defects, such as honeycombing, air holes, and form streaking, shall be repaired by removing all defective material to sound surfaces. Patch void created with ap- proved portland cement based, polymer modified mortar. Match color and texture of adjacent surfaces. 3.4.4.5. All fins, grout lines, ridges and other form leakage defects shall be ground smooth per Architect's direction. 3.4.4.6. All concrete surfaces exceeding tolerances specified shall be brought within tolerance by grinding or filling. 3.4.4.7. Where, in the Architect's opinion, it is necessary to main- tain satisfactory appearance, the entire surface of any one component or element shall be repaired by the "sack and patch" method or other approved method. 3.5. EXPANSION AND WEAKENED PLANE JOINT INSTALLATION 3.5.1. Locate and form expansion control and contraction joints. Coordinate location with joint pattern shown for finish flooring. Page 123 3.5.2. Place formed construction joints in floor slab. Set top screed to required elevations. Secure to resist movement of wet concrete. 3.5.3. Install isolation joints between slab edges and vertical structural elements. 3.5.4. Install sealants in accordance with Section 07900. 3.5.5. Provide Sof-cut or equal weakened plane joints at locations shown on drawings. 3.6. CURING AND PROTECTION 3.6.1. Cure all floor slabs and all formed surfaces in accordance with ACI 308. 3.6.2. Inclement Weather Curing: 3.6.2.1. Hot Weather Curing: Conform with ACI 305, Chapter 4. In any case, concrete shall not be placed when the ambient temperature exceeds 90 degrees F. 3.6.2.2. Cold Weather Curing: Conform with ACI 306R. Provide heaters, blankets or other means as required to comply with referenced standards. 3.6.3. Vertical and Other Formed Surface: 3.6.3.1. After the concrete has hardened and while the forms are still in place, form ties may be loosened and water applied to run down on the inside of the form if necessary to keep the concrete wet. 3.6.3.2. When forms are removed, the exposed concrete surfaces shall be wet with water immediately and kept moist until curing compound is applied. 3.6.3.3. Just prior to application of curing compound, the concrete shall be allowed to reach a uniformly damp appearance with no free water on the surface and then the application of curing compound should be begun at once. 3.6.3.4. Apply membrane curing compound in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide minimum of two coats, with the second coat at right angles to the first. 3.7. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.7.1. Perform work of this section under the supervision of a capable concrete superintendent. 3.7.2. Provide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed testing and inspection firm. Page 124 3.7.3. Field inspection and testing per Section 1903 will be performed in accordance under provisions of Sections 01430 and 01450. 3.7.3.1. Inspector will reject concrete not conforming to this Sec- tion, including concrete which is not placed within 90 min- utes after batching. 3.8. TOLERANCES 3.8.1. All tolerances shall be as defined in ACI 117-90 and as specified. 3.8.2. Classification shall be per General Building: Cast-in-Place, ACI 117, Section 4.0, unless noted otherwise. 3.9. PATCHING 3.9.1. Exposed formed concrete surfaces, both interior and exterior, includ- ing surfaces designated to receive painted finish, shall provide sur- faces suitable for subsequent finishing, free from imperfect joints, fins, "honeycombing", air pockets or "bug" holes, or other such imperfec- tions. 3.9.2. Remove rough spots, stains and hardened mortar or grout from intended smooth surfaces by rubbing such surfaces lightly with fine Carborundum stone. Use liberal amount of water and rub sufficiently to remove defects without changing texture of concrete. 3.9.3. If surfaces designated as smooth are not uniform in texture and finish, treat as follows: 3.9.3.1. Prepare patching mix and apply to test location as directed by Architect. 3.9.3.2. Obtain Architects approval of finish, color and texture of patching mix. 3.9.3.3. Repair remaining defects with approved mixture. 3.9.3.4. Texture surface to match approved finish.. 3.9.3.5. Complete entire operation for any area the day it is started. 3.9.3.6. Do not use dry cement sacking. 3.9.4. Filling Snap Tie Cone Holes: 3.9.4.1. Break off tie rods at bottom of cone holes. 3.9.4.2. Concealed Applications: Flush hole with water, and allow to dry. Coat entire inner surface of cone hole with liquid bonding agent, then grout holes solid with approved ce- ment grout and grind smooth. Page 125 3.9.4.3. Flush hole with water, and allow to dry. Grout holes solid with approved cement grout and grind smooth. 3.9.4.4. Finish patches as specified in paragraph 3.9.3. 3.9.5. Finishing Supertie system: 3.9.5.1. Break off Supertie rod and finish per manufacturers in- structions. 3.10. DEFECTIVE CONCRETE 3.10.1. Concrete will be considered defective if strength characteristics indicated by tests of molded cylinders and core tests fall below the minimum 28-day strengths specified or indicated. Replace or ade- quately strengthen such defective concrete in a manner acceptable to the Architect and Structural Engineer. 3.10.2. Concrete will be considered defective if any one of the following conditions occurs: 3.10.2.1. Any concrete work not formed as indicated or is not in con- formance with specified tolerances. 3.10.2.2. Any concrete with voids or honeycomb that has been cut, resurfaced or filled, unless under the direction of the Struc- tural Engineer. 3.10.2.3. Any concrete with sawdust, shavings, wood, or embedded debris. 3.10.2.4. Any concrete placed more than 90 minutes after batching. 3.10.2.5. Replace or repair such defective concrete to the satisfac- tion of the Architect at no extra cost to the Owner. 3.11. EQUIPMENT BASES 3.11.1. Provide concrete bases and anchorage for mechanical, electrical, and other work as required and shown on the drawings and in accord with reviewed Shop Drawings of related trades. 3.12. MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE WORK 3.12.1. Provide areaways, cast-in-place valve boxes, pits, splash blocks, bases, and other miscellaneous concrete as shown and required to complete the Work. Conform to applicable requirements as specified in this section. 3.13. ADJUST AND CLEAN 3.13.1. Protect exposed concrete finish such as bases, curbs, and similar work as necessary to prevent damage resulting from impact or from subsequent work or rubbish. Page 126 3.13.2. Protect work of other Sections from damage by Work of this Section with heavy craft paper. 3.13.2.1. Maintain protection in effective condition for as long as the need for protection exists. 3.13.2.2. Control use of water within the building so that no damage to previously installed work or existing structure and finish is permitted to occur. END OF SECTION Page 127 SECTION 04065 MORTAR AND GROUT 1. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1. SECTION INCLUDES 1.1.1. Mortar and grout for masonry. 1.2. RELATED WORK. 1.2.1. Section 04810 - Reinforced Unit Masonry System. 1.3. REFERENCES 1.3.1. ASTM C144 - Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. 1.3.2. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement. 1.3.3. ASTM C207 - Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. 1.3.4. ASTM C270 - Mortar for Unit Masonry. 1.3.5. ASTM C404 - Aggregates for Masonry Grout. 1.3.6. ASTM C476 - Grout for Masonry. 1.3.7. IMIAC - International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council: Recom- mended Practices and Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Ma- sonry Construction. 1.4. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1.4.1. Deliver products to site under Greenbook provisions.. 1.4.2. Store and protect products under Greenbook provisions.. 1.4.3. Maintain packaged materials clean, dry, and protected against damp- ness, freezing, and foreign matter. 1.5. SUBMITTALS 1.5.1. Submit under provisions of Section 01330. 1.5.2. Product Data: Provide data on admixtures, including product charac- teristics, compatibility and limitations. 1.6. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1.6.1. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperatures to minimum 50 degrees F prior to, during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work. Page 128 2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1. MATERIALS 2.1.1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150 and Section 2102.2, Item 2.2, Chapter 21, Uniform Building Code; Type I or II, free alkali content 0.06 per- cent maximum, gray color. Use Type II where soil contact will occur. 2.1.2. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144 and Section 2102.2, Item 1.1, Chapter 21, Uniform Building Code; with not less than 3 percent passing #100 sieve. 2.1.3. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207 and Section 2102.2, Item 3.2, Chapter 21, Uniform Building Code. 2.1.4. Grout Aggregate: ASTM C404 and Section 2102.2, Item 1.2, Chapter 21, Uniform Building Code. 2.1.4.1. Coarse Aggregate: 100 percent passing 3/8 inch sieve and not more than 5 percent passing #8 sieve. 2.1.4.2. Fine Aggregate: Washed, natural sand; not more than 2 percent by weight deleterious substances; 5 percent mini- mum passing #100 sieve. 2.1.5. Water: Clean and potable. 2.1.6. Admixtures: 2.1.6.1. Grout Admixtures: Sika, Grout Aid Type II. 2.1.6.2. Mortar: No admixtures permitted, except colorant. 2.1.7. Mortar Colorant: Approved for use in mix, 100 percent mineral oxide, two separate colors as selected by Architect from standard color range. Provide mortar colorant at applications where masonry is ex- posed to view in final construction. 2.2. MORTAR MIXES 2.2.1. Mortar for Reinforced and Veneer Masonry: ASTM C270; Section 2102.2, Item 8, UBC; Section 2103.1 and Section 2103.3, Chapter 21, UBC. 2.2.1.1. Provide Type S, minimum compressive strength of 1800 psi at 28 days as indicated on the drawings. 2.2.2. Proportions - Type S: 2.2.2.1. 1 Part Portland Cement. 2.2.2.2. Mortar Aggregate: Not less than 2-1/4 and not more than 3 times the sum of the separate volumes of cementitious ma- terials. Page 129 2.2.2.3. Not less than 1/4 part nor more than 1/2 part lime. 2.3. MORTAR MIXING 2.3.1. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in accordance with ASTM C270 and Section 2103.3.1, Uniform Building Code, and the following 2.3.1.1. Use mixer with capacity for batches using full sack vol- umes of cement. 2.3.1 .2. Charge the mixer in the following sequence: 2.3.1.2.1. 1/2 quantity of sand, water, and admixture and colorant. 2.3.1.2.2. Full quantity of cement; Partial sack batches are prohibited. 2.3.1.2.3. 1/2 quantity of sand, water, and admixture and colorant. 2.3.1 .2.4. Full quantity of lime. 2.3.1.2.5. Additional water as required for workable mix. 2.3.2. If water is lost by evaporation, retemper only within one hour of mixing or prior to cement reaching initial set, which ever occurs first. 2.4. GROUT MIXES 2.4.1. Engineered Masonry: Comply with ASTM C476 and Section 2103.4, Uniform Building Code. 2.4.1.1. Type: coarse grout for concrete masonry units, fine grout for clay/concrete unit veneer. 2.4.1.2. Slump: 7-8 inches slump at low lift grouting applications. 2.4.1.3. Strength: Minimum compressive strength as indicated on the Drawings. 2.5. GROUT MIXING 2.5.1. Mix grout concrete in accordance with ASTM C94; and Section 2103.4 and 2102.2, Item 9, Chapter 21, Uniform Building Code. 2.5.2. Add admixtures in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide uniformity of mix. 2.5.3. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of grout. 2.6. Page 130 2.7. OTHER MATERIALS 2.7.1. Provide all other materials, not specifically described but required for complete and proper installation of this work, as selected by the con- tractor and subject to the approval of the Architect. 2.8. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 2.8.1. Provide for testing under the provisions of Section 01450. 2.8.2. Cement: Section 2102.2, Item 2, Uniform Building Code. 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1. SURFACE CONDITIONS 3.1.1. Inspection 3.1.1.1. Prior to work of this section, carefully inspect previously in- stalled work. Verify all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 3.1.1.2. Verify that work of this section may be installed in strict ac- cordance with the original design, all pertinent codes and regulations, and all pertinent portions of the referenced standards. 3.1.1.3. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Archi- tect. 3.1.1.4. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy un- til all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.2. INSTALLATION 3.2.1. Install mortar and grout to requirements of the specific masonry Sections. 3.3. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.3.1. Test mortar and grout in accordance with Section 01450, including Section 2105, Chapter 21, Part 2, Uniform Building Code. 3.3.2. Testing of Mortar Mixes: 3.3.2.1. Mortar Test: For each type of mortar, provide mortar field tests per UBC Standard 21-16. 3.3.2.2. For the first three days of masonry work, prepare three test specimens for each masonry crew. 3.3.2.3. Following the first three days of masonry work, prepare one masonry sample per week for each masonry crew. Page 131 Prepare additional specimens when changes in job condi- tions or materials occur. 3.3.3. Testing of Grout Mixes: 3.3.3.1. Grout Test: For each grout strength, provide grout sample field tests per UBC Standard 21-18. 3.3.3.2. For the first three days of masonry work, prepare three test specimens for each masonry crew. 3.3.3.3. Following the first three days of masonry work, prepare one masonry sample per week for each masonry crew. Prepare additional specimens when changes in job condi- tions or materials occur. END OF SECTION Page 132 SECTION 04810 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM 1. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1. SECTION INCLUDES 1.1.1. Masonry units. 1.1.2. Hollow concrete masonry units at site and building applications. 1.1.3. Reinforcement, anchorage, and accessories. 1.2. PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION 1.2.1. N/a 1.3. RELATED SECTIONS . 1.3.1. Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. 1.3.2. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement 1.3.3. Section 04065 - Mortar and Grout. 1.4. REFERENCES 1.4.1. UBC Standard 21-4 Hollow and Solid Load Bearing Concrete Ma- sonry Units. 1.4.2. ASTM C90 - Hollow Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. 1.4.3. ASTM C 55 - Standard Specification for Concrete Brick. 1.4.4. ASTM C 216 - Standard Specification for Facing Brick. 1.5. QUALIFICATIONS 1.5.1. Installer: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience. 1.6. SUBMITTALS 1.6.1. Submit under provisions of Section 01330. 1.6.2. Samples: 1.6.3. Submit samples indicating surface texture and color of block. 1.6.4. Certification: Submit certification from block manufacturer confirming compliance with criteria established by referenced standard and this section. Page 133 1.7. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1.7.1. Deliver products to site under Greeenbook provisions. 1.8. SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING 1.8.1. Coordinate work under Greenbook provisions. 1.9. GUARANTEE 1.9.1. Guarantee 1.9.2. Provide, in Architect approved form, the Owner with a guarantee against the following specific defects or failures for a period of three (3) years after Notice of Substantial Completion: 1.9.3. Expansion/contraction cracks. 2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1. MANUFACTURERS 2.1.1. Basis of Design: Characteristics of specific products, where named in this Section, are indicated to establish required level of quality, ap- pearance, and performance. The Architect will consider comparable products by alternate manufacturers where listed, and requests for substitutions, under the provisions of Section 01610. 2.2. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS: SLUMPSTONE 2.2.1. Type: 2.2.1.1. Slumpstone: Hollow Load Bearing Slumped Units per UBC Standard 21-4 ASTM C 90 and Section 2102A.2, Item 5, Chapter 21A, Part 2, Title 24, CCR. 2.2.1.2. Grade: Grade N, Type l-Moisture Controlled. 2.2.2. Weight Classification: 2.2.2.1. All units: Normal Weight (125 maximum pcf). 2.2.3. Size and style 2.2.3.1. Nominal 8 x 4 x 16 and 12 x 4 x 16, hollow load bearing units, one open end at vertical reinforcing, bond beam units at horizontal reinforcing. 2.2.3.2. Provide pilaster units as required for conditions shown on drawings. 2.2.3.3. Provide closed end units at all outside corners and ends. Page 134 2.2.3.4. Provide cap block and sill block profiles as shown on draw- ings. 2.2.4. Finish: Manufacturers standard slumped finish. 2.2.5. Color: Manufacturers standard beige. 2.3. ACCESSORIES, REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE 2.3.1. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A 615 or ASTM A 706, in accordance with Section 2102.2.1, Item 10, UBC, and as specified in Section 03200 of this Project Manual. 2.3.2. Where required or shown on structural drawings, provide prefabri- cated horizontal joint reinforcement complying with Section 2106.5, UBC, hot dipped galvanized. 2.3.3. source quality control and testing 2.3.4. Provide for testing under the provisions of Section 01450. 2.4. OTHER MATERIALS 2.4.1. Provide all other materials, not specifically described but required for complete and proper installation of this work, as selected by the con- tractor and subject to the approval of the Architect. 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1. SURFACE CONDITIONS 3.1.1. Inspection 3.1.2. Prior to work of this section, carefully inspect previously installed work. Verify all such work is complete to the point where this installa- tion may properly commence. 3.1.3. Verify that work of this section may be installed in strict accordance with the original design, all pertinent codes and regulations, and all pertinent portions of the referenced standards. 3.1.4. Verify that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into masonry work. 3.1.5. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. 3.1.6. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.2. PREPARATION 3.2.1. Direct and coordinate placement of metal anchors supplied to other Sections. Page 135 3.2.2. Provide temporary bracing during installation of masonry work. Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent bracing. 3.2.3. Provide templates for setting anchor bolts, maintaining clearances and embedment in compliance with Section 2106.2.14.1, Uniform Building Code. 3.3. COURSING 3.3.1. Establish lines, levels, and coursing indicated. Protect from displace- ment. 3.3.2. Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form vertical and horizontal joints of uniform thickness. 3.3.3. Lay masonry units in running bond. Course one unit and one mortar joint to equal 8 inches. 3.3.4. Joint Tooling: 3.3.4.1. Tool exterior wall joints concave. 3.3.4.2. Tool exposed interior wall joints concave. 3.3.4.3. Tool joints tight and flush at locations where plaster, wa- terproofing or tile finish occurs. 3.3.4.4. Where furring or framing assemblies are installed over ma- sonry, tool joints tight and flush. 3.3.5. Surface preparation for waterproofing membranes: Provide smooth mortar parge coat at all block surfaces receiving below grade water- proofing systems, free of ridges, gaps, holes or other surface imper- fections. 3.3.6. Preparation for flashing assemblies: Where roof or other flashing assemblies butt against or slope against adjoining masonry wall sur- face, sawcut reglet joint as required to receive flashing termination and as directed by Architect. 3.4. REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGES - REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY 3.4.1. Install reinforcement at spacing indicated and to allow a minimum grout coverage of 1/2 inch or 1 bar diameter, whichever is greater. 3.4.2. Support and secure reinforcing bars from displacement. Maintain position within 1/2 inch of dimensioned position. 3.4.3. Retain vertical reinforcement in position at top and bottom of cells and at intervals not exceeding 192 bar diameters. 3.4.4. Splice reinforcing bars in accordance with Section 2107.2.2.6, Chap- ter 21, Uniform Building Code; and as shown on structural drawings. Page 136 3.4.5. Embed anchors for attachment of metal fabrications. 3.4.6. Placing and Bonding 3.4.6.1. Lay masonry in accordance with Section 2104.6, Chapter 21, Uniform Building Code. 3.4.6.2. Perform jobsite cutting of masonry units with proper tools to provide straight, clean, unchipped edges. Prevent bro- ken masonry unit corners or edges. 3.4.6.3. Lay hollow masonry units with full face shell bedding on bed joints and full head joints. Lay clay/concrete brick ma- sonry units with full head and bed joints. 3.4.6.4. Buttering corners of joints or excessive furrowing of mortar joints are not permitted. 3.4.6.5. Lay masonry units with core cells grout space vertically aligned, clear of mortar, and unobstructed with a minimum cell dimension of 3 inches. 3.4.7. Interlock intersections and external corners. 3.4.7.1. Where expansion or control joints are shown on structural drawings, provide Type 1 sealant and backer rod as speci- fied in Section 07900 at both sides of joint. 3.4.7.2. Remove excess mortar as Work progresses. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has achieved initial set. Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and re- place. 3.4.7.3. Grout may be placed after mortar has achieved initial set. Permit mortar to cure 3 days before placing grout at high lift grouting operations. 3.4.8. Grouting 3.4.8.1. Wet masonry unit surfaces in contact with grout just prior to grout placement. 3.4.8.2. Provide coarse grout at hollow unit masonry applications. 3.4.8.3. Grout hollow unit masonry using specified grouting tech- niques. 3.4.8.4. When grouting is stopped for more than one hour, termi- nate grout 1/2 inch below top of upper masonry unit to form a positive key for subsequent grout placement. 3.4.9. Low Lift Grouting 3.4.9.1. Install masonry units to a maximum height of 24 inches. Page 137 3.4.9.2. Remove all overhanging mortar and mortar droppings. 3.4.9.3. Place first lift of grout and mechanically vibrate for grout consolidation. Place subsequent lifts in not more than 24 inch increments and mechanically vibrate for grout con- solidation. 3.4.10. High Lift Grouting: 3.4.10.1. Conform to requirements of Section 2104.6, UBC require- ments. 3.4.10.2. Provide clean-out openings no less than 4 inches high at the bottom of each grout pour by cutting one face shell of masonry unit at each vertical reinforcing bar. 3.4.10.3. Clean out masonry cells, reinforcing and cavities with high pressure water stream. Completely drain cavity and cell bottom of water. 3.4.10.4. Obtain Architects review of cleaned cells and cavities. Provide Architect with 3 days advance notice. 3.4.10.5. After review, seal opening with masonry face shell. 3.4.10.6. Pump grout into cells. Maintain water content in grout as required to achieve required slump without aggregate seg- regation. 3.4.10.7. Place grout in maximum 4 foot lifts. Provide initial grout consolidation by mechanical vibration. 3.4.10.8. After the grout has become plastic, but before any setting has occurred, place next grout lift. In normal weather con- ditions, delay placing subsequent grout lifts for 30 minutes minimum, and 60 minutes maximum. Reconsolidate the preceding grout lift by mechanical vibration, and repeat procedure. 3.5. BUILT - IN WORK 3.5.1. As work progresses, build in anchor bolts, plates, and other items furnished by other Sections. 3.5.2. Build in items plumb and level. 3.5.3. Do NOT build in pipes or ducts unless specifically detailed. 3.5.4. Do NOT build in organic materials subject to deterioration. 3.6. TOLERANCES 3.6.1. Maximum Variation From Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/16 inch. Page 138 3.6.2. Maximum Variation From Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in 10 feet and 1/2 inch in 20 feet or more. 3.6.3. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story non-cumulative. 3.6.4. Maximum Variation From Level Coursing: 1/8 inch in 3 feet and 1/4 inch in 10 feet; 1/2 inch in 30 feet. 3.6.5. Maximum Variation of Joint Thickness: 1/8 inch in 3 feet. 3.7. CUTTING AND FITTING 3.7.1. Cut and fit for chases, pipes, conduit, sleeves, grounds, and other penetrations. Coordinate with other Sections of work to provide cor- rect size, shape, and location. 3.7.2. Obtain Architect approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired. 3.8. CLEANING 3.8.1. Clean work under provisions of Section 01770. 3.8.2. Remove excess mortar and mortar smears. 3.8.3. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work. 3.8.4. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. 3.8.5. Do not use acid or acid base cleaning agents. 3.9. PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK 3.9.1. Protect finish installation under provisions of Section 01500. 3.9.2. Without damaging completed work, provide protective boards at exposed external corners which may be damaged by construction ac- tivities. 3.10. FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE 3.10.1. Perform testing and inspection under the provisions of Section 01450. 3.10.2. Masonry Inspection: Provide inspection per Section 1701.4, Item 7, Uniform Building Code. 3.10.3. Masonry Testing: Provide testing per Section 2105.3, Chapter 21, Uniform Building Code. 3.10.4. Masonry Prism Testing: For each different masonry compressive strength, provide testing per Section 2105.3.2, Chapter 21, Uniform Building Code. Prepare prisms as follows: Page 139 3.10.5. A set of five masonry prisms shall be built and tested in accordance with U.B.C. Standard No. 21-17 prior to the start of construction. Ma- terials used for the construction of the prisms shall be taken from those specified to be used in the project. Prisms shall be constructed under the observation of the special inspector or an approved agency and tested by an approved agency. 3.10.6. A set of three prisms shall be built and tested during construction in accordance with U.B.C. Standard No. 21-17 for each 5,000 square feet of wall area, but not less than one set of three masonry prisms for the project. 3.10.7. END OF SECTION Page 140 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL 1. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1. SECTION INCLUDES 1.1.1. Structural steel framing and support members. 1.1.2. Baseplates. 1.1.3. Grouting under baseplates. 1.2. PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION 1.2.1. Section 03310 - Cast-in-Place Concrete : Anchors for casting into concrete. 1.2.2. Section 04810 - Reinforced Unit Masonry System: Anchors for casting into masonry work. 1.3. RELATED SECTIONS 1.3.1. Section 05310 - Steel Deck. 1.3.2. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. 1.3.3. Section 09900 - Painting. 1.4. REFERENCES 1.4.1. ASTM A36 - Structural Steel. 1.4.2. ASTM A53 - Hot-Dipped, Zinc-coated Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe. 1.4.3. ASTM A123 - Zinc (Hot-Dipped Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 1.4.4. ASTM A307 - Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength. 1.4.5. ASTM A325-93 - Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. 1.4.6. ASTM A449 - Quenched and Tempered Steel Bolts and Studs. 1.4.7. ASTM A500 - Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes. 1.4.8. ASTM A 572 - Standard Specification for High Strength Low Alloy Columbium - Vanadium Steels of Structural Quality. Page 141 1.4.9. ASTM A 992 - Standard Specification for Steel of Structural Shapes for Use in Building Framing. 1.4.10. AWS A2.1 - Standard Welding Symbols. 1.4.11. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code. 1.4.12. AWS D1.3 - Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel. 1.4.13. AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel. 1.4.14. SSPC-Steel Structures Painting Council. 1.4.15. Uniform Building Code Standards 22-1, Material Specification for Structural Steel, 1997 edition. 1.4.16. AISC - Specification for Structural Steel Buildings - Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design - 9th Edition. 1.4.17. AISC - Code of Structural Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges and Commentary, modified as follows: 1.4.17.1. In Paragraph 4.2.1, delete the following sentence: "This approval constitutes the owner's acceptance of all respon- sibility for the design adequacy of any connections de- signed by the fabricator as a part of his preparation of these shop drawings." 1.4.17.2. In Paragraphs 7.4, 7.11.4, and 7.11.5, replace "Owner" with "Contractor". 1.4.18. AISC - Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or ASTM A 490 Bolts. 1.5. SUBMITTALS 1.5.1. Submit under provisions of Section 01330. 1.5.2. Shop Drawings: 1.5.2.1. Shop drawings shall include complete details and proce- dures and diagrams. Include details of cuts, connections, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. 1.5.2.2. Provide setting drawings, templates, and directions for in- stallation of anchor bolts and other anchorage to be in- stalled as work of other sections. 1.5.2.3. Indicate welds by standard AWS A2.1 and A2.4 symbols, and show size, length, sequence, and type of each weld. Indicate net weld lengths. Page 142 1.5.2.4. Shop drawings shall clearly identify, in graphic form, all de- viations from contract documents. Provide complete de- scription and rationale for deviation. 1.5.2.4.1. Where shop drawings propose deviations from contract documents, prior approval by Building Department is required. Do not fab- ricate steel prior to obtaining such approval. 1.5.2.4.2. The Architect will prepare documents for submission to Building Department for re- view documenting proposed deviations from contract documents. Cost of such prepara- tion, all Building Department plan check fees and all related charges will be paid by Contractor by deductive change order. 1.5.2.4.3. Contractor shall incorporate all delays caused by Building Department review into schedule. No cost increase will be allowed by Owner for such delay. 1.5.2.5. Shop Drawings shall be originals developed by Contractor. Copying of Engineers or Architects drawings is not accept- able. 1.5.2.6. Clearly identify all changes made in re-submitted shop drawings. Incorporate changes necessary due to field conditions in re-submittal. 1.5.3. Product Data/Materials List 1.5.3.1. Submit producer's or manufacturer's specifications and in- stallation instructions for following products. Include labo- ratory test reports and other data to show compliance with specifications, including specified standards. 1.5.3.2. Structural steel (each type), including certified copies of mill reports covering chemical and physical properties. 1.5.3.3. Normal and high-strength bolts (each type), including nuts and washers. 1.5.3.4. Structural steel primer paint. 1.5.3.5. Shrinkage-resistant grout. 1.5.3.6. Power driven fasteners, shot pins, and related items. 1.5.4. Welders' Certificates: Submit documentation to the Testing Laboratory stating welders have been qualified and have current certification in accordance with AWS Standard 1.5.4.1. Welders shall be certified for Page 143 not less than 24 months and have received certification within past 12 months. 1.5.5. Welding Procedure Specification Submittal: 1.5.5.1. Submit to Testing Laboratory written Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS) as defined by AWS D1.1, Section 5. The WPS shall be prepared by the Fabricator for review and approval by the Testing Laboratory as complying with specified criteria, and shall be readily available to the weld- ing Inspector. 1.6. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.6.1. Codes and standards: comply with provisions of following, except as otherwise indicated. 1.6.1.1. American Institute of Steel Construction: (AISC) "Specifica- tions for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings", including the "Commentary" and Sup- plements thereto as issued. 1.6.1.2. American Welding Society (AWS) : Structural Welding Code, latest edition. 1.6.1.2.1. The minimum requirements for a qualified welding inspector shall be as those for an AWS certified welding inspector (CWI), as defined in the provision of the 1992 edition of AWS, QCI, Standard Guide for Qualifica- tion and Certification of Welding Inspectors published by the American Welding Society. All welding inspectors shall be approved by the DSA prior to inspection of any work. 1.7. QUALIFICATIONS 1.7.1. Manufacturer 1.7.1.1. Manufacturer shall have produced the specified products for a period of five (5) years prior to beginning work of this section, and shall have the capability to produce the speci- fied products to the delivery and quantity criteria of the pro- ject. 1.7.1.2. Provide structural steel manufactured within the continental United States. 1.7.2. Fabricator/Erector 1.7.2.1. For fabrication and installation of work, use only personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required, have installed similar applications of the specified products within one year prior to beginning work of this Page 144 section, and who are completely familiar with the manufac- turers' recommended methods of installation as well as the requirements of this work. 1.7.2.2. Provide structural steel fabrication within the continental United States in accordance with specified criteria. 1.8. FIELD MEASUREMENTS 1.8.1. Verify field measurements are as shown on shop drawings. 1.9. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 1.9.1. Deliver and store on site under the provisions of Section 01600. 1.9.2. Store materials above ground, protected from dirt, grease, corrosion and other damage. 1.9.3. Store all other materials in a waterproof manner. 1.9.4. Provide original packaged welding electrodes, clearly marked as to type and rating. 1.9.5. Do not store materials on structure in a manner causing potential distortion or damage to members, surfaces, or supporting structures. 2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1. MATERIALS 2.1.1. Structural Steel Members: ASTM A36 complying with Uniform Build- ing Code Standard 22-1 or ASTM A 572, Grade 50 and ATM A 992, as shown on structural drawings. 2.1.2. Structural Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B, and UBC Standard 22-1. 2.1.3. Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B, Type E or S, and UBC Standard 22-1. 2.1.4. Threaded Fasteners: 2.1.4.1. Machine Bolts: Unless noted otherwise, ASTM A307, Grade A, and ANSI, B18.1 and 818.2. Provide ASTM A563, Hex, Grade A Nuts and Washers. 2.1.4.2. Anchor Bolts: 2.1.4.2.1. ASTM A307, Grade A, unless noted other- wise on structural drawings. 2.1.4.3. High Strength Bolts: ASTM A 325 and Chapter 22, Divi- sion IV, Uniform Building Code, friction type or bearing type as indicated on structural drawings, with nuts comply- ing with ASTM A563, heavy hex, Grade C. Approved load Page 145 indicator washers may be used with Architect's prior ap- proval. 2.1.4.4. Miscellaneous Fasteners: As indicated on drawings. 2.1.5. Welding Materials: AWS D5.5; E70XX electrodes, type as required for application. Use E90XX low hydrogen electrodes for welding reinforc- ing steel. 2.1.6. Grouts 2.1.6.1. Plastic Grout: Non-shrink type, pre-mixed compound con- sisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing additives, capable of developing a mini- mum compressive strength of 8,000 psi at 28 days. Com- ply with Section 03602. 2.1.6.2. Dry-Pack Grout: Portland cement (ASTM C150, Type I or Type II) and clean, uniformly graded, natural sand (ASTM C404, Size No. 2). Mix at a ratio of 1.0 part cement to 3.0 parts sand by volume, with minimum water required for placement and hydration. 2.1.7. Touch-up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Galvalloy or equal. 2.1.8. Primer: Approved VOC compliant primer, suitable for subsequent finishes as specified and shown in other portions of the Contract Documents. 2.2. COMPONENT FABRICATION 2.2.1. General 2.2.1.1. Conform to the approved submittals and other Reference Standards as applicable to the Work and the requirements of this Section. 2.2.1.2. Fabricate and form the Work to meet actual installation conditions as verified at the site. 2.2.1.3. Welding shall be done in strict adherence with written Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS) as defined by AWS D1.1, Section 5. The Fabricator's Quality Control In- spector shall oversee the fabrication, welding and erection of roof trusses and frames. Coordinate inspection with Owners Special Inspector. 2.2.1.4. Mark weight on member of all components exceeding 4 tons in weight. 2.2.2. Cleaning and Straightening 2.2.2.1. In accordance with SSPC-SP-2 or SP-3, thoroughly clean material of loose mill scale and rust. Page 146 2.2.2.2. Straighten by methods that will not injure the steel prior to fabrication. 2.2.2.3. Remove twists or bends after punching or working the component parts of a member before the parts are assem- bled. 2.2.2.4. Produce finished members free from twists, bends and open joints when erected. 2.2.3. Contact Surfaces 2.2.3.1. Pin components parts of built-up members and rigidly maintain in close contact using clamps or temporary bolt- ing during welding operations. 2.2.3.2. Accurately mill compression bearing surfaces of joints de- pending on contact bearings or saw cut square to axis or as detailed. 2.2.3.3. Cut other joints straight and true. 2.2.4. Drilling, Punching, and Reaming 2.2.4.1. Enlarge holes only by reaming. Hole burning to make or enlarge previous holes is not allowed. Prepare required holes in structural steel members for attachment or pas- sage of Work of other trades. 2.2.4.2. Where allowed, steel may be punched 1/16 inch larger than the nominal diameter of the bolt when thickness of the steel is equal to or less than the diameter of the bolt plus 1/8". 2.2.4.3. Where the steel is thicker than the diameter of the bolt plus 1/8 inch, the holes shall be sub-drilled or sub-punched and reamed. The diameter for sub-drilled or sub-punched holes shall be 1/16 inch smaller than the nominal diameter of bolt to be installed. 2.2.4.4. Precisely locate finished holes to ensure passage of all bolts through steel assemblies without drifting. 2.2.4.5. Punch or drill holes in base plates. 2.2.4.6. Drifting to enlarge unfair holes is not permitted. 2.2.5. Gas Cutting 2.2.5.1. Use of a cutting torch is allowed where the metal being cut is not stressed during the operation and provided stresses are not transmitted through a flame-cut surface. 2.2.5.2. Make gas cuts with a smooth regular contour. Page 147 2.3. 2.2.5.3. Deduct 1/8 inch from the width of gas cut edges to deter- mine the effective width of members that are gas cut. 2.2.5.4. Make the radius of re-entrant gas cuts as large as possi- ble, but 1 inch minimum. CONNECTIONS: FABRICATION AND JOINTING CRITERIA 2.3.1. General 2.3.2. 2.3.1.1. 2.3.1.2. Welding 2.3.2.1. 2.3.2.2. Comply with requirements of referenced standards. Unless noted otherwise, make all connections with com- mon bolts. Conform to AWS D1.1, as modified by referenced AISC Standards and as indicated or noted on the Drawings. Employ certified welding operators who are thoroughly trained and experienced in arc welding, produce uniformly reliable groove and fillet welds in flat, vertical and overhead positions, and make neat and consistent welds. Weld structural steel joints by the shielded metal electric- arc method fluxed-cored process, or granular flux process. Provide inspection and testing of welds as required under Article "Field Quality Control of this section and per Section 01430. Grind exposed welds subject to contact or visible in final construction to smooth surfaces free of holes, slag or other defects, flush with the adjoining surfaces. No finish treat- ment is required for permanently concealed welds and other exposed welds. During assembling and welding, hold components of a built-up member with adequate clamps or other means to keep parts straight and in close contact. Do no welding in wind until adequate protective screening has been set up. Cut out defective welds or parts of welds with a chisel or air arc and replace. 2.3.2.7. Storage and Care of Electrodes: 2.3.2.7.1. Coatings of low-hydrogen type electrodes shall be thoroughly dry when used. After removal from container, electrodes shall be kept in heating quiver until immediately prior to use. 2.3.2.3. 2.3.2.4. 2.3.2.5. 2.3.2.6. Page 148 2.3.2.7.2. Use electrodes as taken from hermetically sealed packages within 4 hours of the time the package is opened. Electrodes not used within this 4 hour period and elec- trodes that have been exposed more than one hour to air having a relative humidity of 75 percent or greater shall be dried for at least two hours at a temperature of 200 to 250 degrees Fahrenheit before they are used or shall be reconditioned according to the manufacturer's recommendations. 2.3.2.7.3. Electrodes so dried or reconditioned not used within 4 hours after drying is com- pleted shall be redried before use. 2.3.2.7.4. Electrodes of any class that have been wet shall not be used under any conditions. 2.3.2.8. Completed welds shall be wire brushed and shall show uniform section, smoothness of welded metal, feather edges without undercuts or overlays and freedom from po- rosity and inclusions. Visual inspection at edges and ends of fillet welds shall show good fusion and penetration into base metal. 2.3.3. High Strength Steel Bolting 2.3.3.1. For joints connected by high-strength steel bolts, hardened washers, and nuts tightened to a high tension, the materi- als, method of installation and tension control, type of wrenches, and inspection shall conform to the Reference Standards and the following requirements. 2.3.3.2. High-strength bolts shall have a suitable identifying mark placed on top of the head before leaving the factory. 2.3.3.3. Tightening of nuts for slip critical joints shall be done with properly calibrated wrenches, by the turn-of-the-nut method, by installation of alternate design bolts, or by di- rect tension indicator tightening. Minimum bolt tension for the size of bolt used shall conform to tables listed in Refer- ence Standards. 2.3.3.4. Calibrated wrenches shall be checked individually for accu- racy at least once daily for actual conditions of application. Comply with AISC Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts. 2.3.3.5. Fully tightened bolts shall be marked with identifying sym- bol. Page 149 2.3.3.6. Hardened washers shall be provided and installed in ac- cordance with AISC Specification for Structural Joints Us- ing ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts. 2.3.3.7. Clean all contact surfaces of bolted parts and threads free of scale, slag, burrs, and pits, or dirt, paint, or other foreign material or defects which would prevent solid seating of parts. 2.3.3.7.1. For the faying surfaces of slip critical con- nections, paint, including any inadvertent overspray, shall be excluded from the areas closer than one bolt diameter, but not less than one inch from the edge of any hole and all areas within the bolt pattern. 2.3.3.8. Bolt lengths shall be the grip plus 1-1/4 inch. 2.3.4. Load indicator washers: 2.3.4.1. Washers as manufactured and licensed by either Cooper and Turner, Bethlehem Steel, or equal may be used for the field installation of slip critical high-strength bolts. 2.3.4.2. Load indicator washers may not be substituted for any re- quired washer, but may be used in conjunction with the re- quired washers. 2.3.4.3. Conform to tightening criteria in referenced specification. 2.3.4.4. After sufficient bolts in a joint are snugged to bring the members into close contact, tightening shall progress from the most rigid part to the free edges until the load indica- tors on all bolts are closed to the required gap of 0..015 inch under bolts heads or 0.010 inch under the nuts. 2.3.4.5. Do not completely close the gap to prevent over-tightening and damage to the bolts. 2.3.5. Tension set or load indicator bolts, nuts, and washers: 2.3.5.1. Load indicator bolts, as manufactured by Cold Form Spe- cialties or Bethlehem Steel, may also be used for field in- stallation of the high-strength bolts. 2.3.5.2. Conform to tightening criteria in referenced specification. 2.3.5.3. In multi-bolt joints, the nuts shall be tightened in stages without breaking the spline in any until the final stage, to minimize slackening of the installed bolts. 2.4. SHOP FINISHING 2.4.1. General Page 150 2.4.1.1. Prepare in accordance with referenced specification stan- dards. Unless specified otherwise, shop prime all struc- tural steel. 2.4.1.2. Do not galvanize or shop prime structural steel embedded in concrete. 2.4.1.3. Do not shop prime galvanized structural steel, or steel concealed in final construction. 2.4.1.4. Do not shop prime structural steel designated as fire proofed. 2.4.2. Shop Prime Painting 2.4.2.1. Clean steel in accordance with SSPC-SP-2 or SSPC-SP-3 criteria. 2.4.2.2. Apply shop coat per SSPC-Paint 2 criteria, minimum 1.5 mil thickness. 2.4.2.3. Work primer into joints, corners, and edges. 2.4.2.4. Block out at connections and omit shop primer. 2.4.3. Hot Dip Galvanizing 2.4.3.1. Steel framing members and ferrous metal items, specifi- cally shown or noted on drawings as galvanized, shall be galvanized by the hot-dip process, conforming to ASTM A 123. 2.4.3.2. All required hot-dip galvanizing shall be done after fabrica- tion, in the largest sections possible. 2.4.3.3. Items too large for available dip tanks shall be sprayed, by approved methods, with zinc coating thickness of 0.003 inch to 0.004 inch. 2.4.3.4. Weight of the zinc coating per square foot of actual surface shall average not less than 2.5 ounces and no individual specimens shall show less than 1.8 ounces. 2.5. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 2.5.1. Structural Shapes 2.5.1.1. Identified Structural Steel: Tests are waived for steel iden- tified by heat number, accompanied by mill analyses and mill test reports and properly tagged with Identification Cer- tificate so as to be readily identified for conformance with applicable ASTM standard. Page 151 2.5.1.2. Unidentified Steel: If structural steel cannot be identified or its source is questionable, not less than one tension and one bend test shall be made for each 5 tons or fractional part thereof. Additional tests may be required when deemed necessary by the Architect or Structural Engineer. Contractor shall bear test costs. 2.5.1.3. Conform to testing requirements of Section 2203 and 2231.1, Chapter 22, Uniform Building Code. 2.5.2. Threaded Connections 2.5.2.1. Random inspection of shop fabrication procedures may be performed by Owner's testing service without notification. 2.5.2.2. Common bolted assemblies: Owner's testing service will take, at random, a minimum of four (4) bolt assemblies of each type for testing to ensure compliance with ASTM standards. 2.5.3. High - strength bolts, nuts and washers. 2.5.3.1. Conform to testing requirements of Division III, Chapter 22, Uniform Building Code. 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1. SURFACE CONDITIONS 3.1.1. Inspection 3.1.1.1. Prior to work of this section, carefully inspect previously in- stalled work. Verify all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 3.1.1.2. Verify that work of this section may be installed in strict ac- cordance with the original design, all pertinent codes and regulations, and all pertinent portions of the referenced standards. Verify existing construction complies with the following tolerances: 3.1.1.2.1. Top of Anchor Bolt Tolerance: plus 1 inch, minus 3/8 inch. 3.1.1.2.2. Anchor bolt alignment/position: plus/minus 1/8 inch. 3.1.1.2.3. Elevation of concrete bearing surface: plus/minus 3/8 inch. 3.1.1.3. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Archi- tect. Page 152 3.1.1.4. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy un- til all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.2. ERECTION 3.2.1. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe, plumb, and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. 3.2.2. Field weld components indicated on Drawings. Do NOT field cut or alter structural members without approval of Architect. 3.2.3. Set center of base true to column center within 1/16 inch and adjust height to within tolerance of plus/minus 1/32 inch. Maintain bases in position and level during grouting. 3.2.4. Clean bearing surfaces of concrete or masonry prior to installation of base or bearing plates. Remove dust dirt, laitance, and other material which may impair bond. 3.2.5. Level base and bearing plates with double nuts on steel shims. Remove template prior to erection. Tighten anchor bolts after sup- ported members have been positioned. 3.2.6. Cut off portions of shims which protrude beyond edges of base or bearing plates prior to grouting. 3.2.7. Grout under baseplates following grout manufactures instructions. Pack grout solidly to ensure no voids remain. Finish exposed sur- faces and allow to cure. 3.2.8. After erection, touch up welds, abrasions, and surfaces of exterior galvanized members, except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. Touch up primer with approved primer paint. 3.2.9. Connections 3.2.9.1. Maintain steel in correct position during welding and bolt- ing and provide for dead loads, wind and all erection stresses. Drifting to enlarge unfair holes not permitted. 3.2.9.2. Do not weld or final bolt until members have been aligned and plumbed. 3.2.9.3. Field welding shall conform to requirements for shop fabri- cation. 3.2.9.4. Tighten and upset common bolt threads to preclude loos- ening or use approved self-locking nuts. 3.2.9.5. Tighten high strength bolted connections as specified for high strength bolting and according to AISC Standards, and the Referenced Standards. Page 153 3.2.9.5.1 . Installation and tightening shall comply with the requirements for joint assembly and tightening of shear/bearing connections. Full pre-tensioning of connections is not re- quired. 3.2.9.5.2. Re-use of high strength bolts is prohibited. 3.3. ERECTION TOLERANCES 3.3.1. Tolerances shall conform to referenced AISC standards and AISC Code. Tolerances shall be compensating, not cumulative. 3.3.2. Vertical Dimensions shall be measured from top of beams at their connections at any column with variation of not more than 1/4 inches plus or minus per story or, when variations are accumulative from floor to floor, not exceeding 3/8 inches per story exclusive of column shortening due to dead load. 3.3.3. Plumb displacement shall be measured by the center line of columns from established column line varying no more than slope ratio of 1/500 per story from established center line. 3.3.4. Floor elevation will be considered level if floor framing members on any one floor, measured from established floor elevations, do not vary more than 3/8", plus or minus. 3.3.5. Horizontal dimension variance shall be governed by column plumb displacement tolerance. 3.4. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.4.1. Field inspection will be performed under provisions of Section 01450. 3.4.2. Inspection of Welding 3.4.2.1 . Conform to testing and inspection requirements of Section 1701.5, Item 5, Chapter 17, Chapter 22, Uniform Building Code. 3.4.2.2. Inspector shall be certified in accordance with AWS QC1 CWI program. 3.4.3. Inspection of High-Strength Bolts 3.4.3.1. The testing service shall check bolt tightness on a mini- mum of 10 percent of bolts, selected at random, for each nonslip-critical strength bolted joint. 3.4.3.2. All bolts in slip-critical connections shall be inspected. 3.4.3.3. Inspection procedure shall conform to Division III, Chapter 22, Uniform Building Code. END OF SECTION Page 154 SECTION 06112 LUMBER FRAMING 1. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1. WORK INCLUDED 1.1.1. Structural framing. 1.1.2. Concealed wood blocking 1.2. RELATED WORK 1.2.1. Section 03310 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 1.3. REFERENCES 1.3.1. APA - American Plywood Association. 1.3.2. AWPA - American Wood Preservers Association: Treating Practices. 1.3.3. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau: Standard Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber. 1.3.4. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association. 1.4. SUBMITTALS 1.4.1. Submit certificate from pressure treatment facility indicating "the wood is free of visible arsenical surface deposits" following treatment. 1.4.2. Submit certificate based on actual moisture content readings per- formed in accordance with paragraph 1.5.5 of this Section, indicating moisture content of all lumber was 19 percent or less at time of instal- lation. 1.5. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.5.1. Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by specified agency. 1.5.2. Provide Certificate of Inspection or grade mark by an approved inspection agency on each piece of lumber, indicating compliance with applicable standards or grading rules specified in the referenced standards and this Section. 1.5.3. Provide quality mark by an approved inspection agency on each piece of preservative- treated lumber, indicating compliance with applicable standards or grading rules specified in the referenced standards and this Section. Page 155 1 .5.4. Provide on-site or other approved quality control program acceptable to Architect and designed to test lumber materials prior to installation in order to demonstrate compliance with moisture content criteria. 1.6. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 1.6.1. Store materials on site in a area protected from potential damage. Provide loose opaque covers or other protection from sun and rain. 1 .6.2. Store on skids or other elevated supports. 1.6.3. Pile and strip lumber to insure free air circulation. Allow lumber to season as required to achieve specified moisture content prior to in- stallation in building. 1.6.4. Prior to beginning installation, all lumber used shall have a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Provide written certification, based on moisture meter tests, of compliance acceptable to Owners inspector and Architect. 1.6.5. Prior to finish system installation, protect all roof and wall sheathing with temporary coverings as required to prevent delamination and splitting. 2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1. LUMBER MATERIALS 2.1 .1 . Lumber Grading Rules: APA, NFoPA, RIS, WCLIB, and WWPA. 2.1.1.1. Lumber Materials: Comply with UBC Standard 23-1 and all other requirements of Section 2303, Chapter 23, UBC. 2.1.1.2. Plywood Sheathing Materials: Comply with UBC Standard 23-2 and all other requirements of Section 2303, Chapter 23, UBC. 2.1.2. Lumber, unless noted otherwise: 2.1.2.1. Species: Douglas Fir-Larch. 2.1.2.2. Grade: Unless specified otherwise, No. 1 & Better. 2.1.2.2.1. Provide Select Structural grade at all ex- posed exterior applications, selected for ap- pearance and straightness. 2.1.2.3. Surfacing: S4S. 2.1.2.4. Moisture Content: 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of installation. 2.1.2.5. Where size permits, provide Free of Heart Center lumber at all exterior applications. Page 156 2.1.3. Roof blocking: Provide treated Douglas Fir No.2 grade for use as concealed blocking, nailers, and similar applications in contact with roofing materials or flashings. 2.2. ACCESSORIES 2.2.1. Nail Fasteners: 2.2.1.1. Common nails complying with UBC Chapter 23, Division III; size as required to suit condition and as specified. 2.2.1.2. Provide hot dip galvanized fasteners at the following appli- cations: 2.2.1.2.1. Exterior framing exposed to weather. 2.2.1.3. Box nails or "sinkers" are not permitted. 2.2.1.4. Where specified, provide ring shank or screw nails comply- ing with minimum common nail requirements of Table 23- lll-C-2, Chapter 23, Uniform Building Code, at roof plywood sheathing. 2.2.2. Framing Connectors: 2.2.2.1. Connector references, unless noted otherwise, are based on products as defined in the latest edition of the Simpson Strong-Tie catalog. 2.2.2.1.1. Silver Teco and KC Metals, with equal con- figuration, structural values and jurisdic- tional authority approval are approved equals. 2.2.2.2. Alternate connectors submitted to the Architect for consid- eration as approved equal shall have equivalent ICBO ES Report Number ratings. 2.2.2.3. Use only fasteners as approved for listed connector. Where more than one type of fastener in the referenced series is scheduled, provide fastener with greatest capac- ity. 2.2.3. Bolts: 2.2.3.1. Bolts: A 307, machine bolts, size and type as indicated, with washers under head and nut. Provide hot dipped gal- vanized at all conditions defined above for nail fasteners. 2.2.3.2. Lag Bolts: A 307, cut thread, size and type as indicated, with washers under head. Provide hot dipped galvanized at all conditions defined above for nail fasteners. 2.3. OTHER MATERIALS Page 157 2.3.1. Provide all other materials, not specifically described but required for complete and proper installation of this work, as selected by the con- tractor and subject to the approval of the Architect. 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1. SURFACE CONDITIONS 3.1.1. Inspection 3.1.1.1. Prior to work of this section, carefully inspect previously in- stalled work. Verify all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 3.1.1.2. Verify that work of this section may be installed in strict ac- cordance with the original design, all pertinent codes and regulations, and all pertinent portions of the referenced standards. 3.1.1.3. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Archi- tect. 3.1.1.4. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy un- til all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.2. FRAMING 3.2.1. Lumber Selection: 3.2.1.1. Select individual pieces so that knots and obvious minor defects will not interfere with connection. Install all mem- bers with crown and tight knots in the upper position. 3.2.1.2. Do not use lumber with end splits or checks greater than the following: 3.2.1.2.1. 2 x joists: Split length shall be less than or equal to one half the wide face of the mem- ber. 3.2.1.2.2. Beams or headers: Split length shall be less than or equal to the thickness of the member. 3.2.2. Erect wood framing members level and plumb. Place horizontal members laid flat, crown side-up. 3.2.3. Construct framing members full length without splices. 3.2.4. Predrill holes for nails when necessary to prevent splitting, maximum hole size not more than 0.90 times nail diameter. 3.2.5. Drill holes for threaded fasteners as follows: Page 158 3.2.5.1. Wood Screws larger than #14: Drill lead holes for shank and threaded portion to 7/8 times shank and thread root diameter, respectively. 3.2.5.2. Lag screws: Drill lead hole same diameter and depth as shank; drill hole for threaded portion to 0.7 times shank di- ameter. 3.2.5.3. Bolts: Oversize hole by not more than 1/16 inch. 3.2.6. Re-tighten all threaded fasteners before covering-up. 3.2.7. Cutting: 3.2.7.1. Provide all cutting of framing members to accommodate structural members, piping, conduit, ducts, and building system equipment and fixtures. 3.2.7.2. Obtain Architect's and Building Department approval prior to cutting of structural framing not detailed on structural drawings. 3.2.7.3. Notching is not permitted in framing without Building De- partment and Architect's written approval. 3.2.7.4. Joists over 8 inches in depth may have maximum 2 inch diameter holes bored at the joist center and within the mid- dle third of the span. 3.2.8. Framing for Connectors 3.2.8.1. Verify amount and method with Architect prior to proceed- ing. 3.2.9. Blocking and Backing Installation 3.2.9.1. Provide all wood nailers, shaped as shown or required. 3.3. TOLERANCES 3.3.1. Location: 1/4 inch maximum from true position. END OF SECTION Page 159 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 1. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1. SECTION INCLUDES 1.1.1. Exterior Millwork, fascia, and trim. 1.2. RELATED SECTIONS 1.2.1. Section 06112 - Framing and Sheathing. 1.2.2. Section 09900 - Painting. 1.3. REFERENCES 1.3.1. Manual of Millwork, Woodwork Institute of California (WIC). 1.3.2. Western Lumber Grading Rules, Western Wood Products Association 1.3.3. Redwood Inspection Service (CRA-RIS) Standard Specifications for Grades of California Redwood Lumber. 1.4. SUBMITTALS ^J 1.4.1. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01330. 1.4.2. Submit shop drawings indicating materials, component profiles, fastening methods, jointing details, finishes, and accessories. 1.4.3. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01330. 1.4.3.1. Samples 1.4.3.1.1. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01330. 1.4.3.1.2. Submit four samples 4x6 inches in size il- lustrating wood grain and specified finish for each type of millwork. 1.5. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.5.1. Perform work in accordance with WIC Manual of Millwork, Sections 6 and 9 and as required by this Section. 1.5.2. Issue a WIC Certified Compliance Certificate prior to delivery certify- ing that products fully meet all the requirements of the WIC Grade specified. "-"% Page 160 1.5.3. After completion, issue a WIC Certified Compliance Certificate for Installation certifying that products fully meet all the requirements of the WIC Grade specified. 1.6. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1.6.1. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. 1.6.2. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600 1.6.3. Store materials in ventilated, interior locations under constant mini- mum temperatures of 60 degrees F and maximum relative humidity of 55 percent. 1.6.4. Deliver work in this section only at such time as the work is ready and suitable for installation. 1.6.5. Comply with requirements of WIC Manual Section 1, Recommended Care and Storage of Architectural Millwork. 2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1. EXTERIOR MILLWORK 2.1.1. Fascia, standing and running trim, and millwork. 2.1.1.1. Species: California Redwood 2.1.1.2. Grade: Construction Heart, vertical grain, per CRA-RIS. 2.1.1.3. Surface: Surfaced four sides 2.1.1.4. Moisture Content: Certified Kiln Dried 2.1.1.5. Pattern: As shown on drawings 2.2. INTERIOR CEILING FINISH 2.2.1. Paneling 2.2.1.1. Species: Southern Pine 2.2.1.2. Grade: C & Better, vertical grain 2.2.1.3. Surface Texture: S2S&CM-EV1S, Surfaced 2 sides, center matched on edges, with centered tongue & groove, and V- beveled 1 side. 2.2.1.4. Moisture Content: Certified Kild Dried, less than 15 per- cent. 2.2.1.5. Pattern: Tongue and Groove, V-bevel, as shown on draw- ings. Page 161 2.3. INTERIOR MILLWORK 2.3.1. Standing and running trim, and miscellaneous millwork: Stained finish. 2.3.1 .1 . Species: White Oak 2.3.1.2. Grade: Premium, per WIC, Section 3, Table 4, well matched for color and grain. 2.3.1 .3. Wide Face Appearance: Quarter Sawn. 2.3.1.4. Moisture Content: Maximum 12%, minimum 6%. 2.3.1.5. Finish: Transparent per Section 09900. 2.3.1.6. Pattern: As shown on drawings 2.3.2. Standing and running trim, and miscellaneous millwork: Paint finish. 2.3.2.1. Species: Poplar. 2.3.2.2. Grade: Premium, per WIC, Section 3, Table 4. 2.3.2.3. Moisture Content: Maximum 12%, minimum 6%. 2.3.2.4. Finish: Opaque per Section 09900. 2.3.2.5. Pattern: As shown on drawings 2.4. ACCESSORIES 2.4.1. Nails: 2.4.1.1. Interior: Finish nail, bright finish, length as required to suit application. 2.4.1.2. Exterior Exposed Trim: Finish nail, high tensile strength aluminum, length as required to suit application. 2.4.1.3. Exterior Trim: Finish nail, double hot-dipped galvanized, length as required to suit application. 2.4.2. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Blind Fasteners, Lags, and Screws: Size and type to suit application; finish as for nails. 2.4.3. Wood Filler: Tinted to match surface finish color. 2.4.4. Building Paper: Per Section 061 1 2. 2.5. LUMBER 2.5.1. Sleepers and toe kicks: Douglas fir, pressure treated when in direct contact with concrete slab-on-grade. Page 162 2.5.2. Uses not otherwise specified: Hardwood or softwood; grade in accor- dance with Sections 3, 6 and 9 WIC Manual of Millwork as required for use. 2.6. FABRICATION 2.6.1. Mill components to profiles as specified and as shown on architectural drawings. 2.6.2. Back kerf all exterior millwork with a face dimension greater than 6 inches. 2.6.3. Fabricate all components to WIC Custom quality and standards, unless noted otherwise. 2.7. OTHER MATERIALS 2.7.1. Provide all other materials, not specifically described but required for complete and proper installation of this work, as selected by the con- tractor and subject to the approval of the Architect. 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1. SURFACE CONDITIONS 3.1.1. Inspection 3.1.1.1. Prior to work of this section, carefully inspect previously in- stalled work. Verify all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 3.1.1.2. Verify that work of this section may be installed in strict ac- cordance with the original design, all pertinent codes and regulations, and all pertinent portions of the referenced standards. 3.1.1.3. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Archi- tect. 3.1.1.4. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy un- til all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.2. PREPARATION 3.2.1. Before installation, prime paint all unexposed millwork surfaces with material specified in Section 09900. 3.3. INSTALLATION 3.3.1. Install work in accordance with WIC Custom quality standards and as specified. 3.3.2. Set and secure materials and components in place, plumb and level. Page 163 3.3.3. Install components and trim with fasteners as shown or required. 3.3.4. Exterior millwork 3.3.4.1. Install building paper as specified in Section 06112 be- neath all exterior millwork. Lap edges minimum 6 inches. 3.3.4.2. Coordinate underlayment installation with work in other sections, including underlayment flashing at openings as specified in Section 09220. Install underlayment as shown on drawings and as required by UBC Section 1402. 3.3.4.3. Install millwork with mitered corners. Vertically scarf all in- termediate joints. 3.3.4.4. Provide blind caulking bed at all joints and intersections. Provide heel sealant beads at exterior trim as required for waterproof installation. 3.3.4.5. Place fasteners flush with surface. Do not damage sur- face. Use of staples or T-nails not permitted. 3.3.5. Interior millwork 3.3.5.1. Install millwork with mitered corners. Vertically scarf all in- termediate joints. Cope all inside corners. 3.3.5.2. Set fasteners for filler with proper size tool. Do not dam- age surface. Use of staples or T-nails not permitted. END OF SECTION Page 164 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS 1. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1. SECTION INCLUDES 1.1.1. Sealants and joint treatment necessary to provide a positive barrier against passage of moisture and air. 1.1.2. Sealants at material joints necessary to provide closure for ease of cleaning and maintenance. 1.2. RELATED SECTIONS 1.2.1. Section 02751 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving. 1.2.2. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim. 1.2.3. Section 08110 - Steel Doors and Frames. 1.2.4. Section 09220 - Portland Cement Plaster. 1.2.5. Section 09310-Ceramic Tile. 1.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.3.1. Qualifications: Provide adequate numbers of skilled staff, thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary craft and installation meth- ods associated with the specified products. 1.4. SUBMITTALS 1.4.1. Materials List/Product Data: Submit complete materials list, including catalogue data, of all materials, equipment, and products. 1.4.2. Samples: Accompanying Materials List, submit two (2) samples of each type of specified sealant, including color range available. 1.4.3. Test Data: 1.4.3.1. Staining: Provide test data, performed on concrete, dem- onstrating no staining or discoloration of adjacent substrate from sealant or primer. 1.4.4. Certifications: As a condition of acceptance, submit certification stating that sealants and joint treatments are installed per submittal and are complete and ready for intended function. 1.5. COORDINATION Page 165 1.5.1. Coordination: Sequence all work to assure an orderly progress in the project, without removal of previously installed work, and so as to pre- vent damage to finishes and products. 1.6. PRODUCT HANDLING 1.6.1. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect work in this section before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. 1.6.2. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.6.3. Product Storage: Do not retain on site any material which has ex- ceeded the shelf life recommended by the manufacturer. 1.7. GUARANTEE 1.7.1. Contractor's Guarantee 1.7.1.1. Provide Owner with written Guarantee per Section 00630 on Contractor's letterhead, and signed by General Con- tractor and sealant system subcontractor. 1.7.1.2. Provide guarantee for a time period of five years, com- mencing from the date of final acceptance of the project, against the following defects: 1.7.1.2.1. Adhesive or cohesive sealant joint failure. 1.7.1.2.2. Pin holes or blistering of sealant joint. 1.7.1.2.3. Staining of adjacent substrate or surround- ing material. 1.7.1.2.4. Chalking or color change exceeding manu- facturers published data. 1.7.1.3. Make inspections and emergency repairs to defects or leaks in the sealant system within twenty-four (24) hours of receipt of notice from the Owner. 1.7.1.4. Restore the affected areas to the standard of the original specifications as soon as weather permits. 2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1. MANUFACTURERS 2.1.1. 2.1.1. Basis of Design: Characteristics of specific products, where named in this Section, are indicated to establish required level of quality, appearance, and performance. The Architect will consider Page 166 comparable products by alternate manufacturers where listed, and re- quests for substitutions, under the provisions of Section 01610. 2.2. SEALANTS 2.2.1. General 2.2.1.1. All sealants for any one Type shall be the product of a sin- gle manufacturer, suitable for the intended use, and per the following product characteristics. 2.2.1.2. Unless noted otherwise, use sealants in application as de- fined below. 2.2.1.3. For other applications provide products especially formu- lated for the proposed use and approved in advance by the Owner. 2.2.2. Product Characteristics 2.2.2.1. Type 1: Unless noted otherwise, at exterior openings, joints, material transitions, bedding, and other conditions where anticipated joint movement will be plus/minus 25% or less. 2.2.2.1.1. Products: Dow Corning 795, Pecora 895, Tremco Tremsil 600, or equal. 2.2.2.2. Type 2: At all exposed metal to metal wall and roof flashing conditions, all exposed prefinished metal roofing and flash- ing conditions; storefront perimeter conditions, and all other conditions where anticipated joint movement will be plus/minus 25 - 50%. 2.2.2.2.1. Products: Dow Corning 795, GE Silicones Silglaze II, or equal. 2.2.2.3. Type 3: At horizontal concrete paving joints exposed to pedestrian and traffic, and all joints subject to immersion: 2.2.2.3.1. Products: Pecora DynaTred, Mameco Vulkem 227, Sonneborn NP2, or equal. 2.2.2.4. Type 4: Exterior application in conjunction with wood prod- ucts: 2.2.2.4.1. Tremco Dymonic, Sika Sikaflex-1a, Sonne- born NP1, or equal. 2.2.2.5. Type 9: At all concealed metal flashing conditions, provide butyl sealant as recommended by roofing manufacturer. Page 167 2.2.2.6. For other applications provide products especially formu- J lated for the proposed use and approved in advance by the """"^ Architect. 2.3. FIRE RATED SEALANTS 2.3.1. Per Section 07840. 2.4. ACCESSORIES 2.4.1. Pre-compressed Joint Filler: Where shown, provide Emseal or equal, precompressed joint filler material, sized for 20% compression. 2.4.2. Primers: Provide primer as specifically recommended for this installa- tion by the manufacturer of the sealant used and have been tested for staining, adhesion and durability on all applicable surfaces. 2.4.3. Back-Up Materials: Use only those backup materials which are specifically recommended for this installation by the sealant manufac- turer, non-absorbent and non-staining. 2.4.4. Masking Tape: For masking around joints, provide an appropriate masking tape which will effectively prevent application of sealant on surfaces not scheduled to receive it, and which is removable without damage to substrate. -""•v 2.5. OTHER MATERIALS ^ 2.5.1. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor sub- ject to the approval of the Architect. 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1. SURFACE CONDITIONS 3.1.1. Inspection 3.1.1.1. Prior to work of this section, carefully inspect previously in- stalled work. Verify all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 3.1.1.2. Verify that work of this section may be installed in strict ac- cordance with the original design, all pertinent codes and regulations, and all pertinent portions of the referenced standards. 3.1.1.3. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Archi- tect. 3.1.1.4. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy un- til all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. '"**'" Page 168 3.2. PREPARATION 3.2.1. Concrete and Masonry Surfaces: 3.2.1.1. Install only on surfaces which are dry, sound, and well brushed, wiping free from dust. 3.2.1.2. At open joints, remove dust by mechanically blown com- pressed air if so required. 3.2.1.3. To remove oil and grease, use sandblasting or wire brush- ing. 3.2.1.4. Where surfaces have been treated, remove the surface treatment by sandblasting or wire brushing. 3.2.1.5. Remove laitance and mortar from joint cavities. 3.2.2. Steel Surfaces: 3.2.2.1. Unprimed or unfinished steel surfaces in contact with seal- ant: 3.2.2.2. Sandblast as required to achieve acceptable surface for bond. 3.2.2.3. If sandblasting is not practical, or would damage adjacent finish, scrape the metal or wire brush to remove mill scale and rust. 3.2.2.4. Use solvent to remove oil and grease, wiping the surfaces with clean white rags only. 3.2.2.5. Remove protective coatings on steel by sandblasting or by using a solvent which leaves no residue. 3.3. INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORY MATERIALS 3.3.1. When using backup of tube or rod stock, avoid lengthwise stretching of material. Do not twist or braid hose or rod backup stock. 3.3.2. Prime joints in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. 3.3.3. Provide an approved bond-breaker where recommended by sealant manufacturer. 3.4. INSTALLATION OF SEALANTS 3.4.1. Prior to start of installation in each joint, verify the joint type according to details on the drawings, or as otherwise directed by the Architect, and verify that the required proportion of width of joint to depth of joint has been secured. 3.4.2. Equipment: Page 169 3.4.2.1. Apply sealant under pressure with power-actuated hand gun or manually-operated hand gun, or by other appropri- ate means. 3.4.2.2. Use guns with nozzle of proper size, and providing suffi- cient pressure to completely fill the joints as designed. 3.4.2.3. Do not use pourable sealant installation method at hard- scape paving joints. 3.4.3. Thoroughly and completely mask joints where the appearance of primer or sealant on adjacent surfaces would be objectionable. 3.4.4. Install the sealant in strict accordance with the manufacturer's rec- ommendations, thoroughly filling joints to the recommended depth. 3.4.4.1. Use of sealant dams contained within the hardscape joint is not permitted. Install sealant without interruption from end to end of joint. 3.4.5. Tool joints to the profile shown on the Drawings, or as otherwise required if such profiles are not shown on the Drawings. 3.4.5.1. Tool joints to a smooth and consistent transition. Do not leave ripples, strings, or surface tooling marks in sealant. 3.4.6. Unless otherwise specified, at all sound rated wall and floor assem- blies, seal penetrations and recessed items through the floors and walls with Type 7 sealant. Seal all penetrations such as electrical de- vice cover plates, pipes, fire extinguisher cabinets and similar pene- trations in room surfaces. 3.5. CLEANING 3.5.1. Remove masking tape immediately after joints have been tooled. 3.5.2. Clean adjacent surfaces free from sealant as the installation pro- gresses, using solvent or cleaning agent recommended by the manu- facturer of the sealant used. 3.5.3. Upon completion of the work of this Section, promptly remove from the job site all debris, containers, and surplus material derived from this portion of the Work. END OF SECTION Page 170 SECTION 09860 GRAFFITI RESISTANT COATING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes graffiti-resistant coating materials. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of the standard specifications ("Green Book"), and the San Diego Regional Standard Drawings B. Provided the following prior to stating the Work: 1. Product Data: Material List: An inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and cross-reference the specific coating, finish sys- tem, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. 2. Manufacturer's Information: Manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each ma- terial specified. 3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). The environmental installation recommendations and safety precautions of the MSDS shall be strictly fol- lowed. 4. Certification by manufacturer that products supplied comply with require- ments indicated that limit the amount of VOCs in coating products. 5. Samples for Verification: For each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative samples of the ac- tual substrate. C. Prior to final completion, provide the following: 1. Provide the Owner's Representative with two gallons of the graffiti resistant coatings in new, unopened, and properly labeled one-gallon metal contain- ers. 2. Provide the Owner's Representative with two gallons of the graffiti cleaner solvent in new, unopened, and properly labeled containers. D. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Provide all materials necessary to complete work under this section and as specified herein from a single manufacturer, including coatings and removal agent. Provide products as manufactured by American Polymer Corpora- tion, (800-676-5963, fax 801-255-7123), or approved equal. 2. Provide equal materials by another manufacturer in compliance with sections 01300 (Submittal) and 01620 (Storage and Protection). Approved manuf.: a. Ameron Protective Coatings Group; b. New Dimensions Solutions Page 171 E. REFERENCES 1. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in text by the basic designation only: a. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM), sections as listed. F. RELATED SECTIONS 1. Submission of bid by the Contractor shall be taken as prima facie evidence that he has reviewed all sections of the Specifications, the Drawings, and the Contract documents, and has knowledge of the work required of other trades that may be related to the work performed under this section. 2. The following list of related sections is provided as an aid to the Contractor in bidding and performing the work. Other sections may also be applicable. 3. All sections of the GENERAL CONDITIONS, SPECIAL CONDITIONS, and DIVISION 1. G. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label with the following information: a. Name or title of material. b. Product description (generic classification or binder type). c. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. d. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. e. Thinning instructions. f. Application instructions. g. Color name and number. h. Handling instructions and precautions. 2. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 3. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are pro- tected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and ap- plying coatings. H. PROJECT CONDITIONS 1. Apply coatings only when temperature of surfaces to be coated and sur- rounding air temperatures are between 45 and 95 deg F. Page 172 2. Do not apply coatings in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 3. Allow wet surfaces to dry thoroughly and attain temperature and conditions specified before proceeding with or continuing coating operation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GRAFFITI RESISTANT COATING A. Products Approved: 1. Graffiti Solution System manufactured by American Polymer Corp. 801- 255-9505, or approved equal. 2. "Graffiti Shield System" as manufactured by New Dimensions Solutions, LLC, 2151 Irving Street, Suite 202, San Francisco, CA 94122, 1-800-731- 2231 B. Coatings shall meet requirements of the following: 1. ASTM B 117 and ASTM D 714 (salt spray minimum acceptable of 8000 hours. 2. ASTM D 530 (hardness) 3. ASTM D 412 (tensile strength and elongation) 4. ASTM D 522 (pass 3/8 inch mandral) 5. ASTM 968 (abrasion test) 6. ASTM E 96 (vapor transmission) 7. Water clear, non-yellowing, free of waxes and urethanes. 8. Non-toxic, non-flammable, biodegradable, with a pH 7 - 8.5. 9. Shall allow moisture vapor transmission. C. Undercoating: GSS Barrier; water-based undercoating used as a sealer over porous surfaces. 1. Provide high-solids version for use over porous or uneven surfaces. D. Top coatings: GSS-10; permanent anti-graffiti top coating. E. Finish: Matte. [Matte is defined as the finish of the top coating reading less than five degrees on a Gardner Gloss Meter] F. Color: Color Clear or tinted, as indicated 2.02 GRAFFITI CLEANER A. Graffiti Remover: GSS Erasol; non-caustic, bio-degradable and recyclable, allowing graffiti removal without the use of blasting equipment, hot water, or high pressure wash equipment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 JOB CONDITIONS A. Examine the job conditions under which the work is to be performed. Notify the Contractor of any conditions detrimental to the proper application of paints and finishes. Do not commence Work until adverse conditions have been corrected. Page 173 B. All environmental controls and conditions shall comply with the requirements of '\ the Material safety Data Sheet recommendations. s*^ C. No graffiti resistant coating shall be applied in the presence of persons occupying the building or visiting the area of Work, who are not engaged in or responsible for the application of the material. D. Prepare surfaces only in accordance with manufacturer's written guidelines. 3.02 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS A. Read each components MSDS before use, Follow the MSDS instructions. 3.03 PREPARATION A. General: Remove plates, machined surfaces, and similar items already in place that are not to be coated. If removal is impractical or impossible because of the size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface prepa- ration and coating. 1. After completing coating operation, reinstall items that were removed; use workers skilled in the trades involved. B. Cleaning: Before applying coatings, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. 1. Schedule cleaning and coating application so dust and other contaminates from cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly coated surfaces. "*"^ ^J C. Surface preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be coated according to manufacturers written instructions for each substrate condition and as specified. 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove primers and reprime substrate. 2. Cementitious Substrates: Prepare concrete, brick, concrete masonry block, and cement plaster surfaces to be coated. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use me- chanical methods to prepare surfaces. a. Do not coat surfaces if moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Metal Substrates: Clean ferrous-metal surfaces that have been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt and other foreign substances. 4. Material Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare coating materials accord- ing to the manufacturers written instructions. D. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying coatings in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. E. Stir materials before applying to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. 3.04 APPLICATION ^>Q A. General: Apply coatings according to manufacturer's written instructions. Page 174 B. Use applicators and techniques best suited for the material being applied. 1. Do not apply coatings over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to forming a durable coating film. 2. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces until coating has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and application of another coat does not cause undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. C. Application Over Cementitious Surfaces: 1. Base: Minimum of 2 coats [or as many as necessary to achieve a pinhole free surface] of GSS Barrier undercoating as specified by manufacturer; 3 to 4 mils minimum dry film thickness. 2. Finish: Minimum of 2 coats of GSS-10 top coating; 3 to 4 mils minimum dry film thickness [or as many coats as necessary to satisfy warranty require- ments] D. Application Over Primed Metal Surfaces: 1. Finish: 2 coats of GSS-10 top coating; 3 to 4 mils minimum dry film thick- ness. E. Completed Work: Match approved Samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or recoat work that does not comply with specified require- ments. 3.05 TOUCH-UP, CLEANING, AND REPAIRS A. See pertinent provisions of section 01620 (Storage and Protection). B. After completing coating application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered coatings by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades, whether being coated or not, against damage from coating operation. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and re- coating, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. 1. Provide 'Wet Paint" signs to protect newly coated finishes. After completing coating operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work. 2. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced coated surfaces. 3.07 MAINTENANCE A. Upon completion of the work, deliver to the Owner's Representative an extra stock per section 09860.1.2. END OF SECTION Page 175 SECTION 09900 PAINTING 1. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1. WORK INCLUDED 1.1.1. Surface preparation. 1.1.2. Surface paint and stain finishes as scheduled. 1.2. REFERENCES 1.2.1. ASTM B 117 - Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. 1.2.2. ASTM D 16 - Definitions of Terms Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products. 1.2.3. ASTM D 3359 - Test Method for Measuring Adhesion by Tape Test. 1.2.4. ASTM D 4060 - Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by the Taber Abraser. 1.2.5. ASTM E 84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.2.6. ASTM G 53 - Practice for Operating Light-and Water-Exposure Apparatus (Fluorescent UV-Condensation Type) for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials. 1.3. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1.3.1. Submit manufacturer's certification of compliance with local criteria regarding VOC limits for all applied paints and coatings. 1.4. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.4.1. Applicator: Company specializing in commercial painting and finishing with 5 years documented experience. 1.4.2. Installing Foreman: Individual specializing in applying specified systems with minimum 10 years documented experience. 1.4.3. Special inspection Procedures: See Article 1.9 of this Section. 1.5. SUBMITTALS 1.5.1. Provide submittals under provisions of Section 01330. Page 176 1.5.2. Product Data: Submit product data of all proposed products, identify- ing product series, material composition, performance characteristics and sheen. 1.5.2.1. Submit manufacturer's certificate that products comply with current safety and environmental regulations, including hazardous materials labeling and air quality/VOC regula- tions 1.5.2.2. Submit manufacturer's certificate that products are physi- cally and chemically compatible with each other and meet listed ASTM or Federal Specifications. 1.5.2.3. Where applicable, provide manufacturer's written evalua- tion of existing paint/coating systems, including directions as to surface preparation and primers compatible with ex- isting systems. 1.5.3. Submit manufacturer's application instructions for each painting system, including surface preparation. 1.5.4. Color Selection procedure: 1.5.4.1. Provide Owner with samples of complete color and sheen range available for submitted products. 1.5.4.2. Based on submitted samples and specified color criteria, Architect will prepare preliminary color schedule for all field applied coatings. 1.5.4.3. Based on preliminary color schedule, submit samples of all coatings, applied on specified substrate. Submit three samples, approximately 8 x 10 inch in size, illustrating each color and sheen scheduled. 1.5.4.4. After review of preliminary color schedule samples, Archi- tect will prepare final color schedule. Where different from preliminary schedule, submit three samples, approximately 8x10 inch in size, illustrating revised color and sheen. 1.6. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1.6.1. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. 1.6.2. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. 1.6.3. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptance. 1.6.4. Container labeling to include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. Page 177 1.6.5. Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in an enclosed metal storage con- tainer located outside of building, unless required otherwise by manu- facturer's instructions. 1.6.6. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontane- ous combustion. 1.7. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1.7.1. Provide continuous ventilation and heating facilities to maintain surface and ambient temperatures above 65 degrees F for 24 hours before, during, and 48 hours after application of finishes, unless re- quired otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. 1.7.2. Prior to beginning preparation and coating application, provide lighting level of 80 foot candles measured on substrate surface. Where natu- ral lighting does not provide such levels, provide temporary lighting. 1 .8. SPECIAL QUALITY ASSURANCE AND INSPECTION PROCEDURES 1.8.1. Pre-installation conference: Convene a pre-installation conference two weeks prior to commencing work of this Section. Provide minimum 2 weeks advance notice to Owner and Architect of scheduled date. Comply with provisions of Section 01310. Attendance by paint and coating material manufacturer's representative is mandatory. At pre- installation conference, review installation procedures, inspec- tion/testing procedures and coordination required with related work. 1.8.2. Reports and Certifications 1.8.2.1. Manufacturers Certification: After field inspection, submit written certification from manufacturer that substrates comply with manufacturers recommendations and are suit- able for application, environmental exposure and regula- tions. 1.8.2.2. Manufacturers representative shall incorporate daily re- ports into a weekly certification to Architect, countersigned by IOR and applicator, certifying all work specified in this Section was completed in compliance with contract docu- ments and manufacturers recommendations. 1.8.2.3. Manufacturers Certification: After completion, submit writ- ten certification from coating manufacturer that installation complied with manufacturers recommendations, number of coats and recommended coverage rates.. 1.8.3. Manufacturers Inspection Services 1.8.3.1. Manufacturer's representative or manufacturers selected inspection service shall inspect and monitor the installation procedure as specified. The inspection service is subject to Architect's approval. Page 178 1.8.3.2. Manufacturer's representative shall inspect substrates prior to installation. 1.8.3.3. Manufacturer's representative shall provide a minimum of 4 hours inspection and direction to Contractor for each phase of installation on each building, including prepara- tion, installation, and touch up. 1.8.3.4. Manufacturer's representative shall conduct tests of com- pleted coatings to determine number of coats applied and dry film thickness. Tests shall be taken at each building of each primary building element (such as coping, door frames, wall surfaces, ceiling surfaces) painted under work of this Section. Tests shall be taken at four random loca- tions as determined by Architect. 1.8.3.5. Provide reports as specified in paragraph 1.6.2. 1.8.4. Independent Inspection 1.8.4.1. Owner may elect to have an independent service inspect coating thickness and other characteristics to determine compliance with specified criteria. 1.8.4.2. Provide complete access to inspection service, and coor- dinate with all testing required by inspection service. 2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 2.1.1. Basis of Design: Specific products listed on Schedule in Part 3 of this Section, are indicated to establish required level of quality, appear- ance, and performance. The Architect will consider comparable prod- ucts by alternate manufacturers where listed, and requests for substi- tutions, under the provisions of Section 01610. 2.1.2. High performance coatings are based on products manufactured by Tnemec. Substitution limited to products with published test results equal to Tnemec in performance and test methodology. 2.2. MATERIALS 2.2.1. Coatings: Ready mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. 2.2.2. Coatings: Good flow and brushing properties; capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 2.2.3. Accessory Materials: Provide all admixtures, thinners, flow agents and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes specified. Page 179 2.3. FINISHES/COLOR ^^ 2.3.1. Refer to schedule at end of Section for type of surface finish. 2.3.2. Colors shall be selected by Owner as specified or as shown on drawings. 2.3.3. Color Range: 2.3.3.1. Where no color range is specified, provide single color for each item or component. 2.4. HIGH PERFORMANCE COATING PFX-XX [exterior metal applications typically] 2.4.1. Manufacturer: Tnemec, as distributed by TPC Consultants, phone 310-643-5191. 2.4.2. Type: Aliphatic PolyUrethane system, high build film, chemically resistant. 2.4.3. Series: H.B. Endura Shield, Series 75. 2.4.4. System Characteristics: Multiple coats of aliphatic polyurethane over primer recommended by manufacturer. 2.4.5. Characteristics and Performance: -<•*%,, ^J2.4.5.1. Adhesion: Minimum rating of 5, Method B, steel, 5 mm Crosshatch per ASTM D 3359. 2.4.5.2. Salt Spray resistance (fog): For Series 75 topcoat, No fail- ure per ASTM B 117, 1000 hours. 2.4.5.3. Temperature Resistance: Acceptable in-service tempera- ture range of 250 degrees F continuous, 275 degrees F in- termittent. 2.4.5.4. Abrasion Resistance: Maximum 75 mg weight loss at 1000 cycles with CS17 wheel, 1000 gram load, per ASTM D 4060. 2.4.5.5. Exposure Resistance: Series 74 applied to lightweight un- filled concrete block, with no blistering cracking or chalking, with less than 30 percent gloss change and less than 1.5 MacAdam units for Endura Shield Blue Series 74 after 1500 hours exposure, per ASTM G 53. 2.4.6. Habitability Criteria: Air Quality Compliance: All products used shall comply with local VOC criteria. 2.4.7. Accessory Products: Primers/Joint Detailing: Provide materials as ^^^ recommended by manufacturer for application. ^j SaT 2.4.8. Finish and Color Page 180 2.4.8.1. Finish: Semi-gloss. 2.4.8.2. Color: Color selected from manufacturers complete Color- book line for specified product. Picnic Shelter Trellis shall match others at Stagecoach Park. Provide samples to Owner for approval prior to ordering. 2.5. OTHER MATERIALS 2.5.1. Provide all other materials, not specifically described but required for complete and proper installation of this work, as selected by the con- tractor and subject to the approval of the Owner. 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1. SURFACE CONDITIONS 3.1.1. Inspection 3.1.1.1. Prior to all work of this section, carefully inspect the in- stalled work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 3.1.1.2. Verify that work of this Section may be installed in strict accordance with the original design, all pertinent codes and regulations, and all pertinent portions of the refer- enced standards. 3.1.1.2.1. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. 3.1.1.2.2. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the maximum levels recom- mended by the manufacturer: 3.1.1.3. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Archi- tect. 3.1.1.4. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy un- til all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.2. PREPARATION 3.2.1. Remove electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. 3.2.2. Correct minor defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this Section. Page 181 3.2.3. Shellac and seal marks which may bleed through surface finishes. 3.2.4. Steel Surfaces: 3.2.4.1. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. 3.2.4.2. Bare Steel: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Clean surfaces with solvent. 3.3. PROTECTION 3.3.1. Protect elements surrounding the work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. 3.3.2. Repair damage to other surfaces caused by work of this Section. 3.3.3. Furnish drop cloths, shields, and protective methods to prevent spray or droppings from disfiguring other surfaces. 3.3.4. Remove empty paint containers from site. 3.4. APPLICATION 3.4.1. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.4.2. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. 3.4.3. Apply each coat to uniform finish. 3.4.4. The number of coats specified are minimum. Additional coats shall be applied until finish is uniform in color and sheen. 3.4.5. Sand lightly between coats to achieve required finish. 3.4.6. Each coat to be approved by the Architect prior to applying succeed- ing coat. 3.4.7. Allow applied coat to dry before next coat is applied. 3.4.8. Where clear finishes are required, tint fillers to match wood. Work fillers into the grain before set. Wipe excess from surface. 3.5. CLEANING AND EXTRA STOCK 3.5.1. As Work proceeds, promptly remove paint where spilled, splashed, or spattered. 3.5.2. During progress of Work maintain premises free of unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials, and debris. 3.5.3. At end of workday remove from building flammable paint, solvents, and reducing agents. Page 182 3.5.4. Collect cotton waste, cloths, and material which may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers and remove daily from site. 3.5.5. Extra Stock: 3.5.5.1. Extra Stock: Provide an unopened five gallon container of each color and sheen to Owner. 3.6. SCHEDULE 3.6.1. For ease of specifying, unless otherwise noted, product numbers of Frazee have been used. Equivalent products of Dunn Edwards, ICI, Sherwin Williams and other manufacturers may be used subject to the substitution provisions listed under Section 01610. 3.6.1.1. Wood Sawn Lumber Members- Opaque stain - STX-1 3.6.1.2. Verify color with Owner prior to installation. 3.6.1.2.1. Two Coats, Olympic Solid Color Premium Stain, Acrylic Latex. END OF SECTION Page 183 SECTION 13130 FABRIC SHADE STRUCTURE SPECIFICATIONS A SUMMARY The shade structure contractor shall be responsible for the design, engineering, fabrication, supply and installation of the work specified herein. The intent of this specification is to have single source supplier who is responsible for the above functions. B DESIGN CRITERIA B.1 The shade structure shall be designed to comply with the California Building Code 2001. B.2 All shade structures are engineered and designed to meet a 90 mph wind load Exposure C and a snow load of 4 pounds per square foot. B.3 The steel frame structure shall not rely on the fabric for structural stability. B.4 All tests are in accordance with the American Society for Testing Materi- als (ASTM). B.5 All welds are in accordance with the American Welding Society guide- lines. B.6 All steel shall be designed, manufactured, and installed in accordance with the American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC), "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel". B.7 All steel shall be fabricated by a fabricator recognized by the IAS (Interna- tional Accreditation Service) for Structural Steel Fabrication under the UBC 97 & 2000 Section 1701.7 and IBC 2000 Section 1704.2.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE Fabrication and erection is limited to firms with proven experience in design and construction of fabric shade structures and such firms shall meet the following minimum requirements: C.1 A single contractor should design, engineer, manufacture and erect the fabric shade structures. C.2 The contractor shall demonstrate to have a minimum of 10 years experi- ence in the engineering, fabrication, and erection of permanent fabric structures. Page 184 C.3 The contractor shall submit a minimum of 8 fabric samples to demon- strate fabric color range and color selections. Also, the contractor shall provide letter of authorization from fabric manufacture for use of fabric. C.4 The contractor shall demonstrate that it has a staff of experienced fabric structure installation personnel who will undertake the installation of each project. C.5 The contractor shall submit a Corporate Quality Control Manual describ- ing their complete quality assurance program. C.6 The contractor shall have insurance as required by the State of California. C.7 The contractor must be a licensed contractor in the state of California. C.8 The contractor must be an approved Structural Steel Fabricator by the IAS (International Accreditation Service) for Structural Steel Fabrication under UBC 97 & 2000 Section 1701.7 and IBC 2000 Section 1704.2.2. SUBMITTALS The following items need to be submitted to the owner at the time of award for review and consideration as proof of meeting the quality assurance standards and design criteria required for this project D.1 Engineering drawings demonstrating experience in the engineering, fabrication, and erection of the following designs: a. Full Cantilever Hip Roof Designs with 20ft projections (in- terconnected in a linear configuration). b. Semi Cantilever Hip Roof Design with 15ft projections (in- terconnected in a linear configuration). c. Hexagon Peak (8 sided) Roof Designs with multiple fabric panels on multiple layers. d. Decagon (10 sided) Peak Roof Designs with multiple fabric panels on multiple layers. e. Single Post Peak Structures f. Freeform Sail Structures g. U Shaped interconnected Hip Roof Structure D.2 A minimum of 8 fabric samples to demonstrate fabric color range and color selections and a letter of authorization from fabric manufacture for use of the fabric. D.3 The contractor shall submit a Corporate Quality Control Manual describ- ing their complete quality assurance program. Page 185 D.4 A minimum of 9 powder coat color selection samples E MANUFACTURERS E.1 Shade America, Inc. dba Shade Structures Contact Information: Shade Structures 350 Kalmus Drive Costa Mesa, CA 92626; attn: Brian Donohue (760) 831-1273 E.2 Or approved equal. Substitution requests must be submitted by a Prime Bidder a minimum of ten (10) days prior to bid date. Any approvals of substitutions shall be issued by addendum only prior to the bid date. F INSURANCE The contractor must be able to provide proof of liability insurance which meets the following minimum standards: The contractor must be able to provide proof of liability insurance which meets the following minimum standards: F.1 Errors & Omissions - $1,000,000 F.2 General Liability: Each Occurrence - $1,000,000 General Aggregate - $2,000,000 F.3 Excess Liability - Each Occurrence - $5,000,000 General Aggregate - $5,000,000 F.4 Bonding Capacity - Bonding Capacity - $30,000,000 G ERECTION HARDWARE G.1 Bolt and fastening hardware shall be determined based on calculated engineering loads. G.2 All bolts shall comply with ASTM A-325. All nuts shall comply with ASTM F-594, Alloy Group 1 or 2. H CONCRETE H.1 Concrete work shall be executed in accordance with the latest edition of American Concrete Building Code ACI 318. Page 186 H.2 Concrete specifications shall comply in accordance with the section 03300, and detailed as per plans, shall be as follows: G.2.1 28 Days Strength F'c = 3000 psi G.2.2 Aggregate: HR G.2.3 Slump: 3-5 G.2.4 Portland Cement shall conform to C-150 G.2.5 Aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33 H.3 All reinforcement shall conform to ASTM A-615 grade 60. H.4 Reinforcing steel shall be detailed, fabricated, and placed in accordance with the latest ACI Detailing Manual and Manual of Standard Practice. H.5 Whenever daily ambient temperatures are below 80 degrees Fahrenheit, the contractor may have mix accelerators and hot water added at the batch plant (See Table 1) H.6 The contractor shall not pour any concrete when daily ambient temperature is below 55 degrees Fahrenheit. TABLE 1 Temperature Range 75-80 degrees 70-75 degrees Below 70 degrees % Accelerator 1% 2% 3% Type Accelerator High Early (non calcium) High Early (non calcium) High Early (non calcium) FOOTINGS 1.1 All Anchor Bolts set in new concrete shall be ASTM A-325. 1.2 All Anchor Bolts shall be Hot Dipped Galvanized. 1.3 Footings shall be placed in accordance with and conform to engineered specifications and drawings. FABRIC SPECIFICATIONS J.1 UV shade fabric is made of UV-stabilized Shadesure® high-density polyethylene cloth manufactured by Multi Knit Ltd. J.2 Cloth meets fire resistance tests as follows: 1.2.1 National Tests: ASTM E84, or NFPA 701-97, weathered or unweathered 1.2.2 California Tests: California State Fire Marshall (Registration #FA-52001) J.3 There must be at least 8 colors of the California-tested fabric to choose from. J.4 The material shall be manufactured with tensioned fabric structures in mind. J.5 The fabric knit is to be made using monofilament and tape filler which has weight of 195g per square meter. Material to be Rachel-knitted to ensure material will not un- ravel if cut. 0Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38022 Page 187 of 321 Pages J.6 Burst strength of 260 kpa J.7 Fabric Properties Stretch Tear Tests (Ibs) Burst Tests (PSIA) Fabric Weight (oz/m2) Fabric Width Roll length Roll Size Weight Life Expectancy Fading Temperature Maximum Temperature Stentored Warp 220.5 Weft 462.9707 Ib. 37.7 6.9 10ft. 164ft 63" x 16.5" 68 Ib. 10 years in sun Minimum fading after 6 years ( 3 years for red) -22° F + 176°F K THREAD K.1 Gore™ TENARA® sewing thread is made up of 100% expanded PTFE fiber, known as Teflon®. The sewing thread carries an 8-year warranty against deterioration from exposure to the elements. K.2 Shall be high strength and low shrinkage. K.3 Shall have a wide temperature and humidity range. K.4 Flew and abrasion resistant and UV radiation immunity. K.5 Shall be unaffected by cleaning agents, acid rain, mildew, rot, chlorine, saltwater, and pollution. K.6 Lockstitch thread - 1200 Denier or approved equal. K.7 Chainstitch thread - 2400 Denier or approved equal. SEWING L.1 On-site sewing of a fabric will not be accepted. L.2 All corners shall be reinforced with extra non-tear cloth and strap to distribute the load. L.3 The perimeters that contain the cables shall be double lock stitched. Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3 8 o 2 2 Page 188 of 321 Pages M STEEL TUBING M.1 All final steel tubing must be in accordance with approved shop drawings and calcula- tions. M.2 All steel is cleaned, degreased or etched to ensure proper adhesion of powder-coat in accordance with manufacturer's specifications. M.3 All steel used on this project needs to be new and accompanied by the mill certifi- cates. M.4 All non-hollow structural steel shapes comply with ASTM A-36, unless otherwise noted. M.5 All hollow structural steel shapes shall be cold formed HSS ASTM A-500 grade C, unless otherwise noted. M.6 Plate products shall comply with ASTM A-572 grade 50. N WELDING N.1 All Shop welds shall be executed in accordance with the latest edition of the Ameri- can Welding Society Specifications. N.2 Welding procedures shall comply in accordance with the AWS D1.1 - AWS Struc- tural Welding Code-Steel. N.3 All welds to be performed by a certified welder. All Welds shall be continuous where length is not given, unless otherwise shown or noted on drawings. N.4 All welds shall develop the full strength of the weaker member. All welds shall be made using E70xx .035 wire. N.5 Shop connections shall be welded unless noted otherwise. Field connections shall be indicated on the drawings. Field-welded connections are not acceptable. N.6 All fillet welds shall be a minimum of %" unless otherwise noted. N.7 All steel shall be welded shut at terminations to prevent internal leakage. N.8 Internal weld sleeving is not acceptable. N.9 On-site welding of any component is not acceptable POWDER COATING O.1 All steel should be sandblasted prior to powder coating using a G50 steel grit. O.2 All steel parts shall be coated for rust protection and finished with a minimum 3.5 mil thick UV-inhibited weather resistant powder coating. O.3 Characteristics Powder used in the powder-coat process shall have the following characteristics: N.3.1 Specific gravity: 1.68 ± 0.05 N.3.2 Theoretical coverage: 114 ± 4 ft 2/lb/mil N.3.3 Mass loss during cure: <1% Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3 8 o 2 2 Page 189 of 321 Pages N.3.4 Maximum storage temp: 75 degrees F O.4 Powder-coating shall meet the following tests: O.5 ASTM D523-89 HOI TM 10.21 9 ASTM D2454-91 ASTM D3363-92A ASTM D2794-93 ASTM D3359-95, B ASTM D522-93a ASTM B 117-95 UL DtOV2 Gloss at 60 degrees PCI Powder smoothness Over-bake resistance time Pencil hardness Dir/Rev Impact, Gardner Adhesion, cross hatch Flexibility Mandrel Salt Spray Organic Coating Steel enclosures, elect eq 85-95 7 200% H-2H 140/140 in/lbs 5B Pass % in. dia., no fracture 1 ,000 hours Recognized Application Criteria N.5.1 Electrostatic spray, cold (Substrate: 0.032 in. CRS) N.5.2 Cure schedule: 10 minutes at 400 0 F N.5.3 Pretreatment: Bonderite 1000 N.5.4 Film Thickness: 3.5 Mils WARRANTY After final payment, the contractor shall furnish the owner with a written six (6) year war- ranty, which warrants that the fabric panels (cloth, stitching and fading), its perimeter at- tachment system and the structural support systems supplied and installed by the subcon- tractor has been installed in accordance with the project and manufacturer's specifications and will be free from defects in materials and workmanship which will impair its normal use or service. The structure carries a 10 year structural warranty. The warranty shall extend from the date of substantial completion of the fabric panel shade structure, specifically the first date on which the entire fabric panel system is subject to design prestress conditions. Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3 8 0 2 2 Page 190 of 321 Pages